[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: about
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • world and the spirit world. Later on, I plan to speak about the main
    • anything about his pupil's profession, manner of living, family
    • decade, will never determine anything within himself about these
    • must have come about due to some inevitable set of laws of the
    • case is he truly appointed to speak about the truths of mysticism, the
    • about through obedience to and observation of a great sum of rules and
    • like this comes about and is experienced. These individual rules must
    • becomes determined to refrain from thinking an evil thought about his
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • to say about those questions which are a part of our times. For how
    • here about the social question, today we want to speak from a great
    • Spiritual Science should speak about this question in the same way as
    • said about the difference between man and woman! Everywhere today you
    • People talk about
    • only in our time? Let us be quite clear about this.
    • of the Renaissance and take one of the most widely-used books about
    • about the needs of our time can still remain distant from this
    • natural sciences. Spiritual science can see how it has come about
    • many thinkers of today have known more penetratingly about so many
    • such a competent way even if incorrectly — about all these
    • people have seen what they talk about? How many, for example, have in
    • quite clear about this difference that exists between human beings
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • when it comes about in the right way as the following anecdote
    • concerned with, and talk too much about, questions of what they
    • what spiritual science has to say about them.
    • I must stress that what I say about man is
    • comes about through the astral body's processes of dissolution.
    • and that is brought about through the degeneration and dissolution
    • within himself and make an inner effort to bring about the
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • of view. We might ask: what is there to be said about ideation,
    • contemplation, thinking — and about the will and its impulses on
    • What is already within us can bring about the further development of
    • in a more external way about the life of the soul and how this life
    • of what was said about turning our attention to the corresponding
    • these two streams can, however, come about only if a person is able to
    • that the most powerful Impulse in Earth evolution was about to descend
    • will move about in the physical world, but is the only etheric
    • merge into unity. This will come about because in the course of the
    • working in us under the aegis of Christ, it will come about that the
    • special emphasis about that future condition when the earth will be
    • it possible for the Sons of Fire and of Light to move about the Earth,
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • been conducted during recent months. There has been no little talk about
    • whenever they are about to write. Actually, with some of them the
    • mean that we need become fanatical about the indifferent use of our right
    • weak-willed person will have been brought about by the adviser whose
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • soul may bring about an infinite enhancement of its inherent forces of
    • Christ passed while living in the body of Jesus brought about the
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • about by the first three events pour into the Earth from out the
    • world of the physical plane. We cannot speak to a newborn infant about
    • and we can surround him with ideas about Christ, but we find that the
    • ideas about Christ without dogma, and all we can convey by means of
    • about because, during the Earth development, the Spirits of Form
    • taken place, Lucifer and Ahriman would have been able to bring about
    • Akashic Records show how that came about. Learning to speak is the
    • Ahrimanic influences. If nothing had been brought about by Christ, man
    • grasping the objective was brought about through the second
    • which is about to be published. [It is on-line now. e.Ed.]
    • before Christ. About three and a-half centuries later thought had
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • resources, we should have been chased about the world by animal desires
    • seeking reason might have thought with scornful mockery about all that
    • said those who knew something about it, “Thou hast ensouled Thyself
    • name of Christ, if asked about Apollo, would have answered out of their
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • order to do so, I must first say something about the nature and
    • significance of what is meant by spiritual science, about the point of
    • to them and forms mental images about them. As a rule he does nothing
    • the way it most typically comes about.
    • We must keep one thing in mind, however, when talking about this
    • contemplation or meditation, he must forget about any bodily movement,
    • only stops thinking about it but can even shut out all stirrings of
    • bodily stirrings. But this condition must be brought about
    • that in ancient times Buddhism spoke out of old traditions about
    • deepened by experience, led him to speak about reincarnation. At the
    • university, delivered a lecture about Galileo. He spoke somewhat as
    • Nature stayed as it was, but people learned to think about nature in a
    • was in pre-Christian times. What I have been describing tonight about
    • asked what brought about this change, the reply based on its research
    • must be that it was brought about by the Mystery of Golgotha
    • before about the Christ. It recognizes in Christ an eternal Being Who,
    • the remark, “You are not only saying what we say about the Christ, but
    • science about Christianity mean anything to them. That depends on what
    • what it has to say about Christianity can be said by spiritual science
    • the natural scientific way of seeing and thinking about things. It
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • related in this world. To this day there has been much talk about
    • explain exactly what man has not understood about the Christ impulse
    • share to bring about a full comprehension of how the Christ impulse
    • dream it guided Constantine to bring about what had to happen. What is
    • cosmic forces. If some event in this person's life brought about his
    • interest us is the inner force and power that can bring about such a
    • a Romance culture about their nationality affects the ether body by
    • There will be a time when people will speak about the present events
    • about how it is still too early to discuss the question of who has
    • caused the war and so on. People delude themselves about the facts
    • is correct (even though he is in error about the details) when he
    • People these days talk as if it did not have to come about when it
    • distinctive about these ether bodies. I would like to illustrate this
    • We just had a lecture that I delivered in Dornach about the work that
    • comments about the situation, even in places where they gathered for
    • they will abandon their arguments about who is to blame for the war,
    • about colors? He was nothing but a dilettante.” Since the 1880's I
    • Yet when the war broke out, Haeckel was enraged about what emerged from the
    • talking about is Robinson Crusoe. The description of Robinson is so
    • said. These statements are not made to say something derogatory about
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • work carried on outside such a group and dispersed about the world.
    • bring about the descent of spirit self. Just as it is being striven
    • another matter, the significance of which we will think about
    • about Soloviev's main and central idea. Soloviev is far too good a
    • would be vain, and everything we could say about a divine nature in
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • world-conception should know something about the impulses that govern
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the operation of natural forces, and these discoveries have brought about a
    • knowing something about the meaning and essential significance of life.
    • future. Anyone today speaking about these consequences may appear to be
    • paralysis of certain soul forces would gradually bring about a state of
    • science. I am going to speak about a simple son of the soil caught in the
    • at Leipsic about 1870 has become famous. It closed with
    • about which I am going to speak. According to that concept the earth and
    • It is true that people possessed of really healthy impressions about the
    • different from faculties which are recognized today. I spoke about the
    • there we have more than a mere dead result about which information has been
    • in a certain sense with the alternations in human experience brought about
    • summer. Just the contrary of what we should like to think, as it were, about
    • indicates that they were brought about by earthly forces. Of course he is
    • that which takes place in us up to the age of about seven is comprehensible
    • lasting until about the fourteenth year, when we become physically mature.
    • being during his earth life in about seven years. (All of this is not being
    • about the seventh year, naturally, not in regard to the development
    • but its activity in the bodily organization only commences about the
    • of its life, and is formed to be its bearer. However, about the fourteenth
    • From about the age of twenty-one a further super-sensible member lays hold
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • Even what I lately said about the configuration of philosophical
    • to bring about a wholesome condition for humanity in future. And in
    • Having put the question thus, having spoken in this way about the
    • mystery of death — that is, about the forces that are at work in the
    • can simply say: “They bring about evil actions within the human
    • What, then, is the real purpose of these forces which bring about the
    • purpose of bringing about evil actions in human society. They do bring
    • them about, for reasons which we still have to consider. But just as
    • that are about to come over humanity — signs which at the present
    • Archai. This will come about through a growing recognition of the
    • if people fail to notice that the world is about to have its order
    • men. Much of this will be brought about through speech, but not
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • average about 2000 years. Therefore much remains to be done in this
    • course you cannot go about continually asleep in life. Yet the
    • come about that with which man resists them: a social structure which
    • important positions in society, when they begin talking about present
    • of 25, or sometimes 26, when they have finished lazying about with
    • realities. One who really thinks about it recognizes the fact that
    • not remember the fact that this brings about a social relationship
    • no idea about the manner in which they pass one another by without in
    • we are no longer in contact and about whom it is easier to be
    • objective about ourselves. Here we must also go back to our earlier
    • fashion: Understanding about how man can develop himself as a socially
    • associating, this banding together of people is to be brought about
    • ponder this, you must think about the reality of this principle which
    • of man. All thinking about social forms can bear no fruit if we do not
    • that the English-speaking people have to say about the nature of
    • example, heard about the super-sensible experience called “The Meeting
    • most necessary for our age when we are consciously thinking about
    • do what we have been speaking about today, to consciously and freely
    • allow us as free beings to serve that which we have been talking about
    • wish to educate ourselves about social issues, and develop new social
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • Epoch. I tried to show how, from about the year 1200 A.D. onwards,
    • clear about them — as to what must come into being as a new social
    • in which I spoke from my own point of view about many things that need
    • how to think about the spirit. Had he been one of the phrasemongers
    • going about masked as prophets to-day endeavouring to better the lot
    • of mankind, he would have believed that he too could speak about the
    • Among those who of recent years have been talking a great deal about
    • about Hermann Grimm — not thinking of him as a personality but as a
    • of how to think about the spiritual, about the spirit? It is just this
    • townsfolk, which has its start about the year 1200 and lasts right on
    • excellent book about
    • Taking it all in all, what Hermann Grimm said about Goethe is really
    • about Frederick the Great, naturally from the English point of view.
    • man than for communicating truths about nature. Only a naive mind
    • begin to think about many things in a different way. Only then will
    • when anyone speaks concretely about the spirit they simply cannot take
    • pulsation of the blood. But that is about as far as a he gets to-day.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • particular truths have, and that is what we will talk about tomorrow.
    • puberty, and from puberty till about the twenty-first year. If you do not
    • similar, though, can be said about the forces of man's normal nature,
    • as you all know, there is something peculiar about the power of memory.
    • it were, from the influences brought about in him from outside by the
    • processes that the forces from the planet's interior bring about up till the
    • fact actual transformations of bodily organs are brought about;
    • the thing in because the teacher in his enthusiasm tells him about it. The
    • were at sixes and sevens as to what to do about education. That is why
    • a clue about the rules. For the moment the child stands in front of him
    • things have to be spoken about today. You cannot speak about these
    • satisfying principles, but you can only speak about them by pointing to
    • other person's being. This will come about as a matter of course if people
    • people who do not want to know anything about their thoughts shows
    • developing ideas about a world that is not limited to the senses will also
    • to bring about social conditions. They cannot produce social conditions
    • people about these things, something very strange transpires. They will
    • admit quite honestly to a particular conviction about reforming things.
    • changes. Make no mistake about the fact that the sort of social
    • thinking in quite a new way about man changing himself in his innermost
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • members. But we will leave this aside today and think about something
    • Directly we reflect about man in this way we find that it is
    • for in waking life it is the Ego that brings about in the
    • warmth-organism what is otherwise brought about by the cosmic
    • are not in the habit of thinking in a really unprejudiced way about
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • I tried yesterday to give certain indications about the constitution
    • falling asleep. We perceive the objects around us, reason about these
    • we are endowed with self-consciousness and are able to think about the
    • evolve about the external world, about Nature in her finished array,
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • about what is involved here if we seriously want to build the bridge
    • we are not somnambulists and do not go about in this condition, our
    • very important to be clear about this. We carry about with us our
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • development brought about in the souls of these pupils through the
    • about life's phenomena and have no idea what the true origin of
    • never perceived. Only people who are especially ignorant about certain
    • with idle talk about the Christmas festival and our own feelings, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • nothing sectarian about it, nor does it set out to found a new
    • concerning the men of olden times, and how they thought about the
    • that was felt in those times about the condition of soul evoked by
    • new way about what one may call the “Threshold of the Spiritual
    • I have described the changes that have come about in
    • When he thought about the world, he felt himself, so to speak, “grown
    • perception. Goethe says he never thought about thinking; what he set
    • this higher knowledge, and I would like here to say a little about
    • always something undefined about the life of feeling. Indeed, if we
    • have a thought about the action. But we cannot follow with
    • same with what comes about through the activity of the will-impulse in
    • this lighting up of the world of feeling is brought about,
    • sever ourselves from Nature, and all we can do is to talk about her.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • Then, from about the fourth century A.D. onwards, came the time when,
    • and brought about his death, so again enemies are working against the
    • secularization of Christianity brought about by Constantine, the
    • into these things — often they are quite simple people going about
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • “The right to a judgment about the content of such privately printed
    • expression to a concept, a meaning, a truth about Man simply by saying
    • talked about, there is no recognition that it is actually contained in the
    • through his speech about the mystery of his soul and spirit. Man's
    • his own nature, in the way he learned about it in the Mysteries, then
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • information about the external world. It is the same with the other
    • about, moving the arms, and so on — are increasingly retained in the
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • teach man anything about the essence of goodness. There can only be
    • abstract knowledge of and inconsequent chatter about goodness, if
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • about the inhabited earth, what are know as the Mysteries. We find that
    • various groups of people, living their lives scattered about the earth,
    • pupils in the Mysteries were led to know the world about them. Most
    • particular conviction about Life, a conviction on which every ancient
    • gaining the knowledge available at that time about the world external to
    • about life after death on the basis of life before birth
    • exclusively pictorial consciousness. I have often spoken about this. He did
    • Mystery-wisdom, man, as he went about his business on earth, was not a
    • about, his shape — in all this they beheld with reverence, the
    • Mysteries had always been conscious that the most they could learn about
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. And this is what I would like to speak about today.
    • direct penetration of the organism by way of the ego brings about
    • life of the body. But when a damming up is brought about by an
    • about healing directly through human activity, because the moment
    • vessels, becomes rebellious. It wants to bring about healing, wants
    • cannot talk about an equilibrium anymore. Then the growth processes
    • about at the same time so that these things can really be applied.
    • known about the human being's relationship to surrounding nature.
    • gatherings with schemes they can argue about, schemes describing how
    • engaged in conflict about all sorts of other sectarian things. The
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • Since I was asked to speak about the therapeutic principles which have
    • meet this request. However, it is difficult to be brief, especially about this
    • generally think about. Nevertheless, this evening I will attempt to present
    • chemistry about outer natural processes in order to come to an
    • has about natural science, one actually excludes the human being from
    • is sampled and then various abstractions are made about what kind of
    • years ago. I was only able to speak about it a few years ago after
    • that what I just told you about developed — this medical-therapeutic
    • antimony, for example, to combustion, and bring about an antimony
    • for itself thereby bringing about that excess which presses downward, so
    • and wonderful microscopic studies about the germ cell, exceptionally
    • development of the so-called centrosomes — you can read about that in
    • any textbook about embryology, — without knowing how these
    • The rounding of the egg cell as such is brought about by the albuminizing
    • would have to say much more about antimony if I wanted to scientifically
    • In addition I wanted to tell you about the processes which antimony is able
    • organism, but that is not the case. One must be clear about how these
    • Because of the brief time available I can only speak about these matters
    • One can either work upon the nerve-sense system in bringing about, in
    • knowledge is more and more applied to bringing about a connection
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • what came about through us, as our own concern.
    • very badly; we could not set about it at all. Here we are utterly
    • shedding very little light. What outer Astronomy can tell us about
    • directly; yet by a roundabout way — which we need not go into now —
    • fixing attention upon the earthly life alone, can only tell about a
    • very little part of man. It tells a lot about the forces of heredity,
    • it knows nothing at all about the destiny of Karma with which this
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • again about Raphael; yet once more he made the attempt to put pen to paper
    • and write about him. This time however he spoke only of his pictures and not
    • about the earthly personality of Raphael at all.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • “The right to a judgment about the content of such privately printed
    • little about the intercourse of the risen Christ with his disciples.
    • spirit and soul continues. They thought about the nature of this
    • through inspirations from the spiritual world and did not think about
    • something about death, and can therefore develop the intellect within
    • of the 19th century until about the end of the 19th century; in the
    • epoch — this development of the intellect brought about the
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • correspond to about 25 typescript pages of the original text of the
    • school of his native town. There are many legends about Shakespeare's
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • be complete. The 7 pages of typescript may correspond to about 25
    • has arisen about Shakespeare and whole libraries have been
    • written about each of his works. Academics have given many
    • grammar school in his hometown. There are many legends about
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • founded by Manes about the third century after Christ and its great
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • and the purely spiritual World. Let us think about the
    • mathematically, I do indeed think about something my senses can
    • the realm of sense what thou hast learned about the Circle by
    • We should consider what eminent persons have said about the relation
    • about as the result of the Analysis of Infinity which we owe to Newton
    • of Euclid about a circle, a triangle or about the relations of
    • means of education, and no more than this is here implied about
    • statement about four-dimensional space, our statement must be such
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • to assert that the direction is brought about merely by forces
    • knowledge about our own immortality as beings of soul and spirit,
    • occult fact. We shall find that precisely when we are speaking about
    • beings to know anything about the dead through direct perception.
    • our friends at a General Meeting in Berlin about the physical organism
    • mention this in parenthesis only. What I have said to-day about
    • while in the dark. Country folk used to have some knowledge about
    • dead. It is very good to do the following. Think about your life with
    • particularly interested me about him, that attracted me? When was it
    • round about us, like the air we breathe, there is a spiritual world,
    • the knowledge that the dead are round about us and that it is only we
    • a case. The same distinction holds good for all our thought about the
    • remembrance to him as an individual, thinking about his life on Earth
    • concerned the first essential is that we should develop thoughts about
    • think and speak about it comes from the spiritual world itself.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • talked about how closely connected nutrition is with our life and
    • activities of the blood and the air, our feelings come about. Now we
    • matter can really be talked about. I remember it because it is just
    • speak. And we should not think about this any differently than we
    • convolutions by itself. Instead, I must think about what has actually
    • You see, this comes about because when a person is used to doing a
    • some more about speech. You see, there are languages that have many
    • mountains and the plains came about. This is the way it is: We have
    • From this you can see that the zodiac can tell us a lot, even about
    • answer; you can think about why languages are different as long as
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • about many significant things of this kind, because today prejudices
    • much more freely about certain truths than is now possible, for such
    • knew more about the connection between the soul and spirit on the one
    • if we ask the right questions about what has been recently described
    • about itself, then the person concerned will be strong enough to
    • important truth about human beings, for it enables us to understand
    • remarkable association of these senses comes about, not in the
    • imaginative process comes about in the region behind your tongue
    • description which is intended to inform us about the appearance of
    • work, the word-sense through which we learn about this or that. If we
    • mankind will come about in the future. On the other hand, Spiritual
    • soul? What do present-day physiologists know about these delicate
    • vision than modern man. I will remind you of only one thing about old
    • Aristotle, a peculiar fact. A whole library has been written about
    • has been written about this in the age of materialism, because the
    • Science has to bring about. Materialism has brought about the exact
    • many other things come about. Of the thirty, twenty-six gave a
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • You can read about the connection between Schiller's “Aesthetic
    • Revolution and tries in his own way to say what may be thought about
    • the law comes about through an inclination akin to that of the artist,
    • of abstract philosophical talk, including talk about rational
    • is most evident when he has to talk about Kant. Here he found himself
    • In conversation about Kant, Goethe would not let himself become really
    • involved in the subject. He found it disagreeable to talk about the
    • in which not only three but about twenty powers of the soul are
    • about Plato and to have to interpret Platonic Dialogues. But they had
    • no inclination to know anything about Schiller's “Letters on
    • develop today about the structure of society — although Goethe in
    • general is considered. What Schiller expected to come about through
    • a matter of course. Today it is said: If we bring about a right social
    • In a short time the whole way of feeling about this has turned round.
    • men could bring about a right social structure if they had not been
    • way of thinking about the best social conditions is equally powerless.
    • recovery in this connection is to come about in the future.
    • leads for example to the change of teeth about the age of seven.
    • human being. Only the daily metabolism is brought about by the things
    • social structure can be brought about by State regulation, and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • periods of about seven years in length. Roughly speaking, the first is
    • human being about the twenty-first year of life is, for one who can
    • to go on outside us! They come about through our instrumentality, but
    • produced within present day culture we may well say that about 99 per
    • landmark in the course of life that occurs at about the ninth year. It
    • Up to that time one's teaching about nature should be entirely of the
    • of life, from about 2 – 2 ½ years of age. What happens is
    • that it comes back in the second seven-year period, at about the ninth
    • return of the ego-consciousness at about the ninth year of age. It
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • and are the essential factor in bringing about a proper connection
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • little ossicle. Only the foot with which you walk about is coarsely
    • your legs you walk about on Earth. And — if you will forgive my
    • Earth, it is also true that the moral effects which are brought about
    • earthly life. To understand man fully, all that we perceive about him
    • with our senses needs to be penetrated with ideas about the
    • but we could not walk. Similar things would need to be said about the
    • connected with it. Suppose it is your intention to learn about the
    • about the forms or the functions. You go to a University and listen to
    • what is said there about the eye or ear; or you read it for yourself.
    • understanding of the word Tree comes about; and how the ear is an
    • about three days. The period varies; you can read about this in my
    • could at most talk about it on the very next day. Afterwards it would
    • about the spiritual worlds. But why need we know all these things
    • about the experiences between death and a new birth? When we die we
    • will grow and grow, until it comes about once more that only he who is
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • questions about nature, about the cosmos and the entire world, about
    • educated, there should be no need whatsoever to speak about love of
    • spoken about during these years, this is in itself something that
    • about it. It is not the objective damage but the pain of it that
    • increases as we think more about it. In certain respects, the very
    • can, not to think about it. Now there develops in young people just
    • adaptation to the conditions brought about through the freeing of the
    • he can bring about such a formulation in class, and he must be able to
    • modern civilization who, out of anti-social impulses, shout about
    • people make such an outcry about social matters is because men are
    • What we have spoken about here today is of the utmost pedagogical
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • IN a series of lectures I have been speaking about occult
    • subject next time. A week from now I shall speak about the meaning of the
    • therefore, is this: The human being must know how to keep silence about the
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • about the deeper foundations of life and, while not perhaps
    • brought it about that the world of Angeloi, Archangeloi and
    • these things come about? Into the spiritual world itself there
    • came about the mighty event that God became man, and that
    • cease to be mortal. He would wander about the Earth —
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • what is discovered by super-sensible vision about the real being of
    • better) of Spirit in general — in order to learn to speak about
    • Once, in the old Mysteries, they knew how to speak about the Beings of
    • knows about himself becomes more and more abstract. But behind
    • consciousness they knew a great deal about these realities. But this
    • And at last men lost the power even to speak about the Monads —
    • are real. Their expression as Soul comes about because these
    • mankind may really come about, and that earthly life may not fall into
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • was brought about by the ancient Initiation principle becoming
    • redemption’ is brought about when man realises that his
    • be brought about in order that he may, in turn, free himself from
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • people say: ‘You tell us all kinds of things about Richard Wagner, but
    • approach is fully justified. Does a botanist not think about a plant
    • anyone deny him the right to speak about the plant from this aspect
    • associated ‘Mysticism’ with all ideas about which there is something
    • element of life. He speaks in a wonderful way about symphonic music.
    • are talking about, speak of music. The ‘Music of the Spheres’
    • can tell us more about Richard Wagner than Nietzsche was able to do.
    • set himself the task of bringing about this re-union in what he termed
    • themselves? But if they were to do so, the world would enquire about
    • that to ask about his birth, name, rank or calling, is meaningless. To
    • questioned about their name and rank. This is one of the notes struck
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • Aristotle, and the kind of knowledge that made its appearance about
    • to say about Indian wisdom. Nevertheless, if we ask for something
    • bring about agreement in the terrible quarrels between the adherents
    • This wisdom was well suited to bring about reconciliation between the
    • remain without enlightenment about certain mysteries, enlightenment
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • apparently the case) about the physical body, for the physical body
    • words: etherically, the human being carries about within him the
    • Philistines thought about it! If we wish to grasp the development of
    • about upon the earth and harbour, as it were, the thought (if we
    • have such thought at all!) that we carry about within us our etheric
    • body, believing that we carry it about as something that belongs to
    • us in the same way in which the lungs that we carry about within us
    • knows quite a lot about the structure of the skull and of the human
    • always be available. It is difficult to travel about, at present.
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • detailed account of what Rudolf Steiner said on so many occasions about
    • so many occasions about the evolution of the Art of Building and its
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • is, in fact, contained about what extends beyond birth and death.) The
    • about by the Manu. Meanwhile, out of the suppressed Lemurians came the
    • themselves above all as men of wisdom, as artists. When they set about
    • In this way, manifold attempts to bring about regeneration were made.
    • about by the Crusades. The really important outcome of this was (the
    • teaching about Christ comes not from the Church Dignitaries and Church
    • and 45. Herodotus gives four traditions about him.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • the question about Christ was indeed a purely spiritual one. Their
    • acquires knowledge about the world in the manner of modern Science,
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • are round about him. As you will know, we have in the course of our
    • I spoke about the evolution of the Leaders and Guides of humanity who
    • necessary is to be able to comprehend the change that has come about
    • absurdity (for so I must call it) had to come about when the
    • A short while ago, we heard a great deal about a resolve some people
    • manner of facts about language were collected, but the whole effort
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • a Galileo, men felt the call to set about understanding the Earth
    • inform themselves about the dark secrets of existence. The
    • move about among men and carry on their activities in the astral
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • larger number of people, strong enough to bring about a system of
    • another. The Sun requires about 25,900 and a few more years to
    • process through all the signs of the zodiac. Man lives for about as
    • connection of the future with the past is brought about precisely in
    • opinion. I did not write my opinion about Goethe, but tried to
    • or some other relationship brought about by karma, to attach
    • and here. You will find a great deal about the conditions of
    • consciousness depends on what can enter into us. When we go about as
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • points of view and when something has been said about it, its content
    • are formed about the origin of myths, the creation of mythology,
    • those which are expressed through modern natural science about this
    • thing or the other. Physiological, biological truths about man
    • newcomers brought about, not while the other was extending beneficent
    • uttered so much nonsense about Egyptian conceptions as Woodrow Wilson
    • is able to think in one week about European conceptions — if
    • about the matter that he made Rhea barren.
    • sought to know about that which goes through births and deaths —
    • we have of course said various things about these Gods, but let us
    • Well, they were not beings which went about among men under ordinary
    • were in a certain respect useful; but they also did things about
    • otherwise they would have to be men and wander about here in the
    • one cannot find in what is said about lightning and thunder; for the
    • electricity which comes about through thunder and lightning! But if
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • about cosmic mysteries. In another connection we have already stated
    • consciousness in fact expressed in imaginative myths facts about
    • come about in modern times. But at that time there was indeed a
    • longer there. These things naturally come about in such a way as to
    • about? It was brought about inasmuch as the most important signs were
    • spirit-dog and the spirit-bull; he describes what he feels about
    • about the 6th and 5th-centuries B.C. — in the work of Thales,
    • modern times know, to be sure, about these entirely different
    • dregs left behind. This had to come about since otherwise men could
    • realize, they connected in a roundabout way with the sexual
    • Post-Atlantean epochs (you can read about this in my book
    • general ideas, play in the world! That one wrestled and strove about
    • what role abstractions play! Nowadays one thinks no more about
    • monopolized ... Yet mankind is enthusiastic about such monopolizing
    • remember how there is a whole literature today about the cross-sign,
    • what has been written about it, quite immensely clever, the way
    • is to be brought about. Tomorrow's considerations shall have
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • all the deepest thoughts the Egyptians were able to form about the
    • nature all about him.
    • this new offspring. And she moved it about, she dragged it far off
    • trailed the new offspring about, and since she had trailed and
    • knew that she had herself dragged it about, that she had herself
    • chuckling about the world. And lo and behold! as once upon a time
    • the new humanity about the nature of the new humanity, in so far as
    • chuckling being — mankind still had self-knowledge about this
    • to be read in the literature about Till Eulenspiegel himself.’
    • written about it, the cross has been related to everything
    • one should inquire about the origin of such a saying. It goes back to
    • connection with all that I have said about the actual nature of
    • say about the idea of heredity, it is only that the other pole must
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • Bergson, the Schelling and Schopenhauer plagiarist, is about to be
    • this epoch great must be brought about from the forces of the
    • wouldn't bother themselves about anything! That is why things have
    • read about it at the time and knew of it in other ways. These
    • today talks about current events, but how little is really known of
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • transition, but in each age one should also look about and see what
    • about through life itself. No one stand point should gain a footing
    • place: that is not what came about; what came about are these
    • materializing of Europe came about!
    • talks, takes part in group meetings, grumbles vigorously about the
    • else to say about life than the young men. Merely to know this
    • and death, just as we carry about our physical body of flesh and
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • age it was still possible to bring about a deeper knowledge of man
    • man as he wanders about over the earth, as a picture, as a picture
    • physical form that wanders about before our eyes as man — far,
    • man that goes about among us, what man is between birth and death
    • miraculous structure this human being actually is, who wanders about
    • coming about of a human head. But now, if through heredity,
    • which wanders visibly about on earth.
    • Spiritual Science rightly understood can bring about these two
    • astronomer says today, what our general culture today says about the
    • being who walks about here below upon the earth? Most certainly not!
    • goes about as a somewhat more highly developed animal; he is born,
    • globe. Read about it in Thomas Aquinas. [Compare
    • on earth men wander about who have no idea what they are, who really
    • then employ the remainder of life in carrying about the corpse in
    • spiritual worlds. And so it came about that even religious impulses
    • it has come about that head-science, especially in the social field,
    • has performed the only real work, and has thus brought about the most
    • instrument which is least of all capable of knowing anything about
    • which can only be fully disclosed when people know about
    • re-acquire vision for the invisible that goes about amongst us. But
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • starry heaven is at work to bring about the form, the shaping, the
    • universe is concerned. The head has not merely come about through
    • peacefully stream out, and they do not bother themselves about it.
    • spoke with Eduard von Hartmann about the two men, just when Zeller
    • skipped about the room and rejoiced over what he would lecture upon
    • the life of spirit. If something about world-conception creeps into
    • about any peace, even if it is only a separate peace’, are only
    • about something Mohammedan. And if spiritual science had already
    • not always held good. That we may be informed at least about the most
    • epoch. It was about 25,000-26,000 years ago that this seventh epoch
    • our epoch which begins in about the 15th century of the Christian era
    • about nature is far more spiritual than what was formerly known. What
    • No one would have spoken like that about earlier wars. In many other
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • astral body and the ego. It thus comes about that when the human
    • cannot be brought about today by meditation that arises from a
    • confronting color. Perhaps what I am about to say is far from the
    • have been speaking to you here, my dear friends, about the laws
    • characteristics in order to bring about a reciprocal activity. And
    • European population of today have learned about Christianity in an
    • if we know only about its blood relationship, about its blood
    • this it comes about that one thought is not properly linked to
    • In it the human being becomes a sort of plaything, tossed about by
    • earth. What external science knows about these things is indeed very
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • correct point. Current ideas about this faculty are, as I said,
    • what he does between waking and falling asleep as he walks about or
    • bound up with every movement we make as we go about the world
    • every step we take as we go about, spirit and soul are contained,
    • destiny aright, so that true balance and adjustment are brought about
    • speaking about karma. The right attitude towards karma is to have an
    • the life of soul — that if this misfortune had not come about,
    • nothing about the workings of the soul and spirit within the Ego and
    • a man who makes statements about a planet and is unable to understand
    • really to know something about the world and about life, we must try
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • that in order really to know something about the nature of man, quite
    • this world of thought. There was something turbulent about the young
    • thinking about the world and about life.
    • study of external Nature since about the middle of the fifteenth
    • phenomena and theorising about the beginning and ending of the world
    • would have been about you from early youth. — I am not quoting
    • about it. This compassion, this love for and in all beings — in
    • opinion about his capabilities and faculties; but if our ears are
    • the eighth century B.C. to about the beginning of
    • during the period beginning about the third millennium B.C.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • to say something about anthroposophical Spiritual Science. [This
    • human heart can conjecture about what lies on yonder side of the
    • unfolds the activity of thinking. He thinks about something or other;
    • research says about the reality of higher worlds is merely the result
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • the course of about six centuries, humanity has been trained to take
    • of the senses offered to them. Fundamentally speaking, just about the
    • the form which this development took on just about the middle of the
    • had brought about the circumstance that through Darwin's person a
    • Thus it came about that
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • know anything about the possibility of forming a conception of the
    • gradually come about that the arms, feet and legs of the human being
    • considering to-day. For this reason, the things which I am about to
    • about it within your consciousness... At the most, dream-pictures may
    • skin and observes what is round about him outside his skin. I would
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • conceit it would be quite pathetic to hear such people talk about
    • shrinks, in Giordano Bruno, into generalisations about the cosmos. It
    • spoke about ‘thinking’ he spoke of the salt-process just
    • brought about by the mercury-process, by that which is fluid and yet
    • longer about pre-existence. And so they laid it down as a dogma that
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • place during that epoch of European development which began about the
    • which, for instance, the people living about the time of the Mystery
    • so abstractly about thinking as we do to-day. He thought: The sun
    • whatever of freedom, but he knew man! Indeed, he knew more about man
    • asleep, when we walk about in our everyday life, steeped in illusions
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • of what I want to convey by saying this, you must think about many
    • There must be no misunderstanding about such a fact as this.
    • Something else, for example, might come about. The Ahrimanic Powers,
    • senses. Those who are not strictly accurate about these experiences
    • much may be heard about the super-sensible world, it remains so much
    • themselves. They know nothing about the impulses that are at work to
    • speaking the truth at all about certain things, because of national
    • never uttered about the events of the last four or five years,
    • newspapers in Germany about the alleged political aims, methods and
    • information about Anthroposophy.] They certainly do not. For
    • are in a position to say something about the science of Initiation
    • and thinks about the things of the world. Of the life between birth
    • instead of being merely thought about, as is generally the case —
    • and it is well to be under no delusion about these things — who
    • to promulgate something true and right about Christianity, about the
    • about all things. If anthroposophical Spiritual Science were ever to
    • to move about on crutches instead of using their legs. Their ideal is
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • have just said really intelligible, I must tell you a little about
    • me. They were about to conclude their theological studies and enter
    • at the universities and yet were about to enter upon the practical
    • that the matter be clearly understood I must also speak about these
    • any time spoken differently about these things, I should not have
    • any question about an anthroposophist’s attitude towards
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • this case we must set about thinking in an entirely different way of
    • with that which enwraps us and clothes us about, when we enter the
    • about with open eyes, they go through the world with bandaged eyes.
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • make a few comments complementing what I said a week ago about the
    • that what I am about to say could serve many a listener as a means to
    • destiny in what I am about to describe.
    • really open mind about these things and has come to anthroposophy in
    • with the life about him, as indeed he must, his real desire is to
    • The real truth is that what we have had drummed into us from about
    • belief in the external and material and what the mind concludes about
    • from super-sensible worlds is something that comes about quite of
    • about. You cannot carry on a pre-conceived campaign to found a thing
    • specific about what part of him was involved, since there can be no
    • perfectly clear about the will's intense involvement in all such
    • — a life one may, on occasion, complain about there; one now
    • people find anthroposophy a rewarding subject to write about; these
    • to write about, and not everybody has one inside him, so it has to be
    • exists to complain about any of the various institutions, or if there
    • subject, though they are what is most talked about. But enemies
    • but discussions about it have to be based on studying its methods and
    • background is in no position to carry on a debate about anthroposophy
    • people of our time are not about to let themselves in for any such
    • and they don't want to hear a word about developing. But neither
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • shall inquire today: How does memory come about? How is it that we have
    • body is brought about by Ahriman. We can therefore say [and I shall write
    • explained to you, disappeared about the time in which the Mystery of Golgotha
    • were well aware how all things I have mentioned were brought about, and were
    • or written about they are treated with scorn, are flung aside into the
    • do not perceive the whole course of what is coming about, they will enter
    • what whirl about more especially when they are made permanent with foul
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • we shall have to become clear about the fundamental difference
    • about, and make it serviceable for man. It is as though it were not
    • worried about something. If he could forget them they would work
    • we can say about everyday things of the moment also applies to things
    • Someone might say: Can you talk about forgetting at all, seeing that
    • we shall understand many a thing in everyday life, if we know about
    • images that he is always thinking about. This is something quite
    • to think about this, he will also draw moral fruits from such
    • human life by showing man the truth about specific spiritual
    • regard to the moral realm can bring about the greatest progress in
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • speak about the same theme in a very elementary way, of course, but
    • is also a kind of introduction to the lectures about to be held in
    • and next Monday we will talk about the origin, historic importance
    • would like to speak today about the nature of illness from the point
    • about illness, or one or another type of illness at least, until they
    • go much beyond the cure. That is, they are only concerned about their
    • will be like this. For they do not think about these matters or care
    • in the least about them unless it affects them personally and they
    • People do not care about the deeper significance that is actually
    • care about whether they can be cured or not. But they do not care
    • tell you about the nature of the fourth member of man's being, the
    • know anything about the nature of blood. That would be quite
    • about the illnesses connected with the nature of the blood. For the
    • bearer of the ego. I could speak to you for hours about the types of
    • the West [Europeans, they are quite wrong about it where the East
    • Paracelsus said about this, therefore, still applies today, though
    • of the different illnesses Paracelsus said the following about the
    • if the patient is dying. They boast about all the anatomy they know,
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • those ancient times these influences brought about tremendous changes
    • about any basic changes in their character. The reason for this is
    • this came about at the expense of something else, and when I describe
    • inter-working of the sexes came about and together with it the
    • concept of original sin. Original sin is brought about by man coming
    • illness did not exist. It came about at the same time as
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • but also with the cosmos, the whole world about us. For what we have
    • changes during the night, about which the ordinary human being knows
    • etheric bodies during sleep. This brings about changes in man's inner
    • seven days. But now we are approaching a sphere about which we would
    • have often spoken about — have brought it about that the
    • particular connections come about. If you consider what I have just
    • rhythms a relationship is brought about in the same way as the
    • science. In earlier times, up to about the middle of the earth
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • there is to say about the fourth member, the ego, is best seen if we
    • cycle in about ten times twenty-eight days, and then returns to its
    • extent connected with it. We will eventually come to talk about what
    • rhythm, but in what way? We shall have to be clear about the
    • learnt about in the hierarchies of spirits. We have seen that it is
    • rhythms of the heavenly bodies and actually bring about all the
    • the same point ten times twenty-eight days later, there are about ten
    • about. Just imagine someone fancying that he could not bear the two
    • helping it forward. All this chatter about returning to nature
    • essential thing about evolution is that man grows more and more
    • about it, then — because he does not think in an ordered way —
    • about it with no inner order, because man has gone astray in a kind
    • but rather set about understanding it with all the inner force of our
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • November) we spoke about the four different ways in which it is
    • discussed until later. Today we want to talk about at least a certain
    • about them. Let us talk today about a few aspects of something that
    • effects in the next. Therefore we shall have to say a few words about
    • the kind of experiences that come about because he is now in an
    • could say a great deal about it, of course. Today, however, we shall
    • of illnesses. So what I am about to say must not be taken as the only
    • about the special character of your future lives on earth.
    • karmic connections although what we are about to say can also be
    • person does not need to know about all this, yet he will be aware of
    • what does Greek mythology tell us about him? While still a boy his
    • the father of pharmacy about the healing forces in the plants and
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • the one about the nature of the temperaments, you will remember that
    • weeps? Weeping can only come about when the ego feels weak in
    • expand and stretch it. Whilst weeping is brought about by
    • the spiritual point of view if we become clear about the following:
    • the ego brings about. It is the astral body, from within, under the
    • about by the compression of the astral body. This is what these
    • reality of an expression like this. One can ask what came about
    • do nothing about than he is with regard to that which he can already
    • do something about. It always makes such an unpleasant impression
    • shall get to know many more things about the being of man. But I
    • to be concerned about her husband on the one hand and on the other
    • about her child. And here we have the true relationship of laughing
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • present-day earth conditions bring about such differences among men,
    • what tremendous human differences must have come about since the very
    • spiritual science has to say about these things will make sense. It
    • physical bodies that swarmed about on the earth below. From a
    • visit the North Pole in Lemurian times, he would have spoken about
    • not have come about. For the Lemurian population would have gradually
    • maintained a balance. Such people were scattered about everywhere.
    • later times. They did not concern themselves about other people; but
    • about a higher world! Of course everything is more spiritual today
    • divine man to speak out of them, talking incessantly about the higher
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • about the nature of cosmic evolution, if only you are prepared to
    • vision, although clairvoyant vision confirms what we are about to
    • something karmic. But suppose you only know something about the theft
    • about him. The thief is not going to come to you, though, and say:
    • about beauty, are additions. Thus man is constantly enriching his
    • about in it, but strictly speaking it will be an entirely new
    • the feeling of tragedy you have about it is something new.
    • objectively there in front of him? What has come about as a result of
    • concepts that both enlighten man about the world and engender in him
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • or have heard something about my Mystery Play,
    • great deal has been said previously about the Luciferic and Ahrimanic
    • essential about this Mystery until we have studied it from the four
    • this? Those of you who want to be clear about this need only turn to my book
    • the gist of what I have since said in the course of years, about the
    • If, on the physical plane, something is to be brought about by us, we
    • bring about something in the physical world. In the spiritual worlds
    • about; the more active we are, the more can happen. In the spiritual
    • You may remember what I once said about Christian Rosenkreutz
    • worlds was to bring about the ending of Kali Yuga, needed something
    • not be setting about this in the right way; he should wait until the
    • particularly true of everything that man can himself bring about in
    • How does perception come about in everyday life on the physical
    • anything is to come about, to happen through us in the spiritual
    • will easily be able to verify what I have to say about them.
    • body and Ego have left. As we go about during the day our gestures
    • I should like to sum up what I have been saying about
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • person. At about the third year of life, although of course there are
    • about the reason why the child gradually passes from the stage when
    • destruction that ultimately brings about death in the physical world.
    • bringing about his own destruction. However, as long as we remain
    • undeserved suffering caused to another person. If you think about it
    • make good the destruction that has been brought about.
    • Old Testament — about which there will be more to say. It is
    • and races; hence in that sense there is something egoistic about
    • place. A man whose religion has failed to bring about in him a
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • has already been indicated about the life between death and the new
    • upon conditions to bring about a change. An individual who is aware
    • he must leave it as it is; he is unable to bring about any change in
    • through human will is able to bring about certain changes in the
    • bringing about a change in the conditions of life between death and
    • ideas about the members of man's constitution or about what can come
    • humanity, this will eventually come about. Simply through paying
    • direct attention to the spiritual world that is round about them and
    • I want to make you aware of how little a man really knows about the
    • about the cancellation your attitude of mind would be quite different
    • or wheels. We look at the watch and do not trouble about what there
    • they withdraw or unfold when they are active. What is brought about
    • in the plant by cosmic forces is brought about in the human being by
    • itself independent. This brought about those conditions in the
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • being. What, after all, does he know about the processes working in
    • are still well-informed about the starry sky will steadily decrease.
    • skill and accuracy he sets about building his den.
    • epoch — in a quite different way. They knew about the secrets
    • of the stars in the night, about the heavens, although they had no
    • bodies what they experienced about the constellation of the Great
    • their own contact with it. This brought about changes in their very
    • being, changes which are still brought about today but are unnoticed.
    • actual experience and the men of those times knew a great deal about
    • to lecture about it. All that was necessary would have been to make
    • If you reflect about these matters you will be filled
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • shall not be speaking today about the Christmas Festival as in
    • Assisi, especially what is so impressive about him because of its
    • Let us remind ourselves of what has been said about the
    • change that had come about in the forces brought by human beings from
    • the evolution of Mars something similar to what had come about at the
    • Mars was brought about through Christian Rosenkreutz and the
    • how he worked after the Christ Impulse had been given. Think about
    • of Christmas gift, certain information about Christian Rosenkreutz.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Gautama Buddha. Genuine enlightenment about the being of man and his
    • about the content of anthroposophical views, ask: How comes it that
    • about this ‘I’ of man in the physical body, which they
    • To begin with, the human being crawls about on all fours
    • him down, causing him to move about on all fours and to be incapable
    • occultism and seership have to say about the nature of man. But this
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • world. And there will be still more to say about this subject in the
    • the course of man's physical life — about which something has
    • cycles: one from birth until about the seventh year, or until the
    • puberty at about the fourteenth year; then a third cycle, and so on
    • What, then, is there to be said about occurrences which
    • will therefore think about the cessation of growth which after all
    • ceases to be active. What comes about later on is only an expansion
    • about the seventh year of life (indicated in the shaded portion of
    • life as a whole, we will not hesitate to think about matters which
    • intellectually, but superficially, about life today may readily
    • themselves very little with matters about which the simplest, most,
    • illness. Why, it is asked today, should anyone need to know about
    • health and illness? The doctors know about these matters and the
    • speak about the influence of public opinion upon the life of an
    • his books in such haste he could not think about their contents and
    • existence of an increasing number of individuals about whom it will
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • whole organism. We bear it about with us but we cannot observe it in
    • life about this process of destruction are absent when we see it from
    • book about Goethe has recently been published, in which his
    • limited to the material world. This came about in the Graeco-Latin
    • presented as something only brought about by mathematical-physical
    • bring about this withering; the trend is there in every domain of
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • may be a life after death but why should we trouble about it during
    • that may enlighten him about the super-sensible world — such a
    • to be taught any ideas about religion for that would be against
    • about religion pumped into them, we find that they do not of
    • against children being taught any ideas about religion would
    • which human beings can execute and think about what they want to
    • between death and the new birth. We need not despair about them for
    • young I was once giving a lecture about Nietzsche, during which I
    • said certain things about the spiritual worlds. At that time it was
    • previously they would listen to nothing about the spiritual world. We
    • Someone asked me about a friend who had died very recently and it
    • of worlds. In any case one should not grieve excessively about such
    • said here at Christmastime (in Lecture Five) about the Buddha and his
    • information given during this Winter about the life between death and
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • about how much of what is yielded by sense-impressions is left in the
    • what is said about the kind of experiences undergone there that what
    • Soul-Light corresponds with what I have said about the Mercury
    • sphere. If you compare what was said about the life of the soul when
    • about the region of Soul-Light, you will
    • about the ‘Active
    • religious concepts. Compare what was said about this with the
    • about the Mars
    • about the third region of the Spiritland, the ‘airy’ or
    • thoughts about such questions — thoughts which can then be
    • progress is brought about by the stream of spirituality that flows
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • through revolutions in our ways of thinking about the external world.
    • everything that individual religious creeds have to say about the
    • world, we certainly find there nothing that is known to-day about the
    • anyone may be, however little he may care to know about the Mystery
    • world, you may refuse to know anything about clairvoyant impressions,
    • remarkably little is really known about it, but from the available
    • said about the world in the sense of the early twentieth century.
    • faculty of thinking about it, shut off from the thirty Aeons? We must
    • thoroughly level-headed man of today have to say about the Gnosis? We
    • carried so splendidly far in our thoughts about energy and evolution?
    • on what was said about clairvoyant souls: that they can transpose
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • to consider this, for unless we are clear about this inevitable
    • misunderstanding of what came about through the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • at what can be learnt about the Mystery of Golgotha from the
    • about the temporary inhabiting of the body of Jesus of Nazareth by
    • what we should call an astral body — which had gone about on,
    • people thought He had gone about in a physical body, this was
    • known what it was all about. And since one cannot properly express in
    • One thing that very few people think about today will
    • any knowledge about the being of Christ Jesus ... not to speak of
    • as we start looking at the fairly detailed knowledge about the Sibyls
    • at the very beginning of the Sibylline age. From about the eighth century
    • prophecies about the future development of this or that people,
    • forth, the people assemble, and her utterances about men and peoples
    • than there are today — had ideas about the interconnections of
    • ask why this has not happened, and who has brought it about that the
    • about the Christ Impulse: their concepts and ideas have turned out to
    • one has a feeling about Paul that I would like to sum up in a few
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • accordingly, resides in what was said about the difficulty of
    • emerge. Today I would like to say something about the Christ Being as
    • for the kind of observation I have often spoken about
    • about — if, that is, the human souls had come down from
    • been ruled out. So a change had to be brought about in the forces
    • Being, and then brought about a change in the cosmic forces which
    • brought about by the permeation of this Being by the Christ Spirit,
    • Thus it came about that when a man breathed in a particular place, he
    • thing about the initiation of Zarathustra was that he perceived the
    • Egyptian-Chaldean epoch, came about partly through the reflection in
    • this third event to come about?
    • further task of this Being. And so it came about that the Dragon
    • what we have spoken about. But from these pictures of the various
    • brought about in the human body a harmonious co-operation of brain,
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • which had to come about for the evolution of humanity through the
    • to say something about the basic characteristics of the world
    • this point of view we need say only a few words about the first
    • happenings are brought about. This picture of the world I would like
    • this teaching about man, that he is formed out of the forces of the
    • which bring about ebb and flow, the swelling and sinking of the
    • of the Earth. Thus the hair of one Sibyl is blown about by the wind;
    • men may talk about earlier commandments, Hammurabi, and so forth. I
    • Yesterday we came to know about the threefold
    • himself never went about on Earth. If you reflect on that, the
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • I have spoken to you about the Sibyls, pointing out how
    • the right path of evolution — came about through the Christ
    • consciousness quarrel ardently about dogmas, while what was most
    • Christianity in the West could not come about through the quarrels of
    • configuration of Europe, brought about by dreams and Sibylline
    • seen up above and one may form the strangest conjectures about it, so
    • lecture-courses, and if you feel about it as I do, you will find,
    • be driven on to speculate about the truth. Landmarks appear. For me
    • Folk Spirit, the Northern Folk Spirit, about Parsifal and he said:
    • Castle of the Grail, where he had failed to ask about the mysteries
    • done anything about it — had a meaning also.
    • learnt much about knightly ways and knightly honour, and
    • to ride after them in order to ask about the miracle of the Grail.
    • bringing about something like a redemption for the Fisher-King by
    • asking questions about the miracles in the castle. And then he is
    • now observe — these thoughts about a revival of the stellar
    • a particular thing said about him by Wolfram von Eschenbach made a
    • by Flegetanis in Spain — an astrological book. No doubt about
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • to tell you about the Mystery of the Grail and its connections in
    • the doubts that can be raised, the curious assertions about all sorts
    • outside our Movement, who then make the most senseless remarks about
    • recollect all that we have ever said about this Sun-spirit in
    • “This and much more has the Maid brought about,
    • So wrote a Percival to the Duke of Milan about the Maid.
    • may venture to look up to the stars and question them about their
    • earth is ensouled, and thus the great harmony is brought about, not
    • 1607 he spoke thus of the changes that had come about in the
    • as the saga portrays him. He knows nothing about the surface course
    • And something else had come about through the union of the Ruler of
    • the soul. When we express what we know how to say today about our
    • great harmony is brought about, not only on earth but between the
    • than is a great deal of talking about the unity of religions, which
    • may in fact be about something quite different
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Taurus, or Gemini, bring about destiny. Yet one can read from the
    • period lasted from the rise of Christianity to about 800 – 900 A.D. up
    • curious ideas about the great philosophical figures of Thales,
    • about abstract being by means of logic, thoughts of nature, thoughts
    • lately about the life-forces which arise in us when we look at
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • to say a great deal about the material composition of the heavenly
    • specific details about Venus, Saturn, the Moon, and so on. But all
    • other knowledge is only like information we could glean about a human
    • Such an image would tell us nothing whatever about the man's
    • refuses any approach towards initiation to know anything about the
    • tells us about everything else in the universe, Saturn tells
    • us nothing at all about the impulses he receives from the universe.
    • memory. He is silent about the cosmic Present. He receives the things
    • of the Moon Beings if we are to learn anything from them about cosmic
    • graphically about what the Earth was before it became Earth, and for
    • moves faster, taking about 12 years. Because of this quicker movement
    • here or there in the universe and then they talk about it with great
    • manifold ways to make statements about the mysteries of the cosmos.
    • difficult to approach; she does not want to know anything about the
    • fortress that modern scientists know nothing essential about
    • Nor can we grasp anything essential about the nature of the Sun as
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • What spiritual science has to say about life and the
    • passed through the portal of death brings about this deepening
    • required by karma. He brings it about while the souls who are
    • into them and streams through them, he can now bring about this
    • deepening required by karma, which could not have been brought about
    • we encounter, will bring about another influence, it will influence
    • brought about by the circumstance that a violent and sudden end of
    • come to the fore which bring about death from within the human
    • the spiritual standpoint are fully aware that a man who is about to
    • strengthening of his Ego-consciousness, which must be brought about
    • circumstances which bring about his accident. This is how we must
    • something about the spiritual world during their life between birth
    • Because man knew something about the spiritual world (although this
    • necessarily bring about what I have characterized as a drying-out of
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • human being — and the other, bringing about the play of
    • corporeality is ethereal. Just as we go about among physical people
    • in this world, so do we constantly go about among such elemental
    • spiritual scientist merely by knowing about certain things. You are
    • unperceived. So much, for today, about the elemental world.
    • person is misled by Lucifer or Ahriman. This brings about a
    • occultly-trained, clairvoyant person were about to approach a dead
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • when a change has come about in the last few decades, when a young person
    • fresh from university speaks one is no longer curious about what he
    • observation. This situation has come about because intelligence was
    • If one has in mind their physical aspect only, when speaking about
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • You see, even in this case we must set about thinking in
    • (through conception) with that which enwraps us and clothes us about
    • Leipzig; but people do not go about with open eyes, they go through
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • learn something more important and more essential about what has just
    • been referred to, about the greater, real world, which embraces both
    • they have too strongly accustomed themselves to think only about the
    • to you to-day particularly about certain things in connection with
    • about from birth until death, or let us say from conception until
    • about his birth through his own physical experience — just so
    • left behind by the dead — is, in reality, always round about
    • speaking about colours, in order to have an example.
    • about it. You can form a conceptual idea of the colour. But it is
    • special case. Many of you have already heard about this. Perhaps I
    • spoken — that world which is always round about us, but which
    • to cherish our thoughts of him within our souls. We think about the
    • experiences we have had in common, about the feelings we have shared
    • an initiate) has to experience a thought about something which exists
    • about, here. Above all, we should approach the dead with thoughts
    • Let us think, for a moment, about that picture, which we
    • as we find it described in the Bible. Let us think about this picture
    • them about within us. Just as we carry about the impressions of
    • Man carries about within him the impulses of Lucifer.
    • scientifically-trained person to-day speaks about such matters, he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • I hope that this course of lectures, which I am about to
    • as we are not now speaking about the path of knowledge — what
    • so — a détour or roundabout way, so that, after this sanctuary
    • must appear very unreasonable to our age, to be told about beings,
    • now are. But they were not human in the sense that they went about on
    • strange what we are about to say may sound, it will be made quite
    • do nothing beyond moving freely about here and there in his astral
    • of the Folk-spirits, is brought about by Beings who are between men
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • exhaust what he knows about this particular country. When we speak of
    • brought about from outside, in a certain sense. Every one of these
    • he work into the human beings who move about upon this ground and
    • Beings, the law which brings it about that at every stage certain
    • The first and chief thing brought about by this contact
    • that which could not come about without the whole structure and form
    • bring about, because they with their great forces and powers remained
    • constellation has to come about. Only remember that on one occasion,
    • it to man himself to observe what is brought about in the physical,
    • definite form of ideas. Hence it comes about that man is not only
    • which was brought about from within by an abnormal Spirit of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • brought about by the external world, all colors, sounds, in fact all
    • think about that which comes to us from the outer world by means of
    • something foreign to him, as something about which he has the feeling
    • several souls, and by means of this agency is brought about what a
    • growth within him to lie fallow, if he did not trouble about them.
    • people of his own particular nation is brought about through the
    • be brought about by the transition of this people from youth to old
    • say about them. These normal Spirits of Form are Beings four stages
    • as well as in my writings about the
    • about by the normal Spirits of Form. But that which plays a part over
    • brought about by the abnormal Spirits of Form, who have denied
    • what they wish to bring about with the human races, and how through
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • and being come about. We know from the study of Akashic Records and
    • about which makes man's present organization possible. We have
    • about in the life of present-day man at a certain age; it can only
    • If you remember what has been said about the education
    • which only comes in about his twentieth year, have no direct interest
    • nature, one might say, somewhere about the twentieth year of life: so
    • which he is to be found somewhere about his twentieth year. All that
    • after this consciousness as a Moon-being, at about his
    • have acquired in his twentieth year or thereabouts. These, therefore,
    • evolution would have only been bestowed at about his twentieth year.
    • receive about his twentieth year. All this has very significant
    • world is concerned, in the condition which is his at about his
    • world already from birth on, up to the twentieth year, i.e., by about
    • are in about our twentieth year. Man must pay for this by passing the
    • of the normal Spirits of Form came about, so that the place in which
    • our earth and that which is brought about by the forces which are not
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • about the character of this or that people, and however our feelings
    • into space in every direction. Certainly a man could not walk about
    • Thus we gaze upon that which is brought about in our
    • bring about what we call our human history, the evolution of
    • existence and to disappear again, in order to bring about the
    • Earth-planet the mission of bringing about the perfect equilibrium of
    • order that he may bring about this balance between thought, feeling,
    • Man is called upon first of all to bring about an equilibrium between
    • earth, namely, to bring about from within, first of all through his
    • equilibrium comes about between the three forces which in earlier
    • about this in the next few days. For the moment just take it as an
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • work that finally a state of equilibrium comes about. Hence you will
    • Form, which brings about in our life on earth that there should be
    • would actually be brought about. Thus if all these seven Spirits of
    • not otherwise have been able to bring about the equilibrium requisite
    • be brought about that Jehovah split off towards Moon); then we must
    • for a certain point. But what I have said about the different parts
    • about which led to the corresponding distribution of the races. In
    • so that his racial character may come about, cannot at first work
    • transformation there brought about, certainly expresses itself more
    • brings about a modification of humanity and produces the basic
    • to bring about the special modification of this people.
    • modifications can come about, and that in the formation of the
    • but in a roundabout way through all the other systems. Therefore in
    • Spirits brought about in the East, through which were developed all
    • letters — hop about on the paper and who do not speak the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • and teachings about the gods appear, but also in the philosophies, in
    • about the Spirits of the Age, were completely devoted to the impulses
    • seventeenth century (beginning from about the twelfth century), was
    • a Spirit of Form. Thus it comes about that our fifth post-Atlantean
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • These five ages of civilization were brought about by the migrations
    • clairvoyance. This was brought about by the action of the forces into
    • Records. These peoples of the West had raised themselves about one
    • experienced Odin in his activity at a time when he still went about
    • the wonderful stories related about Odin.
    • about, so also an ‘ I ’ which awakes at such an
    • to that which was told him about the events which represent the
    • Ginnungagap, is about the time when the earth begins to form itself
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • said, if you were to think philosophically about yesterday's
    • bring about in some way or other this relation of the ‘ I ’
    • How does that come about? It comes about because in the second
    • influence. Let us again recapitulate briefly: Lucifer brings about in
    • of the Luciferic influence has brought about the deeper descent of
    • have been as described, and yet death would have come about from an
    • three offspring. The first is the one who brings about selfishness.
    • incorrectly about things; that is to say, the objects in the external
    • pursuing the sun, and who the moment he reaches it brings about the
    • body, in which he brings about sickness and death. His third
    • received Loki's influence. Loki, however, brought it about that
    • become visible, — brought about the feeling that the time spent
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • about in mankind, beginning from the earliest ages and proceeding
    • only could it come about that nearly 100 years after the
    • The Northman still felt thus about them, at a time when to the
    • as yet inwardly. If, however, you recognize how this union came about
    • This continent was encircled by a sort of warm stream, a stream about
    • Western Europe, excepting where it has come about through
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • Tacitus relates about the goddess Nerthus. The chariot of the goddess
    • (from about 3100 B.C.
    • come about, for instance, that persons will be able, through the
    • has heard something about Karma, of how everything in the world takes
    • the most important thing about the Christ-Principle to us is not what
    • tradition and of all authority, in what it has to say about this
    • obtained through clairvoyant observation. Whatever I have said about
    • Zarathustra and Jesus of Nazareth, about Hermes and Moses, about Odin
    • and Thor, about Christ Jesus Himself, I beg of you not to believe it
    • have said about Christ Jesus, test by means of all the sources at
    • your disposal what I have said about history, test it as minutely as
    • in one people disputing with another about what is to be given, but
    • about that which could not yet be given in the first half of the
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • There is speculation on various levels about visitants from other worlds.
    • rooted in reality at all. More and more they move about in a shadowy existence
    • only about material existence.
    • studying the corpse they learn about the bones and the rest of the organism. By
    • to learn something about the mineral part of the human organism. With this kind
    • of science we can only learn about the part of man's being which has a
    • applying tortures in the Middle Ages. Students learn about the human being as
    • he is when he has been dismembered — they are taught only about the mineral
    • structure in man, about that part of his being which will one day be woven into
    • written about the year 1780, and beginning: “Nature! We are surrounded and
    • in human beings of our time a kind of foreboding of what will come about in the
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • something about so-called spiritual science, about the way in which it
    • acquainted, and about that building itself, it is in no wise my
    • can learn about the universe through his senses and through the
    • something about the development of our Anthroposophical Society,
    • prevent this, I must bring forward something apparently personal, about
    • It was about fifteen
    • give some points of view about spiritual worlds. The lectures we're
    • circumstances, it has come about that the building has been erected
    • further about the Dornach building, I should like to deal with the
    • speak intelligibly about the ways and means found by spiritual science
    • voluntarily brought about that is usually involuntarily present in
    • sleep. Yet, on the other hand, what is now brought about is the
    • become unconscious and know nothing about ourselves and our
    • about the spiritual worlds and spiritual beings which lie behind
    • which is now so widely used, and about which one of the most
    • use such forces for gaining knowledge about the world of soul and
    • that it looks upon the teaching about telepathy as anything else but a
    • were talking about the religion of the Anthroposophists! In reality
    • certain conception or feeling about Christ, about Jesus, and we say to
    • only spiritual science leads to thinking many other things about Christ
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • being in those times could speak and think about the spiritual
    • worlds, just as a man today can speak about the ordinary knowledge he
    • spiritualize, whatever knowledge he acquires about the great world.
    • evolution — until about the 4th century — it was this
    • about that in the course of the ages the Midsummer festivals in the
    • something about the nature of the Sun. Thus through the heart we
    • within outwards. In ancient times it was the other way about: first
    • that numbers of people know today about Christmas is that it is a
    • with the course of the seasons than is the custom today. About 20
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • follows: If we have a number of facts, say about a raindrop, we can
    • Grimm set about writing his wonderful book on Michelangelo in the
    • and about us is the rest of the human world, and indeed ourselves;
    • proceeded, we shall be able to see how Michelangelo set about his
    • districts all those stories about enchanted beings which their folk
    • well. The fundamental trait about Michelangelo's work is that
    • about his new task, the painting of the ceiling of the Sistine
    • has to tell us himself out of the depth of a sorrowing heart about
    • the first instance of man reflecting about his own thought which led
    • creative principle. Thus it comes about that what men in general felt
    • about the fate of the human soul in its earthly body, what they
    • word about his work as builder and architect and to refer especially
    • Spiritual Science gives you to look at them and think about them;
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • more about this.
    • have been apprehensive about its effect upon the material as well as
    • him more deeply about what this modern life signifies for the human
    • preposterous nonsense about free will and unfree will, about
    • about the occult side of modern life to those earlier times when
    • matter merely of absorbing what is said about one thing or another,
    • prevailing to-day began to develop about four centuries ago. And the
    • conception of history, what Spiritual Science has to say about this
    • work of art. A transformation is thereby brought about — I can
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • suppose he wants to inform himself about things that are actually
    • set about learning his history? He thinks of the men who have lived
    • friends, that I have no hesitation in speaking about certain results
    • condition of life? What has Spiritual Science to say about this? I
    • of the souls who were incarnated in Asia round about the time
    • were living in Asia, in Asia Minor and in Africa about the time of
    • Our task today is not only to speak about the spirit, but to bring
    • That is one thing that may be said about the rejection of the
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • might bring about a favourable change in his Karma. To know and to
    • Moral qualities in fact produce results; they bring about Karmic
    • be recompensed by truth; these are two extremes which bring about a
    • habitually criticize and rebuke others will also bring about a
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • humanity. We modern people therefore carry about with us a corpse.
    • is really done by the corpse which we carry about with us? It goes
    • way in which modern people think about God in the different
    • mediumistically, something about the great historical aims.
    • formulated questions, something about the great destiny-goals of
    • about the goals of humanity. People read his poems, as if they were
    • corpse about with us, which is the true instrument of cognition.
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • time. The course of human evolution has brought it about that ever
    • about otherwise than is expected among the philistines, so the
    • popular science. And this comes about because popular science has
    • saw that none of these has anything to say about the real nature of
    • these few are probably clear about it theoretically, but as yet there
    • thing anyone asks about a child to-day is from whom he has got this
    • situation mankind is in, have brought about the great crisis of the
    • second decade of the twentieth century by talking about the
    • bring it about that the social structure corresponds only with what
    • of peace treaties in which people who know absolutely nothing about
    • evolution can come about in you: during earth-evolution only the
    • the riddle of his cosmic being. This is what will come about in the
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • dispute and argue about idealism and materialism, and so forth; to
    • immediate reality. Let us examine a little how this comes about.
    • bring about eventually the meeting with this friend. We can go
    • Now it is important for one who speaks about the
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • The Event of Death and Facts about the Time.
    • know very little about it should be induced to ask: What, after all,
    • to make friends. We must know a great deal about each other before
    • special gifts for teaching others about the different temperaments
    • about you and you will find that this is, in most cases, the sole
    • like this about so-and-so, but I do not like that.” Foregone
    • out of the group to teach people about Christ. But in the fifth
    • post-Atlantean epoch, this can only come about through our good will
    • of talk nowadays about the necessity for the individual treatment of
    • must be very clear that talk about programmes and regulations is
    • life. How can this come about?
    • faculty of judgment. This, however, can never come about through
    • own judgment about it.
    • should know nothing about these spiritual beings is no longer a
    • epoch men on earth know nothing about them it is as though, a part of
    • thoughts about their world. They can help us only if we think about
    • into the spiritual world, if we know about these spiritual beings
    • Hierarchies themselves who help us when we know about them. And if in
    • able to weave into it through our knowing about them. They qualify us
    • us. We have need of it, we must know about it, and unite ourselves
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • spoken about this path on other occasions.
    • as such. His senses inform him about the external world and when he looks
    • being. There he felt quite differently about the world than he felt in his
    • This came about, not for any egotistical reason, but as a result of the
    • spoken about this — for example, apart from the usual five he has a
    • truths in former times did not take this view. They were quite clear about
    • on that conquest he must know about what lies hidden within him. He must
    • know about such things as those described yesterday
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • was of about the same age as Christ Jesus Himself. The time that Christ
    • about the same length of time that Christ had walked the earth, did
    • Paul continue to live upon earth — that is, until about his
    • bring to mankind true and fitting ideas about Christianity — and to do
    • single moment; nevertheless the Event of Golgotha did bring about an
    • festival, all their thinking about Easter runs along the lines of old
    • ourselves are no longer in earnest about what we recognise as the sacred
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • speak only in this way. We are in real earnest about it. I only
    • complete about water itself. Water contains far, far more than what
    • about the distribution of the lunar forces in the earthly realm. There
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • coin the phrase. We, in our farm, are going about in the belly of the
    • about to come. You may take my remark amiss or not, as you will. We
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • of modern chemistry about them is scarcely more than our knowledge of
    • What is known about
    • our time when speaking about carbon. It is quite true, carbon occurs
    • our form like a palm. Carbon is constantly about to make us still and
    • should go about stunned and benumbed. The oxygen around us must be
    • bearer of the astral — is everywhere, moving about as a corpse
    • nitrogen everywhere, moving about like flowing, fluctuating feelings.
    • bearers of the Spirit — comes about in Nature. You see, that
    • brings about an inner order between our Ego and our ether
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • to twelve stone) requires about four-and-one-quarter of protein a day
    • about. What the body needs, on the other hand, so as to deposit substances
    • about them which is so bad. Unfortunately, the practical instructions
    • be given to bring about in the soil what I indicated yesterday, namely
    • the earthy element with the astral, without going by the roundabout
    • may easily come about that it will scatter its astral content on all
    • It is so indeed: if you could crawl about inside the living body of
    • and bury the horn a certain depth into the earth — say about 18
    • looked at the area to be manured, that a surface, say, about as big
    • as the patch from the third window here to the first foot-path, about
    • provided for if we use one hornful of this manure, diluted with about
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • the fact that they are really groping about in the dark. It is a very
    • instances, i.e. which bring about the formation of trunk or
    • of the soil with reason and intelligence, which you can bring about
    • flowing in and out. Put in it vegetable matter such as will bring about
    • and never at the microcosmic spheres, are unconcerned in any case about
    • sensitive. We can bring about a wonderful interplay in Nature, by giving
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • there planets, but by the round-about way of the Earth) — these
    • hand. So it has come about: far and wide, the vine plantations
    • enough to bring about the growth in living creatures. The Moon intensifies
    • about it. For in the end the mice always come back again. What we need
    • bring about the reproductive process. In the animal kingdom, on the
    • that which is normally treated by water to bring about fertility in
    • the plant-world, you will bring about destruction — annihilation
    • gain an insight into the question, what is it that can bring about illness
    • It may seem strange, but it is so: this result is brought about, not
    • theorised about it instead of looking at the process, we might reach
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • time at our disposal, I wish to say something about farm animals,
    • unless we first bring about an insight into the underlying
    • enshrouded in an astral cloud. Up there, however, round about the free,
    • parasitically growing on the tree — brings about in the neighbourhood
    • poverty in the realm of the free-roots? We only need Look about us,
    • will flutter about, and to you birds we will leave the astrality that
    • surrounds the trees. So there came about a regular division of labour
    • say, the right astralisation is brought about in the air. Now this astralisation
    • beside it, to transform what it brings about into good use and benefit.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • thought in a fixed direction, scientists bring about widespread confusion
    • not like the animals of the plains, for they must walk about under difficult
    • to walk about on level ground or on a slope. Such animals, therefore,
    • bring to pass all that has come about in this Course. Energy, clear,
    • another thing was necessary to this end. And so it has also come about
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • thereabouts, brings man to Devachan. During this period the
    • Sacrifice brings about the transformation of man. This Act
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • now touch yourself in the same way in which you feel about
    • human being running about is the one that penetrates into
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • Crusades. Leaving on one side all that is known externally about the founding
    • it comes about that an experience of the soul is not simply there for the
    • knew many of the secrets of the human soul. And so it came about that
    • had also to be brought about that something which could only live in the
    • And thus it came about that, during the moments while they were actually
    • Hence it has come about that what we know as materialism has spread itself so
    • or in a very small circle, Wolfram von Eschenbach produced this song about a
    • add up all this in its years, then we find that everyone lives to about the
    • different again comes about from when it is only a case of the individual
    • under torture to speak untruths about themselves. This fact — not
    • it came about that in modern times, while certain individuals were inspired
    • have brought it about that Man's thoughts and feelings run their course
    • and perhaps also talked about it, their gaze was really only actually
    • a purely physical “monon.” And so it came about that lofty and
    • materialistic age of ours, we naturally never stop to think about such a
    • in respect of certain forces, in the Post-Atlantean time, and arrived about
    • you have the explanation of how it came about that Galvani discovered
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • of a theory of knowledge one may dispute about the true nature of
    • determine to do something, which we set about to do at some later
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • about by a rightly applied concentration, contemplation, and
    • teaches us how we must think about reality, must be forsaken. After
    • about this experience in my Mystery Drama,
    • about which he perhaps knows nothing — he is confused about
    • this love, about the sympathy, deceiving himself with hatred and
    • the spiritual something of this fear about which one knows nothing,
    • things about the world and now has written a book about these
    • phenomena, about these different phenomena of spiritual
    • About Death.
    • things he cannot know about the physical world, he becomes flawed as
    • merely for the painter himself, so the communications about the
    • has made some fine observations about various things, and who has
    • today about “repeated earthly lives” — when it
    • It is very interesting how he expresses himself about a knowledge
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • something it wants to say about this feeling becoming an inner
    • anthroposophy cannot speak about the super-sensible being of man in
    • certain that speaking about it in that way would not satisfy
    • is convinced that certain inter-relationships exist about which
    • knowledge I would like to tell you more about today, namely an inner
    • whole men of present times have very little desire to know about what
    • unconsciously within us. Something we have to learn about the
    • experience in active thinking we are constantly bringing about a
    • imprinting does not bring about an enlivening process but a process
    • self-discipline of the will I was speaking about: become actively
    • had an instinctive quality about it during this epoch,
    • order to think about things consciously and experience their
    • natural science have befogged them; they should think about their own
    • thinking, and then they will make a remarkable discovery about the
    • sources about the evolution of the physical body. But, when their
    • find the spirit again in our materialistic world, is about to enter
    • Christianity arose, the teachings about Christ Jesus came out
    • but with their anthroposophy they tell us all kinds of things about
    • mankind's evolution, even about cosmic facts of a spiritual nature.
    • spoken to you about what mankind is longing for. And it was this very
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • about us with their green foliage, but that in the background of
    • our ordinary waking consciousness, we think of the things round about
    • the secret of the whole Cosmos. While we men move about on the Earth
    • Science: About the season of the New Year, two cycles interpenetrate
    • years before our era. When that consciousness came about man
    • about 6,000 B.C. This was the knowledge
    • that is about us in the outer world as a symbol of the great secrets
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • learn the simplest thing about the illness. Why should he? We have
    • after our bodies; we need not trouble in the least about
    • therewith our conception of the world about us. Had we different
    • such a way that we only talk about the things with which it is
    • greatest faults of our day lie, which are bringing about the decline
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • never bring about mutual understanding between the peoples. To travel
    • such things, a great deal may be conjectured about the inner being of
    • East has to say about the connection of man with the Divine as
    • breathing and blood circulation; he has brought this about by dint of
    • of all the great philosophers who, having thought about Nature and
    • from them what they have to say about man's connection with the
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • the old. But this could come about only because humanity was
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • souls meet those who are about to descend into a physical body. (This
    • the gate of death and those who are just about to enter the physical
    • how it all came about. This was indeed the case. People ask how it
    • social catastrophe. Yet all the thoughts they form about it are only
    • the physical body. It had really come about that only the physical
    • about the time in which we are living is that we see things being
    • about them. Yet people went to the theatre to see Hauptmann's
    • seriously. In certain fields there is much talk about this, that and
    • aristocrats, or Marxian Socialists who know nothing about the world
    • about that in another year there may be as great, or even a much
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • learns about existence in conformity with today's thinking as it is
    • world facts and world beings. We construct hypotheses about the
    • teaching about mechanical heat, he constructs hypotheses about the
    • must hold fast to the current way of thinking about natural
    • all that the individual has experienced about himself. For our
    • ordinary memory is brought about in a purely soul-spiritual way
    • Whoever thinks honestly about
    • Kantian philosophy, he learnt much from Kant about theoretic
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • bring about on artificial harmony between morality and
    • 14:21 Moreover the Hebrews that were with the Philistines before that time, which went up with them into the camp from the country round about, even they also turned to be with the Israelites that were with Saul and Jonathan. \
    • quite different. In the sixth epoch, that is, from about the third
    • ‘Bodhisattva’) received teaching from Barlaam about the
    • Christ will steadily increase, until in about three thousand years,
    • brought about. For what does Moses show us when he confronts us with
    • again, until in about three thousand years from now, he
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • movements whenever they are about to write? It need not go so far as
    • frequently favour what one is about to do; therefore it is also good
    • phenomenon, for the Yes or the No is brought about by the will of an
    • oneself. The more one can make one's judgments, particularly about
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • time of life when we do not think about our own activities in the way
    • express myself about these things with radical honesty, I replied:
    • I wished to say, at the outset, about the basis of what must receive
    • about the world, for ideas and sense-experiences were one. One saw
    • through exercises. To-day we have rather vague ideas about the early
    • synthetic geometry that I became clear about the clairvoyant's
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • language of thought from the rostrum in Dornach about what is
    • great danger confronts us here: the danger of having ideas about this
    • about its cultivation.
    • why. But one knows little about the real history of human development
    • I am now about to say may sound heretical to many, but I believe it flows
    • Dornach. I could say much about painting also, for it belongs, in a
    • must look into, and not only theorise about, the secrets of the human
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • it often flows into action. In later centuries after about the middle
    • could be understood only intellectually. Ideas about them could be
    • was something quite outlandish when Bulwer travelled about, speaking of
    • times travelling about in the world accompanied by a younger person
    • This, however, is precisely what was brought about in the preparatory
    • about the continuation of thought into the etheric body. And the
    • but it was unable to do away with the fear. Thus it came about that
    • about a living difference to-day between the East and the West. In
    • looks at it and then forms ideas about it. The ideas thus arrived at
    • experience. That is all one can say about it. Do you think that this
    • ideas about the blood, the lymph. Subtle shades of difference are to
    • and discussions will take place there about matters which were summed
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • round about him on the world, and uses the combining faculty of his
    • spiritual way about the world, where before, in our consideration of
    • Christian times, up to about the third or fourth century, when there was
    • fast — as in earlier times men were told about the Fall and
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • it was in very ancient times and of the change brought about by
    • about the time of the Mystery of Golgotha, we may say: men were
    • an ending. At most they enquired about the nature of the change
    • its onward flow. They pondered about this but never about death
    • — a process which really began about the fourth or fifth
    • wisdom; for only error could have brought about the death of
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • any more about such ideas) is a Nominalist in the widest meaning.
    • he is the son of the old Miller. Hence, the only thing you know about
    • him is that he is the son of Miller. You wish to know more about him
    • born into Time. People thought about his descent from the Father.
    • not worry about the relationships of Father, Son and Holy Spirit. He
    • whole of life, but narrow-minded people do not bother about this
    • material quality of the body, formed all kinds of ideas about these
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • might say, the Christ-Impulse and brought about through it important
    • brought about the distribution of the European nations and national
    • events. Because her Karma brought about the fact that she was born on
    • evening. At about ten o'clock a friend came along and told us that
    • illusion. I have often spoken to you about this and shown you how
    • about between birth and death, wandering in terror — hint pain,
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • that he has to say about natural science, or the knowledge of Nature.
    • little about them), we shall find again and again that the passages
    • world, and they avoid speaking about it concretely. They chiefly
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • talk to you about various things in connection with our
    • forces which gradually and inevitably must bring about its
    • — had something of a scientific character about them
    • That is one thing that is bringing about the downfall of our
    • who talk about it; but very few to-day arrive at any real
    • and ask nothing better than to be pulled about by strings,
    • second thing. — Of the forces that are bringing about
    • about absolute Goodness and Truth. They are not asking about
    • about the Asiatic civilisation, that the temperament is
    • peculiar thing about Asiatic civilisation, that it contains a
    • about the social question, but the temperament is lacking. On
    • about doing something if he possessed the clear thought of
    • individuals about freedom, at the time when all Germany was
    • beautiful things were written about freedom at that time. In
    • something of a cosmogony about it, although it led into the
    • to-day of anyone who is in earnest and sincere about working
    • cities had, as well, a certain character about them.
    • there are many matters about which one must ask, not what
    • people who stand for a certain thing say about it, but what
    • words, yes, to any extent. But what matters about a thing is,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • today. Who does not think himself able to know about himself?
    • Initiation, as we may call it, was eventually brought about.
    • from within outward, to bring about your seeing and your
    • physically about him. And anon the woman is there again at
    • whole arrangement which came about by his victory — the
    • with one another about all manner of dogmatic questions.
    • about the spiritual life in wide circles in the outer world
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmos. Now what came about during the Saturn-evolution and
    • This is brought about by the Moon —that is, by the
    • about through the movement made by the Moon, through the
    • limb-system and head. It is brought about by our rhythmic
    • cannot argue about beauty, wisdom, strength, and what they
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • about the wonderful impressions he had also received of what
    • can be said about the people of earlier times. What men felt
    • about the reversal of man's path. This reversal was indicated
    • When I was once in Hermannstadt about Christmastime I found
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • found among those peoples who set about destroying them at the
    • Spiritual Science has to say about the future evolution of man will
    • removed from true wisdom. And so it came about that the Buddha saw an
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • these injunctions and regulations about hygiene? And the answer is,
    • about the necessity for proper air, light, nourishment, sanitation,
    • up all manner of abstract, mystical theories about this immortal soul
    • abstract tittle-tattle about a soul independent of the bodily nature
    • man can only spin fantasies about this. Between birth and death (with
    • all manner of high-sounding theories about a spirituality that is
    • weave fantasies about the soul and Spirit in order to induce a state
    • chatter about man being composed of physical body, etheric body,
    • speak about the human being and the way in which materialistic
    • who in the ordinary course of things do not know very much about the
    • has to say about the nervous system you are everywhere led to the
    • have developed extraordinary ideas about illness. On the one side we
    • is wrong. In this case, thought about the body of men in its normal
    • in Spiritual Science. The essential thing about Spiritual Science is
    • effects come about, whether a larger or smaller number of people are
    • think about infection or non-infection — this element is none
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • permeated by another activity, namely that which comes about through
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • can look back to a very ancient epoch which came to a close about the
    • despair of the human body in death. About six hundred years
    • in the epoch that began about a thousand years before the Mystery of
    • mechanics have taught man more and more about the stars since the
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • conjured and juggled about with electricity in a strange way, without
    • others, so that they saw them walking about with Faust's malevolent
    • anything about them, so that they can handle us, without our being
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • To bring about a
    • bring about such a complete loss of a treasure of wisdom.
    • were less able than ever to speak, as human beings, about the Christ.
    • faculties. This was what they knew about the Christ.
    • knew nothing about the old Gnostic wisdom — or, at least, he did
    • So it came about that
    • Christ was now united with the earth; knowledge about the Christ,
    • of Golgotha. The further back we go, the more knowledge we find about
    • this, nor did Clemens of Alexandria. They did not know about the
    • participated in the Mass and heard about the Mystery of Christ. They
    • heard that he had passed through the experience of death, about St.
    • about another human being, even if that human being is divine. Yet,
    • all clear in their minds about how far they should go in their
    • place. Everything I've said thus far about ether bodies in
    • fact, that brings about our connection with the ether body infected
    • three years of human life and about our entrance into the world. If
    • when their experiences change human beings from the child, about whom
    • more about Steiner's views on the two Jesus children,
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • ideas about the physical and bodily with comparative ease, for it is
    • its three dimensions gives to him, in forming his ideas about things
    • that when he resolves to move about in space his thought is
    • movements man accomplishes externally in space when he moves about,
    • feeling or sensation to be brought about, the left half of the
    • of the two hands is brought about in the plane of
    • sensation would never come about. In all the surging waves of feeling
    • does Feeling come about. Feeling never comes about in space, but only
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    • though the great questions about which we shall have to speak still
    • base of our considerations here — has geology to say about the
    • influences of the heavens are weaving more closely about me, I
    • himself with geology, a certain dispute was raging about the origin
    • as the first half of the nineteenth century about the conception
    • spiritual science to reveal about the origin of the earth? (Concerning
    • And it is interesting to hear what Goethe says about this lower layer:
    • can have no more than suppositions about conditions in the interior of the
    • — at best some dim divination about conditions which preceded
    • causes which could have brought this about — then we come to
    • then brought about the ejection.- through a process of segregation,
    • segregation; but the processes which bring about the segregation
    • standpoint of spiritual science, we move about on a ground in process
    • of destruction which had to come about in order to give us the firm,
    • it to those forces which bring about its decomposition and destruction.
    • In some way it must obviously come about that not only the individual
    • by many people who perhaps do not know much more about spiritual
    • Other forces again have brought about the collapse of what has been
    • oceans and continents is explained asbeing brought about through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • and so on. Now I would ask you to think a little about this tapestry
    • thoughts are carried by beings is something about which I shall have
    • we begin to think about these things it is interesting to find that it
    • the past is mixed in with the present, and so brings it about that this
    • superfluous to learn about the external world, for then anyone, by
    • just looking at the light for instance, would know as much about the
    • comes about that we draw forth from our inner being in the form of
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • to bring this about externally by all sorts of clever thoughts and
    • about the inner core of this subject.
    • to which I referred when I spoke about the significance of colour, of
    • intimate things about him, upon which I shall shortly lecture here;
    • when I reflect that in order to speak about Christian Rosenkreutz at
    • intimate about this individuality; it must be said that we have
    • Jesus of Nazareth, or about the two Jesus children, or the entrance
    • has recently been said in Carlsruhe about the Mystery of the
    • need to ask about His Being, for hundreds and thousands of years they
    • occult teachings — for instance, about Buddha or the
    • meditating about the Being of the Christ, or in making occult
    • Then it came about by reason of things of which we have not time to
    • to say that the Buddha was about to reincarnate. He would be told
    • allowed the right to know something about that of which they are
    • prejudice about Brahmanism, Orientalism, ancient and modern
    • about Saturn, Sun and Moon evolution will precisely enable us to
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • about the Gospels and other spiritual documents of humanity would not
    • Science about Saturn, Sun and Moon evolution, to that of the
    • world we really do not need to trouble ourselves about these ancient
    • you will have quite a good book. If you read there about the
    • But just read what he says about Jacob Boehme. Here Schwegler comes
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • soil-spiritual nature which is behind the heat and brings about the
    • warmth through the special bliss. He who can feel all this about the
    • bringing about its order.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • strong, forceful act, one for instance that is to bring about great
    • mind to bring something about in the world by means of inner
    • about by this renunciation of the sacrifice on the part of certain of
    • conceptions about to be set forth. Only after long and profound
    • reflection upon the conceptions about to be given can we
    • Time; whilst others, brought about by the other Cherubim who
    • certain conditions which then came about. Just as we saw, on looking
    • which has actually come about through their having done so. Is this
    • resignation first brought evil about through those beings who were
    • rejection of the sacrifice. That is the story of the sacrifice about
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • often go about with these feelings without being aware of them in our
    • bringing about changes of place; they are Beings able to bring forth
    • desolation — the change which is brought about by movement, a
    • round so as to bring about a change in its conditions. Change of
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • thereby contradict what we have said about the idea of wondering; for
    • particular advance in evolution was brought about through the
    • your minds. You have the exalted Beings to whom sacrifice is about to
    • anything about death. In other worlds there is no such thing as that
    • Christianity could be brought about without having a power behind
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • People who do not know anything about it may well laugh when
    • do not know how long. But they know little about real
    • really clear about it. The priestly element, which is to be
    • its justification in its own day, when it brought about many
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • more about this in the course of these weeks. The fact that
    • most of them absurd. All I want to say about them today is
    • then speak about social life out of their feeling, out of
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • growing tendency to form utterly wrong opinions about what in
    • agitators making great words about it, or in specific
    • and tell him about it. No sooner said than done, and off he
    • I said to him: Why don't you tell me about it in the
    • meantime? We have some time to spare. Tell me about your
    • opinion. Yesterday we were able to learn something about the
    • knowledge about the physical world has a certain effect — let
    • talking nonsense about things relating to the higher worlds,
    • about the courage which people are showing today. To assert
    • is about the only thing that interests them today.
    • interview with me from the promise not to talk about it, if
    • they wish to do so. Anyone can tell anything they like about
    • going to prevent anyone from telling the whole truth about
    • things could come about, but they will accept the two rules
    • light! This is what is so shameful about it all: The truth
    • to tell everything they want about the interviews which have
    • objection to people spreading it about far and wide that
    • that are so often said, especially about our Society.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • will need to know about in the time which lies just ahead.
    • to talk to you about one class of such entities, the class
    • another analogy. If people get to know more about the
    • learn the truth that in order to bring about birth and death
    • well as we go to sleep and wake up again and go about our
    • be. To bring about birth and death the gods need entities
    • about birth and death for human beings.
    • people do not know about it. Modern materialists imagine that
    • by the gods to bring about birth and death. This is one of
    • death had to be brought about at that time, but also
    • consequence was that from about the middle of the Atlantean
    • generally do not want to know about today but which is
    • catastrophe may be brought about. Human beings must use these
    • necessity; they have to bring about the destruction that will
    • devil is about, Not even when he has them by the
    • day after — about the frame of mind in which people
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • really about.
    • soul; ideas rumbling about which had reality in the Atlantean
    • There is so much talk about national issues today. But it is
    • about the ‘principle of nationality’ which goes
    • will help people become less clumsy about it. Just consider,
    • derogatory about empty heads; they will stay empty as part of
    • So we have to add to what I said yesterday about future
    • about the true nature of things, they are sliding more and
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • about. The kind of thoughts you have to consider in this
    • thinking about it, or you can actually produce the thought: I
    • such — I spoke about this last year
    • beings will just reflect, they can think about anything,
    • providing the things they want to think about are accessible.
    • anything about this, however, because they only hold human
    • who has written about dreams, though in materialistic terms,
    • thinking about them. Today the idea is that individuals are
    • still able to laugh about such things today. But humanity
    • reluctance they feel about concerning themselves with the
    • about the human being. The principles of political thinking
    • godforsaken. Still, if people were to read about the
    • possible about the real world around us. It is, of course,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • even the more intelligent ones, are saying or writing about
    • erudite; I am quite serious about this. But the Martin Luther
    • the conversion of matter. Anything written about this at a
    • that as we move about in this world we do not have full and
    • not even think about it, but unconsciously, instinctively
    • everything I have said about eastern Europe in lectures and
    • about them.
    • post-Atlantean age — people only know tales about it
    • for you to go and tell the vicar all about it.
    • little bit about themselves and the issue will be clear. Ask
    • interesting if biographies told us more about the teachers;
    • be able to find out much about what those teachers did to
    • we are already able to say about education today from the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • thinking about the physical world in abstract terms. We can
    • discoveries have been made in recent times about physical
    • tossed about over and over again. They are often quite
    • these about — the more abstract the better.
    • you about something that is really worrying. A present-day
    • very superior way. Others simply feel embarrassed about
    • will have heard and read a lot about a book which was no
    • say about this book, but I believe it is something which has
    • scholar, as indeed is the case with the author about whose
    • of course, know quite a few things about the way in which
    • cells function in an organism, and about the laws which
    • about the State as an organism did seem entirely unrealistic
    • times. For if someone establishes a theory about the State,
    • reality is outside and does not care a hoot about this
    • I am not being ironical, I am completely serious about this
    • such arguments. People laugh about it afterwards, but there
    • are some elemental spirits who laugh about human folly when
    • about as horrible as you can imagine. If you pay for it with
    • seeking real, concrete knowledge about what went on in the
    • after year with sweet nothings about general love of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • the autumn of 1879. To have the right idea about these
    • in the 1840s, but it is about different things —
    • are quite clear about the fact that a certain danger
    • be in league with everything which has come about through
    • brought about by bacilli, those microscopically small enemies
    • enough to speak openly about his impulses, he will speak of a
    • dream when you ask about the real origin. This is why some
    • never write about the most important event, which is something
    • about Soloviev — you know the story. So he let someone
    • behind all physical things. Talking about the spirit in vague
    • They would not say this, but they will have ideas about
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • does meet the case — a hen is about to hatch a chick
    • less how it is with the beautiful ideals people talk about so
    • this brings people together! Everybody hears about everybody
    • happened, it was perfectly real. People write histories about
    • to know them or learn about them.
    • to write an essay about him,
    • by refusing to know about it, however, but by being as
    • theory and on the other hand talk about the end of the world
    • believe it is possible to discover anything about the future
    • to rotate. The things they will be saying about Laplace's
    • be much worse than anything people are saying today about
    • finding out about the future from sacrificial animals, the
    • will think about the solar system in 2900 in the way people
    • think about it today? It may be the academics' superstition,
    • about the truth and the reality.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • even want to know about this growing spiritual inwardness;
    • actually to say something about realities which outer science
    • that one has many stories to tell about the relationship of
    • around them, and long stories about the Spirits leaping above
    • ideas, so that we can tell many stories about the life shared
    • by diamonds and sapphires, and so on. Think about it and you
    • if you speak about special subject-areas to people who are
    • rather tedious. The request is always to speak about central
    • about completely opposite things Thus he rejects the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • of the world, not only into the way we think about the world,
    • understood something about the way these entities work. An
    • a break in evolution in about 747 before the Mystery of
    • think about it and they will know better than anyone else
    • which is dying down — everything you can discover about
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • that world, one finds that the souls which were about to
    • this was bound to come about gradually after their fall in
    • we know so little about what really goes on among people
    • such wrong direction, which is about as paradoxical as is
    • still very young, and this will happen in a roundabout way
    • about in Palestine as Jesus Christ and infected people with
    • understanding. Oswald Marbach wrote well about Faust because
    • nor did he speak about it in the 50s, 60s and 70s. He only
    • speak about
    • speak about Part 2 exactly when the victory had been won over
    • that nation, despite the fact that something said about
    • things that everybody is talking about today is especially
    • people are so superficial that they do not want to know about
    • you were outside the Spirit of the time when you spoke about
    • same principles which have brought them about? If so, they
    • brought them about, and that it cannot cure the ills we
    • know about such a thing as Goetheanism, which is also like
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • period of civilization came in about 1413, that is in the
    • everything we read about in so-called history happened
    • can go into every detail of how the horse sets about drawing
    • not matter about getting things right, let alone complete;
    • world again know about these things; they have the point of
    • when someone wants to present his nonsense about what will
    • sentimental about it. Maeterlinck's book on bees
    • about as much about it as someone who is shown a plucked
    • cockerel knows about the human being. Concepts are taken for
    • Everything said about antagonism and opposition between
    • teach people much about the reality which others intend to
    • only too easy to talk about democracy in the Western world.
    • someone does wake up, as Delaisi did, and writes about how
    • things really are, how many people get to know about it? How
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • time about a consciousness that must be attained if we are to
    • lectures about this point in time. But basically the whole human
    • speak in more detail about this now, but the religions did see the
    • something about the spiritual world.
    • something about the spiritual one must ascend to revelation, which in
    • flowed into the concepts that the Schoolmen, set up about the sense
    • concepts that they formed for themselves about nature, so that the
    • wrote excellent botanical studies. He wrote many correct things about
    • high degree. Even Goethe can say nothing about the human being. His
    • that what he knew about himself became less and less substantial. It
    • pointed to the moral fall of man and thought about the development of
    • mankind in terms of this moral fall of man, we today must think about
    • an ideal of mankind: about the rectifying of the fall of man along a
    • about him, who had not — like modern theology — lost
    • They took up what was proclaimed about Christ in written
    • traditions. They spoke, in fact, about the mystery of Golgotha.
    • Christ, what would happen? They would have to be clear about the fact
    • beyond the earthly. If one even begins to speak about the stars, the
    • statements about the relation of man to the animals, we must already
    • about the extraterrestrial must grow within a truly
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • about Nature is not true. For, if we consider the facts without any
    • something about these things, should he not?), we shall receive the
    • about external Nature and man himself are concerned.
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • activity has died away, is brought about in our physical and etheric
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • in his knowing has been touched upon in the lectures about
    • spirit in objects, however, usually remain with speaking about the
    • spirit in general, i.e., they speak about the existence of spiritual
    • science, we should not speak about the spirit in the vague and
    • task today is to say some thing about the nature of the spirit in the
    • science and then want to speak about ‘the spirit in the realm
    • about the spirit in this area, for how could it be denied that great
    • spoke comprehensively about a soul of plants (e.g., in his book
    • that in contrast to what spiritual science has to say today about
    • say about plants out of his intimate contemplations.
    • have quite tragic inner soul experiences. Something about this need
    • One cannot speak about
    • complete human organism. It is impossible, therefore, to speak about
    • astronomy, geology, or mineralogy — basically speaks about the
    • to speak about how the origins of all life — including
    • ‘What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World,’
    • says today about the origin of coal. Today coal is a mineral, we dig
    • human spirit being — as we have shown in the lecture about the
    • who made so fitting a remark about the alternation of waking and
    • science has brought together so far about the sense life of plants
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • freedom about it, reaching far beyond Philistine,
    • brought about by the material heavenly bodies and their
    • these celestial processes bring about on Earth. They knew
    • in the Heavens which bring about other material processes
    • utterly false belief if we imagine that the ideas about God
    • preserved as esoteric were the facts they knew about certain
    • truths they there learned about the circle, the triangle, the
    • which the human being thus received when he became about 14
    • then received about the 14th or 15th year of life have
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • of Golgotha can bring about, is such as to counteract that
    • and a new birth. No doubt the thoughts about life between
    • enlightened theologians of the Roman Catholic Church about
    • “nosing about” till they are able to draw this
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • come about that Science on the one hand, by rejecting the
    • remain at the mere words, you can talk much about Natural
    • hold to the mere words, you can talk a lot nowadays about
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • hear some vague amateurish and indistinct talk about the worlds,
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • upon the earth. What brought about the fact that these first
    • learned to experience death as a riddle, only came about in the
    • spiritual science, about which I spoke to you, teaches us to look
    • wide-awake impartiality the world round about us, and also that
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • being; they knew that they could only learn something about man's
    • in London knew anything about these photos, nor that they had
    • about to take place.
    • Schleich's patient, the factors which brought about his sudden
    • which was round about us when we were outside the body, now
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • of the physical world which we perceive round about us through
    • a historical moment about 600 years after the Mystery of
    • about a Cosmic Christmas. This inner voice, this inner longing,
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • faculty of knowing something about these radiations coming from
    • also exists a sleep so faint that a person may walk about in an
    • for bringing about this or that useful result. But from an inner
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • indications about the beginning and end of the earth. We might
    • not really understand much about Christianity. For it is deeply
    • Christian theology does not understand anything about
    • Christianity and knows nothing about it.
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • in ancient Greece and was about to set; nevertheless we find in
  • Title: Lecture: The End of the Dark Age
    Matching lines:
    • Nature is apparently spread out round about us; but this is only
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • about that (as was shown at certain times) when Adam, the man of sin,
    • About the
    • existence. In West Hungary, about 1850, Karl Julius Schröer,
    • At first the people understood absolutely nothing about the child
    • Ernst Haeckel has recently appeared called Thoughts about Life,
    • of the blood- saturated Earth. But this healing can only come about
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • spoken about by the One whose birth is celebrated at Christmas. One
    • proceeded. This came about in the following way (as it was presented
    • being brought about by the fact that he left his original state of
    • alive. A man about whom I have spoken, Karl Julius Schröer,
    • people began thinking about having to perform these plays during
    • there developed gradually, bit by bit, the holy mood about which I
    • it — written by Ernst Haeckel, World War Thoughts About
    • as he sees it from his standpoint. We know about his standpoint,
    • having often spoken about it and about how we can recognize in Haeckel
    • some thoughts about the World War. He also remarks on how much
    • lecture about Johann Gottlieb Fichte which I gave last Thursday, I
    • would have spoken about why he actually developed the very
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • lived about five or six thousand years before the Trojan War. We are
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • gentlemen, have you had any ideas? If not, I will talk to you about
    • the moment we begin to reflect about the things of Nature, so much
    • help becoming curious about it. In the case of the beavers' lodge and
    • annihilate, but when it comes about in the right way it transforms the
    • butterfly flutters about in many different colours. These colours are
    • now fly about in the air which was impossible for the caterpillar. It
    • about what exists out-of-doors because he does not know much about it.
    • of what works in air, light and water; it knows nothing at all about it.
    • genius. You can read about it in the little book called “Genius
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • lectures I have been permitted to give here. I spoke then about man's
    • in the way it comes about on earth in the human soul it has nothing to
    • want to add something about the processes mentioned then. I know that
    • different about it.” My dear friends, if I tell you what an
    • tell you about him in the bosom of his family. The two things go
    • experience in backward order what you have brought about since last you
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • word itself we confess our inability to say anything about these forces.
    • admit that, taking what can be learned about the experiences of the soul
    • knowledge at his disposal, be expected to speak in any other way about
    • about dreams in daytime consciousness with the ordinary means of
    • we have a knowledge about sleep itself by some other means. He who truly
    • with swimming; we are, so to speak, moving about in a general,
    • without question? Why does he want to try to philosophize about it all?
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • must make the same remark about the soul as Redi made
    • about life. He must must assert: Soul can only originate in
    • existence. To-day, most people who trouble at all about truth
    • impressing upon their readers what they ought to believe about
    • ailment of modern scientific teachings and speak about the
    • physical ones, does not bring it about — as it certainly
    • about that the souls of a number of children are different, from
    • pass by without specially thinking about them. Then someone
    • but the opinions of the “New Believers” about man
    • say, “We should like to know something about
    • Anthroposophy, and you tell us about scientific facts which
    • general ideas about evolution are insufficient; you must also
    • chemistry first and then speak about it.” Professor
    • about the same position as the thinker who observes that two
    • about the same results. If he went deeper into the facts he
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • about that”, then if he draws this conclusion again and
    • this truth about the repeated earth-lives is still but little
    • which comes about though fatigue, points to the fact, even in
    • after all, to man, to hear about repeated earth-lives, if he
    • as it were, veils from him what is round about him. Just as
    • observe this, we have the following experience, about which
    • that the logical conclusion about death and life in regard to
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • there are other Beings which whirl about on the astral plane.
    • about us, such forces and beings lie concealed. It is
    • cannot push them about like the men on a chessboard. If we
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • affairs, who indulge in curious notions about life and its
    • he says in the book about Winckelmann “Antiques”:
    • conceals the soul in that wonderful form about which
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • world is fashioned and built. Everything that comes about,
    • comes about through the power and the might that is in the
    • Into the midst of all this, there entered about that time the
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • season, as a rule, understood nothing at all about him.
    • about it, the knowledge having come to him from those times
    • learnt by means of Spiritual Science about the super-sensible
    • about Mathematics, he will have or to toil at Mathematics for
    • about that he divided the presence of mountains in the Moons,
    • been content to grope about amongst the old ideas of
    • understand the truth about the physical body according to the
    • — “What they said about plants was very
    • to-day know about the real significance of Galileo?” As
    • a rule, they know little more about him than the one incident
    • wildly about and driving it round, but, as Spirit which
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • force, prevailed till about 1860–1870. To-day we find
    • about by a few stock ideas, — if scientists could only
    • brought about a change, — perhaps not before the second
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • clear about the individualities of persons applied to
    • find this assertion about the power inherent in Truth, when
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • such investigation. Therefore they rummage about in the most
    • only between the seventh and about the fourteenth year that we
    • about) the physical body — forces which come not
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • about Friedrich Theodor Vischer, author of Auch Einer
    • generally got no answer. Let us make no mistake about it.
    • civilization of our time. Let us make no mistake about it. Much
    • theatre seven times in my whole life. But while I am about it,
    • he said, ‘What do you think about it?’ He knew that
    • attitude, so that at least he no longer wrote about him quite
    • brought about? I am telling you no fairy tales; this actually
    • capacity was less than the Director's. And so it came about
    • correct) and remains in a half-sleeping state. About two there
    • sleep our way through life, but to look about us. Let me tell
    • it is difficult to speak about these things, especially to-day,
    • speak about these things. Nevertheless they must be
    • must make no mistake about it; it is so. You may ask, What have
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • person who is about to enter into life. But the question of
    • from about the fourteenth to the sixteenth year. (It varies, as
    • reality bringing it about. But the outer
    • it will matter more and more what a man thinks about his
    • (remember what I told you about Jaurès) —
    • earthly lives, largely contributed to bring about the very
    • are working to bring about the very things they judge so truly.
    • brotherhoods, who know about as much of the world as they
    • their task to bring about.
    • post-Atlantean epoch will think rightly about it. For it is
    • would speak in a fruitful way about the ‘Karma of
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • Beings whom we call Archangels. Their mission is to bring about
    • about it, but he knows very little. We do indeed have very
    • a compensation will be brought about for many a sin which man
    • Nowadays, you see, there is much talk about the Mysteries,
    • actual fact), questions one about the subject which seemingly
    • Golgotha. And now that we are speaking about karma we shall
    • of that rarefication and condensation of air which came about
    • about. On Earth, thank Heaven, this is not yet achieved! Yet
    • hand of our creating counter-forces to bring about the
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • about the infant Jesus felt in our day to be beautiful —
    • about man's whole physical evolution. That is, we then know
    • reflect about the human being as he enters into the sensible
    • Most of all must understanding come about, Christian
    • gift of genius. They will have to inquire about the origin of
    • ordering of the universe? What is the truth about faculties and
    • bringing about the transformation of the Luciferic —
    • which these differentiating gifts bring about within us human
    • whether you yourself are tempted to be too careless about truth
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • bring about in the world. Among its profound features are the
    • are in deepest sorrow because he is about to leave us; he
    • Thirteenth, who has before brought about this harmony
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • hope that the course of lectures, which I am about to undertake, will
    • speak quite impartially about the mission of the individual, Folk
    • Souls. Just as it was justifiable to maintain complete silence about
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • must be quite clear about these Beings; we shall then be able to name
    • when; furthermore, the mode of thinking which was brought about from
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • stages beyond man — we shall have more to say about them in our
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • the normal developmental stage of twenty or thereabouts.
    • capacities which otherwise he would have received about his twentieth
    • about the first third of his life, is subject to the forces of the
    • about to say, it only refers to man in so far as he is dependent upon
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • had to suffer the birth and death of a planet in order to bring about
    • body of man — then the mission of the Earth is to bring about a
    • therefore is called to high destiny on Earth to bring about from
    • influence. We shall have more to say about this in the next few days.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • shall here draw attention to one point only and what I am about to
    • in my last lecture with the more detailed information about the
    • capture it at a definite moment in time. But what I have said about
    • forces of the blood that which brings about a modification of the
    • in order to bring about a special modification of his people. You
    • Spirits brought about in the East, to whom we owe all the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 7. Advance of Folk Spirits to the Rank of Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic is peculiar not only to myths and teachings about the
    • about to touch upon something exceptionally interesting in the course
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • particular people arrived at its mythology or other teachings about
    • civilization were brought about by migrations from West to East, so
    • wonderful stories about Odin.
    • to look back to earlier stages, to what had been told him about the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • to deceive himself, to think incorrectly about things; that is to
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • barest indications about these matters. If you compare them with the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • have said about Zarathustra and Jesus of Nazareth, about Hermes and
    • Moses, Odin and Thor, and about Christ Jesus Himself, nor to accept
    • about Christ Jesus; verify it as thoroughly as possible by all the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • about this play,
    • thoughts about our work to pass through a period of development of
    • words spoken about
    • believe the best. Anthroposophy is not the only thing about which men
    • cherishing an unselfish ideal. We can only form an opinion about what
    • personal feelings about the ideal, and no longer ask what we
    • have come about through centuries of development. The signs of
    • its fruitfulness. In the next few days, when we come to talk about
    • which will have a bearing upon what I have just said about Iphigenia
    • say what he will about other stage performances, he is a mere amateur
    • of our Munich festivals to all who have helped to bring them about
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • I tried to give you some idea of the way the Greeks thought about the
    • the rape of Persephone has been brought about by soul-forces which
    • forces within human nature comes about as a result of the
    • about the development of the Greek gods. I pointed out how Demeter
    • is represented in the Nature-forces by Eros, who brings this about.
    • pronouncements of materialistic science about these things that are
    • ether body has brought about a transformation in all three bodies,
    • world. What the world brings about in the astral body would not open
    • if through a labyrinth. This association too is brought about by the
    • change which has come about in the astral body.
    • which in the physical body brings about changes in the conditions
    • about the age of twenty. And when we understand such teaching, then
    • ignorance about all these things. Men had to build up, to
    • Christ will certainly not be in a physical body, but will come about
    • oriental mysticism, that about three thousand years after our time
    • meaning in the old Rosicrucian formula about God the Son, who once,
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • have quite different things to say about the rainbow too. We say to
    • Greek could not say what I say today about these things, because he
    • we cover by the term ‘ether body’, and which bring about
    • which bring about our will-impulses, impulses which are needed to
    • about the microcosm, about man himself, the centre of our own world,
    • revelations of the spirit. We will begin to speak about it today; we
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • occur to you to ask: ‘What about the fourth member of our human
    • fully clear to us if first we learn a little about the way spiritual
    • about to say by way of parenthesis you will find in the little book I
    • something about for all these Beings of the higher hierarchies. How
    • brought it about that nothing of Him will be left behind in the
    • you from the cosmic aspect something about our Earth and about its
    • I have just said about Venus, I have at the same time described what
    • about by the Christ Being. Hence, after the Mystery of Golgotha, no
    • opposition. Hence it must necessarily be brought about by the wise
    • had no clear insight into all that I have been saying about the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • could not bother themselves much about men! Hence came that
    • I then said about the Elohim, about the culmination of the Elohim in
    • Moon evolution, going about the Earth in human bodies, bearing within
    • human incarnation in Atlantis. We must be clear about this if we wish
    • has not yet understood how evolution comes about, what is its whole
    • about the Earth in a human body. Nevertheless it can be so. For the
    • about, making use of hands and feet’ ... a modern man would
    • man of Atlantean mould walking about in Atlantis just like other
    • walking about as an Atlantean appears to be concentrated in an
    • come about specifically upon Earth. We know of course that man first
    • any knowledge which the Greek gods had acquired there about the
    • about in him through the union of these two, Zeus and Persephone,
    • could come about that each one of your souls, now in your physical
    • about the separation, the individualisation of men. Hence she is so
    • often represented as jealous. Jealousy can only come about where
    • and taken it to Zeus? Men would have walked about each imprisoned in
    • ‘Some people are very queer, they get worked up about all sorts
    • abstractions, over mere ideas, as other men do about real life’
    • Dionysos, the son of Zeus and Semele. What further are we told about
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • should we have spent so much time talking about the world of the
    • date we are more perfect than we were earlier, it has come about
    • We go about among men, but with organs of perception for the outer
    • a fulness about it which comes nearer to expressing the truth than
    • yesterday the impressive picture of how this came about—of how
    • come about in human evolution as the achievement of time. But in
    • order to bring about the birth of the younger Dionysos the human
    • this saga. It was brought about through the machinations of Hera that
    • tragedy, a tragedy which would immediately come about if man,
    • other in the world of the Greek tales, all the truths about the
    • about with quite different-looking physical forms. Secretly, in the
    • man who actually walks about the earth? He is neither the ego-less
    • something coming about as the result of a combination of both. The
    • come about if there were no egos in them, if their bodies were under
    • be so fashioned as would inevitably come about under the sole
    • excavations of geology, tell us anything about the outward appearance
    • about the wonders of the world, and then we shall be able to enter
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • mythology, our usual very superficial ideas about it are bound to be
    • contrast between what the Greeks felt in their ideas about the upper
    • was the fundamental difference? In their ideas about the upper gods,
    • about Zeus, Poseidon, Pluto, Apollo, Mars and so on, they expressed
    • Spiritual Science has to say about the human mind in the act of
    • about. But from the standpoint of Spiritual Science philosophy has
    • philosophy of the day — refuses to recognise the truth about
    • this, I can only say a few words about the nature of human knowledge.
    • knowledge comes about as a result of work carried out by the brain.
    • about, does not go as far as the physical body; that all takes place
    • about as shrewd as the man who looks at a mirror and says: ‘I
    • am not walking about out here, that is not me. I must get inside the
    • understand thinking is about as clever as looking into a mirror to
    • what I am about to describe as a first tremendous challenge to the
    • soul. It comes about when this very knowledge leads us on to
    • not to illusion — one has to set about it in quite a different
    • way from the way one sets about describing scientific or other
    • journey from information about external things to information about
    • men go about in human garb, they are unrecognised by the world. When
    • from the standpoint of Spiritual Science we talk about ‘The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • they were then able to bring about our physical body. Thus these
    • onwards. It was brought about in a very complicated manner. Thus for
    • way as to bring about the blood-system with its centre in the heart.
    • dissolution comes about, how the Earth-impulses enter into the
    • towards the head, however much we tried to think about the world and
    • to know about it, we should be quite unable to make use of our brain
    • certain standpoint in the lectures which are about to be published
    • occult development becomes aware of something peculiar about these
    • about thoughts. Thinking is a process which goes on in us, and while
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • they quite rightly recognise have been brought about as the result of
    • thereby bring about a higher harmony. A bull would not remain a bull
    • other conditions came about. I have already said that these bull
    • the truth about humanity, put before this humanity. The features
    • in fact came about during the Atlantean time; so that one can say
    • find in his writings a remarkable teaching about the nature of man, a
    • philosophy ‘Descartes has some fantastic tale about the vital
    • knowledge of the outer world comes about. Everything that we know of
    • position to carry to completion what we have already said about the
    • brain. What I have said about the man of Atlantis, that his ego was
    • imagine how complex and manifold is the world that lies about us and
    • all the ideas and feelings which our soul has acquired about them,
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • concepts, by acquiring definite sentiments and feelings about what
    • happens in the world, and about its Beings, man attains a certain
    • that the human being starts out from a feeling of wonder about things
    • men's efforts to reach enlightenment about the world spring.
    • come to consciousness as our thoughts about the world. But in ancient
    • Greek thoughts about their gods contained far more reality than the
    • about? It is because man in the course of his Earth evolution has had
    • not sufficiently advanced to feel the truth about present-day
    • part of the brain which brings about both the aesthetic consciousness
    • bodies which, out of the unconscious, bring about the movements of
    • greater length about characteristic examples of this kind you would
    • own will-nature. This is what brings about the severe ordeals which
    • of the world, about which he begins by marvelling because they
    • most remarkable comes about, which I should like to make clear to you
    • two realms meet. Our thoughts about the world unite with the
    • lead us into tribulation, but can never tell us anything about the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • about the world of Space and apply it to the world of Time. Goethe once
    • whole of Italy was excited at that time about a certain palace that
    • I should like to quote words written about the Sistine Madonna by Karl
    • to the fresco of the “Dispute about the Mass” which portrays
    • about the Mass”, the fairest thing that the soul of man may
    • permeated by what had been brought about by the so-called “education
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    • About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    • If we succeed in bringing about a contact through the special psychic
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • therefore also it came about that Brunnhilde was able to seduce the
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • — one can read in the astral light, as one goes about
    • draws near. This will come about if man can experience not only an
    • old pictures comes about if one can paint out of direct contemplation
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • about like a gigantic earth-flea. In studying the mountain ranges of
    • this were to come about, the Earth's
    • very midst of the activities I have been telling you about.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • year was brought about in earlier times by this Luciferic influence,
    • about this. Every look, every trait in the countenance, every flowing
    • about in the cosmic spaces, they are sensitive to all the secrets of
    • the communications about ways of healing which are given in the
    • wisdom about healing influences that man can possess. This would be
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • feels how all that comes about through mankind as morality in these
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • precisely when we allow all that Raphael brings about,
    • back and see what I have said about
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • order that I may be able to speak about this Fifth Gospel, we
    • town about the significance and the content of the Christ
    • tell us anything about the figure of Christ, that the earliest
    • that has been said about the founding of Christianity, let us
    • personality of real significance. But if we ask about his
    • something about Tertullian that attracts one's attention
    • who understand nothing at all about the composition of
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • strange phenomena. And if we want to think truly about the
    • goes about just like a normal person, so that those with whom
    • men themselves in whom the transformation had come about,
    • sense too — more about the connection between that
    • body with which he had often gone about together in life. Now
    • Gospel. He with whom they had gone about on earth had led them
    • whom they had gone about together. And gradually ... as
    • about with Him, but they did not recognise Him in the Form
    • them in a picture. They saw themselves going about after the
    • had gone about with this Being who upon the Cross had been
    • they had gone about with the Christ like sleep-walkers, unable
    • they realise that they had gone about with Christ, with the
    • was the very same Being with whom they had gone about in the
    • Apostles. He saw how he had gone about with the Risen One. But
    • felt that they were being taught by Christ Jesus about the
    • Then the Apostles knew that He with whom they had gone about in
    • relatively short time before, they had gone about together in
    • His Kingdom; He went about with us, revealed to us the
    • it my duty to speak about these things now. What I want to say
    • matter of duty to speak about these things to-day by way of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • reached a point where we must speak about Christ's earthly
    • conceive. If we are to think correctly about these matters,
    • that can be made about spiritual things by men of such calibre.
    • discovering what is really the most remarkable thing about it.
    • are drawn to Christ, even when they understand nothing about
    • the Christ Being as He went about the land was still an
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • about the contents of the Fifth Gospel, I will begin to-day
    • of Nazareth from about his twelfth year onwards. As you know,
    • they said about the ancient traditions and the writings
    • where the Spirit can reveal to me the truth about the continued
    • made many journeys about the country. On these journeys he came
    • about, even in certain parts of Europe. It was a mixture of
    • journey about the country, he came to know these centres of
    • heathen rites. Later on too, he discovered still more about
    • Round about the age of twenty-four, a new and heavy experience
    • round about were in a state of dire misery, afflicted with all
    • where the father had remained. The father died about this time
    • year, or thereabouts. When Jesus came home his soul was
    • Nazareth. At a place unknown to me, in about the twenty-fourth
    • were not allowed to carry coins about with them nor to pass
    • about the secrets without reserve to this wise young man. In
    • Essenes. And in his intercourse with them from about the
    • with the Essene Order had come about in quite a different way
    • soul, and never left him. As he went about during the weeks
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Jesus of Nazareth from about his twelfth year to approximately
    • with his mother about many of the impressions that had
    • change had come about in him. And now he often felt: Ah! how
    • how, in about his twenty-fourth year, he had entered into the
    • had often spoken with him about all the beauty and greatness of
    • wisdom, journeyed about the land. He came among the Jewish
    • story that has been preserved about him is deeply indicative as
    • everyone who came to him. Two men once laid a wager about the
    • saying about the worthlessness of what she held most sacred.
    • Mithras worship. He spoke to his mother at length about the
    • went about the house as if lost in dream. The Zarathustra-Ego
    • about in her. She was then between her forty-fifth and
    • fear. Therefore it came about that the one Being said to
    • tender wisdom when He had gone about as Jesus of Nazareth, and
    • with these thoughts He went about the country, those who were
    • most deeply aware of the change that had come about in Jesus of
    • about this — arose the Sermon on the Mount and other
    • is to be read in the Fifth Gospel. As Christ Jesus went about,
    • the body. As He went about the country, many a one felt as if
    • This band of disciples went about and came into contact with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • Mitscher died this afternoon about five near Davos. With these two
    • human souls while still within the physical body about that condition
    • wonderfully clear feeling about the need for our spiritual movement.
    • that can bring about a still deeper connection between souls when we
    • death. Among the many things which should come about through our
    • virtue which we must consider, if we speak about morality from a
    • about it earlier in our lives. If we pass through life in such a way,
    • we are most remote from wisdom. Karma may have brought it about that
    • about wisdom.
    • see too that what we do in wisdom is the most spiritual thing about
    • the right moment, while its absence brings about cowardice. This
    • away the other half. True Monism comes about through allowing both
    • comes about through spiritual science. This should not only arise in
    • For instance, there were quarrels about dogmas. But while men were
    • quarrelling, the Christ Impulse lived on and brought about the
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • about philosophical questions today, however, cannot ignore
    • transformation of our whole life brought about by the
    • speaking, what is interesting about science is something
    • unconsciously as yet, uncertainty about human freedom. It is
    • that we shall understand each other about present-day ways of
    • must be something abnormal about the man who is aware of his
    • in everything about him, man perceived himself as a part of
    • my hand were conscious, what would it think about itself?
    • example becomes for vital thinking an experience about total
    • about the way in which mental images gained from external
    • tomorrow's lecture, where I shall be speaking about the special
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • important questions about it and about its spiritual essence do
    • consciousness, do not know anything about the
    • it informs our muscles, and how finally there comes about what
    • at what physical science has to say about it, some people
    • consciousness, we find that it has something passive about it,
    • reaching any significant conclusion about mental life, and that
    • basically incapable of saying anything about the problems of
    • discover something about what are usually called mental
    • much we learn about what can be experienced by the human body
    • appears to be discovered in this way about purely psychic
    • that through it can be learnt nothing about the soul, whose
    • and visions. For everything brought about in this way is
    • clairvoyance, but with a clairvoyance brought about by fully
    • about powers that operate within ourselves — about
    • give us any information about any kind of outside world, not
    • even about what we are in the outside world; only if we
    • about the soul when it still had a spiritual existence, but
    • also about the concrete nature of this experience. These things
    • have sought today to say something basic about the
    • spiritual scientist says about the soul. That one can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • differentiated whole, a great deal has to be discovered about
    • conclude: everything we know about it indicates that such
    • anxieties that might arise in troubled minds about this modern
    • what I have to say today. Today, I shall speak rather about the
    • today needs to discover about these things. And I should like
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • about what must remain mysteriously hidden. We may
    • microscope extensively and learnt about cell-life, and formed
    • about the Oriental. In growing into his spiritual life, he
    • reverse comes about: in empty consciousness, as a result of
    • have developed; the world about us becomes spiritual, just as
    • spiritual world about us, then the lungs and heart as they
    • science must hold about these matters today. But on the other
    • am about to describe.
    • of humanity. To bring about a fruitful development of man and
    • we still need to be clear about: we must build up our own
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • some epistemological basis or other, to make a statement about
    • a spiritual origin of the world, about forces operating
    • spiritually in the world's development, and about the
    • that, if a man sets out to make specific statements about such
    • contrary, this philosophy seeks its data about the world and
    • to say about the limits of scientific knowledge — and we
    • shall be hearing more about them.
    • uncomfortable about listening in to our own capacity for love.
    • one. He had hard things to say about this kind of mystical
    • by looking at what physiology and anatomy tell us about man.
    • What I am about to say may sound trivial, but it will
    • who reacts honestly to what is often thought about these things
    • and have a support, because they cannot float about freely in
    • discover more and more about our ego and so achieve
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • of consequence about present-day social life just by thinking out
    • is that almost everyone these days is talking about social
    • when mankind was more naive about the life of the soul and had
    • introduction. People at present talk a very great deal about
    • most part, about what governs society. We, mankind that is,
    • by the adults round about.
    • brought about only by an extension of man's whole inner
    • — she said — we know that man once clambered about
    • Rosa Luxemburg: they speak about society without the power in
    • isolated statements that are often made about the
    • fundamentally to say that what can be stated about the methods
    • on it by everything round about. The teacher thus has to set
    • trying to speak about social life once more and to take an
    • about him knows that social needs, and in particular our
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • about understanding and attempts at understanding within
    • you listen to the way educated Englishmen speak about Europe,
    • about Central Europe and in particular about Germany,
    • about society; and in it we can recognize a form into which
    • it is probably true that, once thinking about social
    • must survive into the future are included reflections about
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • it over from the East. To what has been said already about this
    • excitation of these and other emotions shall bring about a
    • been said from various standpoints about the significance of
    • about social problems in a working men's club. A man came
    • soul, we can gradually bring about an improvement in physical
    • here to complain, pedantically or otherwise, about human
    • There is a great deal of talk nowadays about the necessity of
    • to reach an understanding about the particular social
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • about them; and yet, we do not expect anything very much from
    • problem more than they think about it, with my book
    • to talk about today.
    • hearts. To do this, we must have something to say about
    • show them that this is because in fact, from about the
    • needs. Mankind has had to become resigned about
    • production, but not to anything like the same extent about
    • like this about adult education colleges, public
    • hankerings of this kind, it has come about — as
    • then attempt to draw inferences about what the social order
    • assert about these primitive conditions of humanity.
    • me about your materialized ghosts! You ought to be telling me
    • something about the way in which man and the cosmos have
    • supposed to speak about political economy. But I always arrange
    • not by worrying about the results of intellectual calculation,
    • converse will happen: You wish to speak about these
    • philosophy, which can really talk about the spiritual sphere in
    • in America, when educated people sum up what they think about
    • about as much to do with his essential being as the horse you
    • world-wide social rapprochement is to come about.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • for reflection about possible institutions, but as a direct
    • about the price mechanism, the value of labour, and so on. All
    • about relationships among and between men, however
    • derive from certain dogmatic teachings and feelings about life.
    • discovered about society from a study of the human
    • invention or discovery come about? then you have to look into
    • ideas evolved, in the noblest minds, about the political
    • their souls, anything about law, and that therefore law must be
    • was no longer possible to attain clarity about the real
    • about their resulting relations. Here, law springs
    • attitude. Anyone, then, who wishes to write theoretically about
    • that a life may come about that shall infuse the meaning of
    • economic life, what may come about cannot be determined by the
    • about one thing and another — people who were well placed
    • trust. When they came to express an opinion about something
    • legislation, you often found that what they said, about the
    • about associations, they said to me: We have heard of very many
    • haven't really heard anything about them. An association is not
    • about, even if men do not consciously desire it; unconsciously,
    • about. It is demanded by the actual evolution of humanity.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • think about this action, then you have of course an idea of it in
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • now, even what we acquire as ever such advanced knowledge about
    • But one has to think differently about these things to-day, if
    • mankind, because one has to think differently about these
    • so to speak of the Old Moon, — (you can read [about] this
    • swing of the pendulum which came about with the Mysteries of
    • the metaphysical explanation given about the orderings of
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • concerned about, and that all speculation and reforming must
    • with the Theosophical view. The doctrines of thinkers about
    • grand encompassing cosmic connections, about the
    • developing interesting notions about hidden facts, but rather,
    • has occupied himself with it knows that what I am about to say
    • also keep an eye on the life that we can bring about through
    • [free] market. If you set about looking into things with
    • about the care of animals and so forth, rather he will say: Put
    • thinking. Theosophical thinking develops clarity about the
    • about what has given our social question, as it arises from the
    • actually all about.
    • get an insight into what it is all about.
    • brought it about that social affairs have taken this shape? It
    • this. In a certain way everything that is to come about in the
    • had to have had intuition in order to be able to find out about
    • natural scientist has spoken about the physical—all those
    • bring about in this soul a change in direction, an ascent,
    • this about from one day to the next. But we also cannot
    • what is round about us, what we are most dependent on. Are we
    • through history has brought these conditions about. People have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • about the ideals which filled us, to some extent as an
    • to his tremendous question about humanity: What powers are
    • And we see how there comes about, under this influence, the
    • of the Renaissance as that brought about by Gottfried Semper
    • about art of this kind — if one really contemplates art
    • have made their sacrifice to bring this about — a
    • book closes: may some God, hovering somewhere about, find a
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • significant phrase about Goethe in his Anthropology, which is
    • quite remarkable about Goethe's influence on
    • story, for I cannot talk about it unless we recall the important
    • taking them over. The Ferryman is not enthusiastic about the golden
    • about and I must bury them.’ Wherefore he takes them
    • and on and about the earth and through its crevices. Suddenly she
    • and swallowing what the others throw about. The conversation
    • agreed about it and pronounced it explicitly in the words: the word
    • staggers clumsily over the bridge and the King is indignant about
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • interpretations often made by Theosophists about legends or poetic
    • think about such things and believe themselves to have an
    • knowledge, so that he could say about a thing, I want it or I
    • million people differ in their opinions about them. If you have
    • Man's room, and then throw it about prodigally. The same gold which
    • about the way in which nature should be regarded, was still of the
    • as far as they are interpreters of facts. All they care about is to
    • stuff their reasons full of concepts, and then scatter them about
    • something valuable in so far as she illumines the objects round about her.
    • into every physical form. He himself creeps about like the Snake in
    • This is the instructive and grand thing about Goethe's
    • man must set about being able to re-unite with the Beautiful Lily.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • very little about his own profession at Leipzig, but had occupied
    • What was felt and thought about Faust was expressed
    • have clear ideas or to speculate much about it. We can only try to
    • him into the fetters of matter, and also deceived him about its
    • what such dreamers tell us about the spiritual foundations of
    • written about the earth spirit, he represented it in such a way
    • the riddle of his existence and about which he gives us such
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • born in some spirit fashion, and jumps and hops about immediately
    • wanted to throw light on everything. We shall say only this about
    • may be already born and at once jump about and stir himself and say
    • he experiences what those about to be initiated into the spiritual
    • something peculiar about this ‘Faust’ of Goethe: it
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • How has it come about through the long course of evolution?’
    • thought about the evolution of man and of mankind. It is
    • we think we know something, but it is about as much as we know
    • let my soul unfold an experience about certain things, only in
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • great change came about which brought in a new kind of memory,
    • experience man had of his relation to the world about him, to
    • ancient Oriental went about with these dreams. He looked on the
    • waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking. As long as he went about with
    • was round about them. They knew where the lowest heaven
    • still sometimes occur, men have an uneasy conscience about
    • forces, too little in them of that which could bring about
    • about on Earth with very nearly the perception of the kingdoms
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • of thought and feeling that has come about in the course of
    • Hence it came about that when this personality, in accordance
    • sought enlightenment; and it came about that these Spiritual
    • bearers of this original wisdom, however, who once went about
    • their knowledge. Men went about the Earth in order to receive
    • period of civilisation at about the middle point of its
    • the sense of those times — about the immortality of the
    • [Rudolf Steiner spoke in detail about this place
    • upon the kingdoms of the Earth that were round about him
    • destiny brought it about that the two personalities, of whom I
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • ideas about it. That is certainly so. But it is a different
    • What does man really know about the world in the present-day?
    • [Composed about 1125 by the Franconian priest
    • written about Aristotle. Aristotle himself, however, used
    • about this tomorrow.
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • has come about through the breathing of human beings, we can
    • received their education and training in the East at about the
    • he had folded the Earth about with a garment of plant growth,
    • Moon about every eighteen years. And so on. The priests of the
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • of mankind, we have first to bring about a change in our power
    • the interim period, lasting from about 356
    • . to about
    • brought it about that a true understanding of Nature was
    • a roundabout path and was preserved in these scattered primitive
    • about that men no longer receive anything from Aristotle
    • [Rudolf Steiner spoke in detail about this for instance in
    • [Rudolf Steiner spoke in detail about this for instance in
    • [Rudolf Steiner spoke in detail about this for instance in
    • have gone about among the country folk in the way that
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • But it is of about as much value for a man to know that
    • about the physical body? How can we gain a true idea of it?
    • In short, when we look around in the world, we find all about
    • came to an end about the 15th century. We must win it back. We
    • anything about its own constitution. The so-called normal
    • possibility of speaking about the healthy and the diseased
    • ego-organisation brings about a thorough metamorphosis;
    • this manner we shall have to alter our thought about a great
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • times such an event was spoken of as brought about by the
    • Look, my son, at your own being! You carry about with you a
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • grow up from about the age of six to basically the end of his
    • anything about Anthroposophy, Eurythmy will please them. Then,
    • We will set about this with all possible strength. And if we
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • occasion to connect today's thoughts about the
    • of what I have cited as the opinions of the world about it.
    • we can only be astonished that it is possible for ideas about
    • primitive, outermost human settlements. This brings it about
    • concepts about the spiritual world similar to those they have
    • about the natural world; but this causes in many of them,
    • People today long for real knowledge-concepts about the
    • it does now, that we went about in the cities and did our work,
    • world of our environment, about the real value and significance
    • about the dream, one must first wake up.
    • no judgment whatever about the reality, except the feeling of
    • attain from a higher standpoint knowledge about sense-reality
    • sense-reality a judgment about the dream-world, when, as a
    • point of view which can in turn reveal something about the
    • second waking a knowledge about the sense-world, just as from
    • the sense-world comes knowledge about the dream?
    • we can, of course, have a feeling about it, but exact
    • observation gives us certainty about how the dream works. When
    • brought about by conscious soul-activity, in the same way that
    • How, then, do representations come about? and how is the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • own inner experience to grasp the real true certainty about the
    • Arch-Angels, who bring this about, stand further away from us than
    • about by the various Beings of the 3rd Hierarchy, the Archai, the
    • about with him. But man does not feel that today? he feels as
    • about in man the deception that the head which he carries is
    • if the physical body brought about our personality. Anyone who
    • thinks that his physical body brings about his personality is
    • but he considered the phenomena of nature as brought about by this
    • consciousness about his ego and astral body, he would regard the
    • special, would bring about the modern Ahrimanic delusion.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • growth: He forms ideas about what in a sense goes outside
    • enthusing in a general way about man being a microcosm of the
    • into your soul and brings about that you have the red flower
    • about in man's physical organism by using it as an
    • that we can do very much if we hold to abstract ideas about
    • death; were not physical death to come about, in the
    • cannot think otherwise, since he can never form ideas about
    • about spiritual life in the physical world begin just where
    • is spoken about, But sometimes it happens that these very
    • about a lecture: “One person sees the world as a box of
    • unless a deepening comes about in the world through spiritual
    • dear friends, in what spiritual science wishes to bring about
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • lead man into the spiritual world. We must be clear about
    • is brought about more through meditation which is related to
    • it informs him essentially about what man is, of what goes on
    • and bring about an eternal, complete eclipse of the sun in
    • spirit is not brought about however by heavenly Beings, who
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • in the opposite direction, and thus being about the
    • in the world — to show that all evil brings about a
    • what we know about the nature of man leads us to a particular
    • comes into relationship with them. All this is brought about
    • about that interest is produced as the result of
    • about an expansion of our perceptions, so that we shall gain
    • complete intermingling of humanity which came about in the
    • fourth age of post-humanity which came about the the fourth
    • first to learn the truths about the cosmos and about human
    • gradually come about in our life of thought. The speed of
    • the transformation came about as the result of an inner moral
    • when it comes about that the Brahmin not only loves and
    • following will come about. The thoughts will be communicated
    • what does it matter about my own spiritual development? I
    • individual which uninterruptedly brings about what is
    • could be said about virtue from the standpoint of
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • creations, about which he liked to talk, hung on all the walls
    • awaken a longing in him whenever he had heard about them.
    • the world, and he spoke with enthusiasm about his new ideas;
    • degree, taken on individual forms. How this came about is not
    • and grew up. The life about him was not narrowly organized and
    • activities, however, always come about in such a way that he
    • course, just as little was then known about what Goethe
    • the Sixteenth Century as is known today by many a pastor about
    • it were, to what had come about since the sixteenth century. In
    • up with everything in the souls of those about him, even though
    • hand, what he was writing about cleansed his soul and at the
    • platitude,” said an eminent man of the time about this book.
    • Goethe lived in Weimar for about ten years and then could no
    • himself in riddling questions about life, and that is related
    • speaking about him, for many this Goethe period belongs to the
    • we may really feel pleased when someone is quite honest about
    • “Yes, so many people talk about one who, after all, was only a
    • about which he was, of course, totally ignorant — the cell
    • “What was Goethe in comparison? People talk about his
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • from this. There comes about in Goethe's complex nature a
    • disposed, come about through the fact that the etheric body is,
    • worked in him and brought about a complication. The result was
    • something quite different — how does it come about that he
    • have to write about Hamlet if it had been written today
    • your attention is called directly to his karma, about which we
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • outside the physical and etheric head, they bring about a more
    • about that so little is known of that vivid state of waking
    • Then an entirely different relationship comes about during the
    • isolated pedestal. But such an effect can never come about
    • brings about another. If one expresses what I characterized
    • it mean to say that a more intimate relationship comes about
    • circulated about educated horses that can speak and do all
    • sorts of things, about a highly educated dog that made a great
    • what I am about to say.
    • what is otherwise active only in a love relationship came about
    • could really say quite a bit about the connection between our
    • we spoke about Boehme's statue that we had just seen in the
    • from the results that could have come about only through the
    • the one who makes them; what they bring about has its effects
    • come about when the earth shall have developed further through
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • about as described and was disappearing during the fourth
    • inner qualities. However, if we would question people about
    • choice of vocation are those who can least afford to talk about
    • vocational activity in the modern world — write about these
    • who usually talk most stupidly about what must come about. This
    • there they are in spiritual science talking about many spirits
    • are made about other more recent endeavors, and ideas are
    • about elemental spirits are being created which pass over into
    • happen to the earth. What has come about primarily during the
    • not always be so. The course of the world tends to bring about
    • will be possible to bring about something quite definite. Just
    • many today, you know, who say, “This talk about the spiritual
    • about human progress is to be found in the development of the
    • physical sciences. When men get beyond all this twaddle about
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • previously held, simply roams about the world without having
    • her suppressed anxiety about the incident earlier in her life.
    • vacillation in life. Neither he nor those about him know why,
    • about sixteen was wrecked. He then had to turn to a different
    • father has questioned his son about all sorts of things, the
    • it about that we place ourselves again in a certain particular
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • involved problems, we must frequently take roundabout paths in
    • — that such a thing is written as I have just told you about
    • not disapprove either. This came about in the following way. I
    • that early the following morning — about five o'clock, I think
    • subtleties in order to bring about a defendant's undoing, and
    • had conducted brilliantly, when one night he awoke at about
    • twelve o'clock. He lay only half asleep. At about two o'clock
    • about two o'clock on a certain night the convict had died in
    • is, of course, difficult to speak about these things,
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • role heredity plays in human life, and teachers who talk about
    • incarnations. People talk about heredity, but a correct opinion
    • birth from a higher consciousness. Let us be clear about this
    • know that thoughts are realities — about the relationship one
    • remember what I told you about Jaurés
    • bringing about the very conditions they severely criticized.
    • toward bringing about the very things they criticize while
    • what has come about earlier in China as the goal toward which
    • brotherhoods they do not talk about anything except the laws of
    • public. They talk about this truth that they have taken over
    • who know only as much about the world as they can touch with
    • their noses. They too talk about the present impossibility of
    • gradually come about that certain purposes and goals were
    • goals. Think about it, when it is known how human cycles take
    • the present distressing conditions. Right thinking about it
    • has most recently done, and to write long articles about the
    • world. If we wish to speak in a fruitful way about the karma of
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • truth as it meets us in life with the one-sided thinking about
    • get into the habit of forming opinions about this or that, not
    • merely about everyday matters but also about the most important
    • tell you about in a slightly disguised way. As was the custom
    • university things got a little hot for him. This came about
    • to a friend about his correspondence with the Grand Duke:
    • to write me in such friendly fashion about circumstances of
    • and since your Grace wanted to know from me something about my
    • and he wrote of this in letters to many contemporaries. About
    • thinks about Galileo, the astronomer. You will see from this
    • certainly do not know much about Galileo but think and feel
    • about him, not because of what they know, but because the name
    • is much talk about heredity nowadays and many questions are
    • example of right thinking about the question of heredity. It is
    • can readily foresee what will come about. Those who are
    • displaying their scientific theories about the best possible
    • course of these lectures we shall have to speak about the deep
    • simply talked about by stupid people of earlier and present
    • still speak about an ego that distinguishes man from animal.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • Protestantism, the God about whom there is so much talk among
    • come about by virtue of our correct or incorrect conception. As
    • the soul brings about a suppression of the ego, a beclouding of
    • gradually comes about that the individual reveres not the
    • period of time. When we are talking about an individual's
    • informed about certain things that he was obligated not to
    • see, there is a good deal of talk today about the mysteries,
    • Especially where there is much talk about these things without
    • people talk superficially about these things without knowing
    • to you and asks for information about something seemingly of
    • making speeches here and there about these things and that what
    • about that, since in ancient times the force lay in this
    • He is a real power. Now, while we are speaking about karma, we
    • be brought about by means of it. But to give oneself up to such
    • about by this machine that is in accord with the true spirit of
    • thus brought about in the service of human evolution?
    • advance has brought about not only a demonology, but also a
    • balance. Counter forces must be created. They must bring about
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • with Him. I have spoken frequently about this objection, and we
    • what I am about to say as something strange. You will see that
    • the coming of the Christ has brought it about that we recognize
    • come about after the time in which the Mystery of Golgotha
    • have come about has been removed from it through the entrance
    • publication he has informed himself about spiritual science
    • recently in lectures, even about actual events, although I
    • serious about Christianity — more so than can be expected of a
    • to hear anything about the spiritual world. The wife grieves so
    • much about this that she dies. After her death, the husband,
    • this causes him to reflect anew about the connection of human
    • Protestantism about Christ. The Turk would say to him, “What!
    • much more is contained in it about the Christ than what you are
    • are prone to present because the Koran contains more about Him
    • I am about to add I shall have to formulate, at least for the
    • Following all this, I now want to speak about a report that our
    • this: From what I know about the various séances, they
    • because I had talked about these things recently and because
    • will the world be informed about this? The world will learn
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • connections, to enlighten himself about the impulses, the
    • developed to grasp, for example, the truth about man, as I
    • present time, are talking utter nonsense about their own
    • intelligently about the Egyptians and their relations to
    • other peoples? When Balfour speaks today about the relation
    • Stewart Chamberlain is continually uttering rubbish about the
    • Bolshevism: About a religion and its development there spoke
    • anything be said about Christ-Jesus that is connected at the
    • said about earth-evolution, that is, about its details, that
    • For confused chatter about all kinds of spiritual things,
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • hands, legs and feet are extraordinarily instructive about
    • particularly instructive about what he will carry out, where
    • Solomon about the certainty with which man sets his foot on
    • our head means to have a headache. Men only know about their
    • deal about this dream consciousness of the head. For this
    • part the threefold man has this turnabout where the inner
    • been collecting since about your third year until now; this
    • about the various ideals, men have been thinking during these
    • discussions about whether there are spiritual beings or not,
    • truths.) The other people have not troubled themselves about
    • troubling themselves about things aesthetically. When the
    • like from the time of the Caesars; try to learn about this
    • knowledge in this way about a certain personality who in the
    • astounded that one should thus find nothing about such a
    • uncertain. And we should be quite clear about it. We must
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • perceived but the percept has something confusing about it.
    • material thoughts into the earth. This brings it about that
    • when we begin to think about the reality we come to the
    • a so-called higher self. When we simply rant about a higher
    • membered into what was group-soul. You can read about this in
    • Pythagorean School that Apollonius learned what I spoke about
    • yesterday and about which I shall be talking further in these
    • external. When the Greek talked about his Gods, he did so in
    • hand, in the spiritual it brings about socialism which would
    • themselves about basic questions they would find means and
    • prejudices. I could tell many tales about this but now I will
    • towns of Europe and brought about something of an American
    • those who hold meetings about ethics are really thoroughly
    • what can be thought about it or felt about it in an abstract
    • thoughts about the social structure in the near future that
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • his ideas about reforming the basis of society in three fundamental,
    • it soon became impossible to bring about a 'threefold social order' and
    • speculation brought about by a small number of definite
    • — This crisis, therefore, was really brought about by
    • different; and not to state anything about Man's free will,
    • laws whatever in a position to state anything about the free
    • condition of things such as had come about towards the year
    • come about, that such a thing is possible? It has come about
    • goods-market. This emancipation dates from about the
    • came about through money having become what I might call an
    • which people to a very large extent think about economic problems to-day,
    • they really think about these things only so far as to take into account
    • to say, about the connection between strikes and any
    • does it come about — one might ask — that people
    • It is not a case of making ‘regulations’ about
    • crisis has been brought about by men's utter frivolity of mind,
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • his ideas about reforming the basis of society in three fundamental,
    • it soon became impossible to bring about a 'threefold social order' and
    • at headquarters; they must know all about it! — And so,
    • impossible. The point about what you find in the Roots of the
    • — that is to say if one really thinks about actual
    • technician, they go hawking about the old, old party
    • earnest about what we may term the
    • necessary for mankind to know about the Threefold question.
    • to us, asking for information about some point or other. They
    • are always asking for information about this point or that.
    • not dealing with what most people talk about under that name.
    • Most people, in talking about the social question, talk about
    • what should be done with this or that institution, about the
    • sees, what the social question really is, if one looks about
    • well; but they fancy, that some miracle will come about, and
    • being ‘quite enthusiastic’ about it.
    • else about it is, that well-meaning people keep coming and
    • eye on existing conditions. All this roundabout talk leads
    • ever saying, ‘But how about this, and how about thatl! for
    • regrettable that so little has been said about the Threefold
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • problems through faith, about which I intend to make neither
    • penetrating and profound knowledge about the two problems.
    • makes pronouncements about its findings, and then reaches its
    • the unconscious ego. He speaks about all sorts of things that
    • looking at the title of a book about mollusks? I close my eyes
    • way more recently, the moment I see the book about mollusks,
    • the book I knew nothing about a barrel organ playing, it simply
    • of the characteristic things about the science of spirit is
    • detailed information about these matters can be found, I have
    • What is characteristic about this is that such activity should
    • have no wish to speak about all the rubbish he has said
    • longer, or at least thinks about something else, but yet he
    • about the fundamentals of what the true science of spirit
    • statements about the science of spirit. With this one
    • to enter the spiritual world comes about. This is what I call
    • order to enter the spiritual world, or that talk about the
    • about such matters can come only from those who have never
    • talk about losing oneself in this or the other, but only by
    • world about various kinds of societies because their members
    • then he only speaks eternally about spirit, and perhaps even
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • about history is the enthusiasm it stimulates.”
    • that it is not the knowledge we acquire about the course of
    • to form judgments about what is going on around us. In such
    • embracing judgment about their country. It is most interesting
    • his comprehensive judgment about the history of the German
    • nation. The other is Wilson, who at about the same time gave a
    • about the American nation. It is interesting to compare these
    • wonderful statement of Rabindranath Tagore about the
    • German historian, came to about his own German nation. He has
    • can go back to a period which came to an end in about the third
    • leads me to say what I have to say about him.
    • of Wilson speaking in his lectures about the American people.
    • about history in general, where he gives his opinion as
    • about how history should be studied and how he looked at the
    • statements he makes about the Americans hit home. He says
    • indicated here several months ago in a lecture about how the
    • want comes about, how your mental images lead to movement in
    • unconsciously, they sought their information about social
    • sagas, pictures. And they knew more about the impulses to be
    • Karl Lamprecht can occasionally come about through instinct,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • thinking about thinking. Goethe always sought to be aware of
    • actually achieved when this comes about. You can find a more
    • the super-sensible worlds. It comes about by strengthening the
    • so that something finally remains? This comes about by
    • What I have described here about ordinary life, where it
    • shall speak further about this later — that in constantly
    • does not come about in ordinary life and science, that he
    • of such exercises as have been described brings about a quite
    • come about? Well, it shows us that the inner activity, which
    • of the nature of memory but comes about in another way. This is
    • sense perceptions come to us. This does not come about through
    • illustration because something comes about in our soul life
    • about. For we cannot get away from the fact that the
    • should know something about. This has no objective value. But
    • if we are to speak about the ways and methods employed in
    • something about it called it the approach to the gate of death.
    • brought about only in those moments when we wish to investigate
    • Here the scientist of spirit brings something about which in
    • ordinary life can only come about unintentionally. In
    • anyone who has never heard anything about these things or can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • world can come about in this way. Anthroposophy has to see
    • Anthroposophy sees clearly, in what ways knowledge about
    • starting point for genuine research. Having learned about the
    • today about all sorts of abnormal powers of the human soul, or
    • than they possess in ordinary life. For knowledge about the
    • certain pathological conditions. What comes about in visions
    • Something comes about in this way which is different in
    • anthroposophical sense is completely clear about every
    • in abstract thought when we wish to describe anything about the
    • Just as we learn about external nature by representing it in
    • about its relationship with the sun-nature.
    • cannot have about it, or desire anything of a sectarian nature.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • necessary to have to speak about a mystery when dealing with
    • human soul life, than he would have to speak about the presence
    • necessary to have to speak about a human mystery in
    • needs, new questions arise about the way we live. This also
    • conditions, in this age there are also questions about the
    • further points can be added to what I have been saying about
    • formulation of particular ideas about the world of the smallest
    • differently about such matters today, nevertheless what I have
    • to say about the atom and the molecule holds good for the whole
    • brought about by this constitution. It was thought that if it
    • that is possible to know about the smallest particles that can
    • or at least produce provisional hypotheses about them, in order
    • to find out something about the world that constitutes the
    • I sleep, I know nothing about this ego. Can I assume that it is
    • we are awake, and we know only about a sleeping ego when we are
    • awake, about what lives, even as far as our waking
    • they are images of an outer world, that brings it about that
    • And a transformation can come about by working arduously
    • many respects if one speaks about Goethe's Theory of Color. It
    • cannot be spoken about as a matter of course because in its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • world-conception. The following rather abstract remarks about
    • brought about either by ourselves or by others, Eurhythmy
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • permeation of the East does come about, it will not take
    • So it has come about that this way of thinking, which is
    • radically about this question, my dear friends, one comes in
    • and that what natural science says about this is simply a web
    • oneself: “I must revise my opinions, perhaps even about
    • the most important things in life.” Opinions about
    • study of Spiritual Science. Judgments about life one can only
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • themselves with the Earth, and this brings it about that the
    • soul, (which Lucifer desires to bring about), but will follow
    • increasingly strives to come about from the efforts made in
    • only about what I can see sensibly, I Luciferise
    • read with a certain curiosity what has been written about the
    • differently about the things of the external world. They did
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling not for theorising about the spirit but they should
    • shall just speak about it in that sense without giving names.
    • employees of the Daimler works. And now he talks about this
    • over the page he launches into a perfect sermon about it
    • facts of the case He has no dis8rimination about the way in
    • when what spiritual science has to say about social
    • of materialism, And what is so often. said now about this
    • his experiences to speak about the animal kingdom, assume
    • the temerity to speak about the spirit out of real knowledge
    • something about the spiritual world — before we come to
    • but they were deeds brought about by these spiritual beings.
    • of modern man. Much of what was formerly said about man is
    • But if anyone comes along and speaks about social affairs
    • about. I might ask whether this tendency ia really trying
    • would be easier not to talk about these things. But we are
    • given — and if you don't think about it you can let it
    • things theoretically, which teach us nothing about taking the
    • School something has been embarked upon about which it cannot
    • ourselves about the right thing being done to promote this
    • alone bring about what is fruitful who speak of what is true
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • want to speak to you about the cultural life of our present
    • time; and especially about the basis of the work we are doing
    • about by means of those new methods of obtaining spiritual
    • men must not have a feeling merely for theories about the
    • present day have still very very much to learn about these
    • about present materialism, for if we do not realise how we
    • statements about the animal kingdom; suppose be wished to
    • into the social order can any true reconstruction come about.
    • dreaded more than pronouncement about the Threefold nature of
    • not speak of the Spirit? This has come about again as a
    • Chemistry, Physics, to speak about except “materiel
    • brought about materialism are the Ecclesiastical powers of
    • affirming at the same time something about the spiritual
    • about to-day.
    • Graeco-Latin period, which lasted until about the middle of
    • able to hear the truth about these matters to-day, it would
    • times about man is false if it is repeated to-day. To-day
    • when we read about methods of education which are not yet
    • man does not speak about the Christ. He ought to speak in a
    • not bother any more about it; but it is necessary at the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • like to speak about today will be best explained if I start
    • about the consciousness of humanity in the forward evolution
    • picture includes all that there is to be said about that
    • have been invented about all kinds of gravitational forces
    • astrophysics have to tell us today about the
    • mystical matters are being talked about, knows quite well
    • about these inner souls experiences, he knows that he has
    • ourselves partly brought them about. Between these two
    • about it. Their ignorance can be compared to the belief which
    • Copernicus about the revolutions of the heavenly bodies in
    • and perverse about accepting what spiritual science has to
    • forget everything that may be known about academic
    • speaking to him about aesthetics and Carriere — who was a
    • It also comes about that men when they are only 20 or 21
    • great deal of abstract talking today about the ages or
    • something interesting about it. And he came to see me with
    • development it has come about that in past centuries the
    • different. That will not however, be for about three or four
    • be brought about and then substituted at the right time by
    • about humanity, but only when a real effort is made to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • understanding of matter. What does science really know about
    • necessary for him to think about the Divine, that
    • inform themselves about the essentials of education there
    • of the human being. What is there to be said about this
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • with red walls, I take something for granted about the red
    • he is about to tell me all kinds of interesting things. If he
    • red room had something insincere about it and I shall go away
    • of art we are about to describe are in a certain sense
    • need. For whatever we may think about a great many of the
    • about impressionism, expressionism, and so on — the
    • nothing to do with art — whatever we may think about all
    • all the talk about things such as impressionism and
    • About this
    • other hand, the overcoming brought about when, through
    • Thus the onlooker is obliged in his heart to bring about what
    • About all
    • set free what, when the light has to serve in bringing about
    • one of which, however, I shall be speaking about. To begin
    • about them; they will increasingly find expression through
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • subsequent thought about what has thus been
    • something unique about the art of poetry. The poet expresses
    • Theory of Colours about the material-moral effects
    • has given rise to such fantastic speculation about the way in
    • Morgenstern expresses what he feels about speech when he says
    • its basis, uncertainty about the import and value of the
    • the ideas about self-knowledge held by ‘Mystics’
    • regards all such talk about experiencing the Divine in the
    • everyday consciousness know nothing about the process, but
    • understandable that the artist should feel uneasy about the
    • in thinking about super-sensible science and knowledge people
    • says: A man who is willing only to have feelings about what
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • reports: “She [Marie Steiner] spoke recently about her memory
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • may ask themselves: Whatever more is there to be said about the being
    • get along without actually knowing very much about the complexities
    • easy-going minds can still speak with irritation about the complicated
    • question we must think about what has been said in many lectures on
    • to know something about the external world. There are philosophical
    • psychologists who are constantly bringing forward theories about the
    • to find out something about the real nature of wheat by investigating
    • that when the majority of people travel about the world today, they
    • foolish than to generalise in this way about things in the world, saying
    • same with the knowledge we acquire about the things of the outer world,
    • our being of a very great deal, and an adjustment must be brought about
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • in the opposite direction, and thus being about the
    • in the world — to show that all evil brings about a
    • what we know about the nature of man leads us to a particular
    • comes into relationship with them. All this is brought about
    • about that interest is produced as the result of
    • about an expansion of our perceptions, so that we shall gain
    • complete intermingling of humanity which came about in the
    • fourth age of post-humanity which came about the the fourth
    • first to learn the truths about the cosmos and about human
    • gradually come about in our life of thought. The speed of
    • the transformation came about as the result of an inner moral
    • when it comes about that the Brahmin not only loves and
    • following will come about. The thoughts will be communicated
    • what does it matter about my own spiritual development? I
    • individual which uninterruptedly brings about what is
    • could be said about virtue from the standpoint of
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • I should like to speak to you about a certain aspect of the Mystery
    • about this Mystery on many occasions in our more intimate
    • Anthroposophical gatherings, yet all that can be said about it
    • about these beings of the higher hierarchies. Our intercourse
    • all these teachings there was nothing about birth and death.
    • about the approach of death. Perhaps we might say that he did
    • to raise questions about birth and death with the same vigor as
    • these teachings nothing would have been found about birth and
    • about it. What was the reason?
    • satisfactory and no inward information about death. If at the
    • to learn anything about the significance of death and birth in
    • clairvoyant perception. All knowledge of that time about the
    • to tell them, from His divine point of view, something about
    • though ye may be able to behold it. But if ye can bring about
    • permit ourselves to live in illusions about these things if we
    • illusions about the opposite pole, about intuition, etc. We
    • childlike sort of teaching about the Mystery of Golgotha
    • their formulas; they actually have no idea about all that these
    • know anything at all about the resurrected Christ. It is a
    • theologian, wrote a book about the Christian character of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • regard, and here also we shall speak again about more complicated
    • to flounder about in speculation, we shall at once give a
    • community? In the case of Shem it was brought about through his
    • when the human being is born into this world he fashions about
    • is such a thing brought about in the course of human evolution?
    • about Zarathustra, Moses, and Hermes.]
    • have told you about Shem is fundamentally typical and
    • about the real development of Christianity. In other respects
    • only slight discussion about it, but it was accepted in a
    • disputes began about the Lord's Supper. Just consider how among
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • beliefs, within the same things said about these things as are
    • any other insight about the dream than that which the dream
    • merely engage in philosophical speculations about it. That is
    • wants to dream further about the dream in order to give himself
    • an insight about the dream. He does not want to wake up a
    • so that we do not present a hypothesis about the soul. Out of
    • awakening of which I have spoken can come about, but one must
    • thought was just abstract; you could think about something
    • You need only think honestly about what
    • acquired conceptions stop. Think first of all about stopping
    • to educate himself about the dream. Now one can awaken in the
    • scientist about these things, I know very well, and no one
    • should actually speak with full responsibility about the exact
    • — for only a very short time. It is not about getting
    • only dream about even in the waking state, we gradually switch
    • I would not be able to lecture about these
    • that makes them basically nervous about what drives them so
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • Know About Theosophy?”; and a lecture about religion,
    • audience who attended lectures last winter will hear about
    • tolerance in regard to religious views has come about in
    • bound to ask (a) questions about a person's fate and
    • questions about illness and pain; and (c) about what happens
    • comes to questions about the meaning of life or mankind's
    • is about, but what satisfies one today may not do so
    • an ideal to provide concrete knowledge about life's deepest
    • opinion is powerless. What must come about is proper
    • can come about only through cooperation. The age one lives in
    • investigators, people who can speak about the supersensible
    • wonder about the sense and purpose of all the extraordinary
    • life that can answer questions about the meaning of life? No
    • knowledge about supersensible issues — a knowledge that
    • ideas about what is regarded as spiritually the most exalted.
    • person formulates about supersensible matters have an
    • first a person will have certain opinions about spiritual
    • come about that so many are subject to the illusion that
    • arises about religion. However, even if the invigorating
    • without religion. The reason they can talk about the subject
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • You will be aware that so much has been written about Goethe's
    • go into what every commentator has said about this particular
    • things said about Goethe's Faust. Minor states:
    • quite correct, but what about the remark that the devil is an
    • change must come about in our modern understanding and
    • about blood is important, because in earlier times an
    • about us, perceptible to our senses and accessible to our
    • reading was published recently about the mimicry of thought.
    • far-reaching questions of existence, not just concern about
    • of words to those who as yet know nothing about spiritual
    • exist. This is just about as clever as a blind person saying
    • experienced it, not someone who knows nothing about it.
    • individualizing comes about that which expresses itself as
    • by ancestors. We know nothing about the shape of our inner
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • exist, that unspeakable pain can come about in a life without
    • what about the caricaturist? He cannot enter into the other
    • through his work far more about his feeling of superiority,
    • about the nature of his subject.
    • science recognizes that the whole physical world about us
    • cannot today go into detail about the nature of life, we can
    • comes about because there are plants that close their leaves
    • for this to come about, the process that has been explained
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • previous planet. Peculiar legendary creatures wandered about,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, its aim was not to satisfy curiosity about the
    • about this description of the ether body, just as it is not
    • about religious faith, but that he receives descriptions of
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • world views what it has to say about the cause of illness and
    • firm structure so that he can walk about on the earth. It is,
    • speak, mainly from the physiological viewpoint, about the
    • time about the seventh year, for the ether body is born and
    • human ether body. At about the seventh year they are pushed
    • growth concentrated in bringing about sexual maturity. This
    • bring about an inner mood of deep accord. Comprehension of
    • one can argue about; it acts as a spiritual power of healing,
    • If our concepts and ideas about the world and life are sound,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • something about so-called spiritual or mental illness. The
    • bring about the accord with the physical environment becomes
    • about suddenly, but is gradually prepared from the age of
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • person might as well know nothing about spiritual science if
    • all that person can do is talk glibly about reincarnation and
    • about scientific laws is a scientist; someone who immediately
    • harmony is brought about with universal spiritual currents.
    • This brings about healing because unhealthy conditions always
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • gathers again about the person. He must receive it back in
    • have opinions about this or that belief or confession, but it
    • About the
    • until about the age of thirty-five. From now on the astral
    • about the thirty-fifth year. It is also the reason why a
    • begin to wane. About the fiftieth year the physical principle
    • why the age of about thirty-five is the most favorable time
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • not easy to arrive at anything conclusive about what the name
    • written about Rosicrucianism is true, one could only come to
    • certain subjects. But what they have to say about it, for
    • about whom much is rumored, but history has little to say.
    • information about Rosicrucianism stems from two writings that
    • controversy about books, that is, whether Valentin Andreae,
    • Valentin Andreae (1586–1654) theologian, wrote about
    • by many others proffering all kinds of information about
    • today about certain elementary aspects of Rosicrucianism that
    • existed for centuries. What it is possible to say about it
    • Rosicrucian schooling. Something ought to be said about this
    • knowledgeable guidance. What is to be said about this subject
    • common with the nonsense written about it.
    • they must be absolved. What I have said about it so far, and
    • about them already. What is found in books an the subject is
    • stone (the stone of the wise). What is written about it
    • able to breathe today. So how does it come about that they
    • be thought of in conjunction with what was said about the
    • understand the notice about the philosopher's stone alluded
    • usually said about it is pure nonsense. The indications given
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • that to speak about an artist from a particular
    • Wagner spoke about. That would make a discussion on any issue
    • expressing what he discovered, or what he felt about plants
    • what the external world is unable to say about itself is
    • sense that what I have to say about the phenomenon that is
    • be made that Wagner did not speak about things that will be
    • about Richard Wagner.
    • same Truth about mankind's origin and evolution as that
    • had an intuitive presentiment about the future; he felt that
    • of selflessness that brings about harmony among people.
    • reality. The legend, which is part of an epic, teils us about
    • carried an article about it. Physical conditions on Atlantis
    • life, brought about the present events. Wagner has worked on
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • must ask ourselves how it came about that no one for
    • about which they were not informed by the leading few who did
    • in particular spoke with the deepest reverence about the
    • from the spirit that lives, and always did live all about us.
    • that is all about him. However, for that to come about
    • spoke about it as a great heresy in 1859. This view influenced
    • What a person sees was actually always about him, but he sees
    • it is nonsense to talk about blind faith and dependence in
    • about this codex for initiation. Today things are different;
    • neophyte knew nothing of what went on about him; to the
    • The neophyte experienced a world of spirit; all about him
    • initiates, insofar as they knew of them. What was said about
    • about famous people; what was told was the course of the
    • Apocalypse was a prophetic revelation about Armageddon.
    • about Hirn a physical body, a being in whom the spirit is the
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • moments about the future tasks and objectives of the movement he
    • Rudolf Steiner spoke about such future
    • those who already know about it. But allow me to say a few words
    • occultism about which we have often spoken in our circle.
    • has thought about this difference. Therefore the spiritual powers
    • said about the intentions behind the thing itself. Therefore a
    • he is a member is brought about by his being recognized as a member.
    • stream, a living becoming, and everything that is said about it will
    • Those who are already somewhat familiar with what this is all about
    • inaugurated by Rudolf Steiner a demand for a precise statement about
    • about promises that Dr. Steiner gave and didn't comply with. He
    • by which the membership was to obtain clarity about the case.
    • Descriptions about the case exist and constituted the basis for the
    • Steiner expressed himself in the following way about this affair in
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • the Spirit at work in his ideology, then will understanding come about
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • and we look back without really thinking about it into
    • us by our own effort this art of forming thoughts about the
    • thoughts about surrounding objects. Yet it would be wrong to
    • men felt in one another, and they brought about the obedience
    • as they are now. When a modern historian writes about ancient
    • deeds. At the same time it will come about that he will no
    • though he does not carry his body about with him) connected
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • Zarathustra, by Pythagoras, who all lived about 600 years
    • about by the drops poured out by the different Moon-Spirits,
    • the unity among men was brought about by the Spirit poured out
    • about upon his body. That is why he told his disciples after
    • This is brought about by the power of egoism.
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • About this time of year we always pass over from one period
    • The earth is a being that thinks about the stars and the events
    • cannot develop thoughts about these processes. They can think
    • for the origin of this wisdom in the cosmic New Year about 6000
    • add about 4000 years to the time which has passed since the
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • comes about from seeing the surrounding. Yet it is not so. We do have,
    • absolutely clear about this: what first comes into consideration in
    • present no rigid form can come about. Since, at present, it cannot become
    • about the threefoldness of man, and keep at first the rhythmic organization
    • which brings about the dissolving factor. What expresses itself in the
    • subjective phenomena will come about, that people with sick kidneys
    • regarded as coming about from the etheric organism, which I have drawn
    • about in the eye.
    • come about just as well. Then those phenomena appear, which present
    • come about.
    • cramp-like conditions come about as can especially appear in children's
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • how everything which can be comprehended about man can serve as a basis
    • about our present time. The day before yesterday, as you know, I spoke
    • about man himself in his constitution. I would like to do this today
    • about with an esophagus attached to it. We would still have a stomach,
    • beings. That we can be earthly beings is brought about by oxygen which
    • one side would bring these organs about only in a one-sided way. Or,
    • inflammations through them and bring about an inner cooling off. Or,
    • fact healed from outside. One only has to bring about in the organism,
    • talk at all about the kidney if one puts man on the dissecting table,
    • more about the kidney and the liver than that both consist of cells,
    • about it. You will find in all corresponding textbooks the notation:
    • about the spleen one does not yet have anything to say today. You will
    • in bringing about a balance, as presented in the pamphlet, — which
    • finally it will only grope about with the probe and the dissecting knife,
    • does not have anything to say anymore about the world, but addresses
    • and a completely different music of civilization comes about.
    • of the 12th, 13th, and 14th centuries an attitude comes about in Europe,
    • heaviness for man. Of course, one spoke outwardly only about something
    • need fire, they need enthusiasm, they need to be inspired about something.
    • As long as we cannot do that, as long as we think only about ourselves,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • in about the 5th pre-Christian millennium — spoke about such Dark
    • a person had become ill in the sense we understand, but one spoke about
    • to speak,through his destiny, he had decided about the place on earth
    • ill — in the same way one formed an opinion about his state of health
    • today, as well as the cultural historian know absolutely nothing about
    • about flowers, with all that, we have, basically, what I might call
    • thought about as remembrances of the old light age. Phlegm was essentially
    • renewal comes about. There are always unfinished substances in a way
    • to now no serious results have come about in this matter, because young
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • days to speak about important but rather difficult aspects of
    • to reach any conclusion about these in this lecture; we
    • speak about, I would say “necessity in world events and
    • about inevitably or, as we often say, is
    • discover something about what is at the bottom of this
    • There is no question about it, as soon as we deal with
    • future I hope I can speak about this extinct part of human
    • spiritual life, about an aspect of theosophy that completely
    • to that time people had still spoken about these things, even
    • was inspired by the spiritual world. But it came about that the
    • very confusion we were speaking about. This confusion is
    • angle if we want to get at an answer. You see, if we set about
    • the human being. Anyone who knows nothing about spiritual
    • Today I would just like to add a few words about the following.
    • Thoughts about Eternity,
    • Thoughts about Eternity
    • person imagine that there can be any talk about the immortality
    • certainly in one way also bring about a deepening of people's
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • say about this.
    • no physicist would hesitate to speak about them, so
    • is Death, the balancer (we shall say more about this
    • Namely, every time the clock was about to strike, Death began
    • something unusual. Whenever the clock was about to strike, the
    • But just as it was about to do so, the mouth closed, and it was
    • about this opening and shutting of the mouth, showing what a
    • thoughts a person might have about it, or rather the
    • astray. An attempt to think out how to set about doing deeds
    • other people. The clock-maker brought all these about through
    • greatest inclination to ask about everything, “What was
    • is the only way to come to any certainty about cause and
    • you see that about such things that have to be judged
    • more I think about this long litany of nonsense, the more
    • However, I am less concerned about that than about the fact
    • about an event needing to be looked at on its own merit.
    • about did not exactly bring along his antipathy to Faust
    • if you think about these assumptions, you will be able to say
    • Think about it for a moment! If we could tear it out, we would
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • the holidays I, too, have thought a lot about what
    • especially about whether I made any particular mistakes, or
    • would happen in the coming year if he groped about as blindly
    • successor was expressing about the school he knew so well. How
    • “Yes, but look, I have actually asked my teachers about
    • certain that I will be talking about such and such a subject at
    • failed. There was absolutely nothing that could be done about a
    • first two teachers were somewhat superstitious about the past
    • about it when we would like to have been better than we
    • a certain way the third teacher also saw what would come about,
    • consider the events as necessity. There is no doubt about the
    • we might very easily deceive ourselves about the connection
    • told you about in the public lecture,
    • second fellow were to think about the first one's mistakes. If
    • about the mistakes but joining in the work in a living
    • of this too, about which I want you to think a little between
    • talk next Tuesday about right and wrong self-observation, and
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • of the way this encounter came about between a culturally
    • we do not get far by brooding and speculating about how things
    • they really ought to happen are not our speculations about
    • world, impulses about the particular effects of which we don't
    • serious objection is this: What about the whole domain that
    • a person broods about how differently he should have acted, the
    • Their effect on a person who is not filled with feeling about
    • a Middle High German epic of about 1200, telling of the
    • came about, due to which the Parsifal concept was quite
    • of Faust. This brought the appearance of a Faust about,
    • language, for they came about through primeval necessity. That
    • I will make up my own language!” And he sets about
    • have come about at that time. He would not have been able to
    • about. But it is not only with regard to aging that we see a
    • will really come about will be that the souls now passing
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • it is obvious that we know something about it. We name it from
    • What does the fact that we know something about the I
    • about the I? Philosophers often say, “Human beings
    • dreams about his I, it sometimes even strikes him as
    • engenders is what brings about our consciousness of our
    • talk about there being nothing outside us but vibrations, and
    • that it is these that, for example, bring about red in us. What
    • talk about there being an etheric body, but it is not true, you
    • about the physical body! It has no inkling that there is
    • at him, which happens if someone talks to him about
    • soul. In the course of these lectures, he speaks about
    • just discuss a few passages in the fifteenth lecture about the
    • “What about the concept of responsibility?”
    • cannot find the will, but in answer to the question about the
    • dreamt about, then we see some people doing one good
    • people dreaming about the outer world. They would wake up the
    • moment they accept what spiritual science says about the outer
    • them actually admit that they know nothing at all about what
    • the person under no circumstances stops to think about it or
    • comfortable if they are told nothing about why they should
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • are setting about their return into incarnation in an earthly
    • put it so, awaken in those about to descend to earth
    • such words as what and how as now. Today when you talk about
    • conception about this relation between the sensible and the
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • speak a great deal about the social problem that is
    • not always be pondering about abstract thoughts, but it is
    • Imagination then brings about — what has to do with
    • beings walking about on the physical earth, but with men
    • what has to be discussed about the social life —
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • judgement comes about merely because one refuses to go into the sources
    • be very dangerous were it to come about too rapidly. And this danger
    • one can take one of Eucken's, to confirm this playing about with concepts,
    • in Berlin about the problem “Did Jesus ever Live?” the Catholic
    • themselves about all kinds of scientific concepts that have become popular
    • about 1413, for the 2160 years that the epoch of the consciousness soul
    • pertinent conceptions about the concrete supersensible world — above
    • things about the spiritual world is becoming a necessity for men. And
    • because centuries of Christianity have brought about materialism; this
    • him in the progress of time, in the necessities brought about by time. Here
    • the animal. Strictly speaking man is thoroughly unobservant about his
    • that these men of old formed about certain animals, for example, these
    • they become so afraid? It comes about by their having at the present
    • about, really to take to themselves, the world they have to meet —
    • man would really arrive finally at thinking differently about himself
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • an understanding about these things. The different currents of world-conception
    • the chaos that is about to break upon us, unfortunately far too little
    • to make you familiar with the kind of judgment about some particular
    • spoken about this point. You know how I have said that the only wad
    • spiritual beings and does not speak in the pantheistic general may about
    • knows that for himself he has no need to reflect about things but has
    • such a man can make about the path of Spiritual Science. I an simply
    • representative of the Roman Catholic Church about the path of Spiritual
    • of the Holy Spirit. He may not bring about ax qualitative change in
    • Rome. And it in widely recognised that anyone thinking differently about
    • necessary to be quite clear about the sources of these things and the
    • outwardly well-reputed also by Rome, says about a matter like the vision
    • [ Note 1 ], for example, speaks about what vision
    • what are we supposed to understand when one of those who write about
    • having troubled so little about what has been given out as truth in
    • says that union is brought about by the two wills, that of the soul
    • modern natural science. St. John of the Cross had only those about him
    • about what is dead, must come to see that scientific observations make
    • at Menrezo about 1568; successfully defended himself on an indictment
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • a great deal about man's attitude to his environment, though insufficient
    • the power to go around, to move about at will like the animals—now
    • to have no trace of it in us, could we have andy ideas about it. The
    • before us, which about describes the world of scientific concepts; this
    • we are never really surprised about the mineral and plant kingdoms because
    • in any of the conceptions you can absorb about plants and minerals,
    • you can absorb only about beings who are living in banishment here in
    • about immortal life. It in for this reason that, since the fifteenth
    • of peace. This is not anything which can be talked about in the way
    • in the coherence, of the thinking, enlighten you about their being,
    • about their nature, about what they are and their character. By bringing
    • to life what is said about Saturn, Sun, Moon and their corresponding
    • details, and then about the evolution of the earth, applying all this
    • where he should become clear about his own personal being. In this longing,
    • Man would like to find out something of the kind about his being; what
    • about what is venerable, but from every point of view it must be indicated
    • Spiritual Science has come about will the social life also be enriched.
    • At this point man will be able to become clear about the life of mankind
    • himself concerning man's life. For where this enlightenment about man's
    • you are a Marxist or any other kind of thinker about the right form
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • recognition of the spirit is concerned, and lack of interest about the
    • arises above all about this is why so many people today avoid making
    • can be learnt about this question by hearing what the things and beings
    • to speak of a great deal about the spiritual world that was different
    • is the last thing to bother about if one wants to understand the spiritual
    • about what is often said—that people throw away the experience
    • to as the thinking about nature and natural phenomena. It is on this
    • else if we are to speak about things from a certain point of view. What
    • life is prevalent among modern scientists. They are indifferent about
    • all kinds of things that I have spoken about lately, you will have gathered
    • men activities about which, just because they are together with their
    • clear thinking about these things is sent to sleep simply by men being
    • clear in your mind about, let us say, the mother's love (you can do
    • it too in this fundamental way) about the love developed in the mother
    • to become clear about this mother love, and then ask whether this mother
    • about the social structure if these thoughts are to have reality in
    • of the charlatan or abstract about it, will have to admit that of course
    • in the objection, which would be superficial too, if we remarked about
    • often emphasised that what is spoken here about these connections is
    • and so on. Last time indeed I spoke about these things from various
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • notes which, in addition to the Gospels, we have about the Mystery of
    • about Socrates or Alexander the Great, about Julius Caesar, the Emperor
    • man. But when man then turns his gaze to the Jahve God who brings about
    • only share in bringing about man; he has to ascribe a substantial share
    • man in that he was thinking about himself was nearer the divine not
    • For when such a thing comes about there arises one of those events when
    • left as it did to the right. The agent towards the left comes about
    • Now what brought this about?
    • do something else too—well, you have only to read about the old
    • culture period, 2160 years, a little over 2000 years. This is about
    • Lily, take everything about the re-birth of man expressed in this
    • Christ impulse, a new impulse for transforming mankind, brought about
    • up to the time of Plato the conceptions about the Egyptian Isis as the
    • If today we hear about Isis, if we hear about Isis without powerfully
    • about Isis has round it a glory of the past. When Isis was spoken of
    • from the lips of the Egyptian Priests when they sang about Isis. We
    • something about the finding of Goethe and Goetheanism that I wanted
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • day she was deep in many great ideas about our world-outlook—those
    • we are in today. By bringing about certain functions, certain inner
    • by Mystery pupils was that after initiation they knew about the spiritual
    • world as a man through his eyes and ears knows about the physical world
    • outwardly as a man going about He was the man Jesus—had gone through
    • course of human evolution the fact once came about that at a certain
    • date mankind will realise that there came about what may be called the
    • well able to make a calculation about the future relations of central
    • admiration nor spoken to you in any different way about my admiration
    • consider what has come from Herman Grimm's pen about Goethe as the best
    • book as biography, as monography, that has been written about him. But
    • he harboured fervent admiration for him in the tradition built up about
    • Read what I have said about Faust and about the figure of Mephistopheles
    • that thinks out all kinds of thoughts about plant classes, species and
    • show him he said when there about these works of art: “Here is
    • and the Beautiful Lily? Consider what is written about the fairy
    • to speak out about this) I have the right to speak about this fairy
    • would bring about its own death, the grave which above all, first of
    • about nature, into something by means of which the supersensible world
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • about a theme which sets certain presuppositions to the
    • experienced in an open lecture like this. When we speak about
    • they had, for the first time, heard something about the
    • worse could be said about them. However, with the passing time
    • we want to reveal single observations about these Higher Worlds
    • we need to immediately make a note when we speak about these
    • Just think about yourself, how you may observe your soul in the
    • quite a different way, than what we have perceived about them
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • This ever fresh insight may bring about the belief that we can
    • wish to speak now about the personal relationship of Goethe to
    • mentioned about himself, regarding his life, his striving, his
    • manner and way, his attitude to knowledge and questions about
    • observation of his life, about that which lived in his soul,
    • Goethe can utter about it prosaically.
    • knowledge, constructed from an accumulation of ideas about the
    • yes, you have brought about this or that in your thoughts, you
    • knowledge: people didn't want to know anything about the
    • installed himself and argued about world riddles. In this very
    • about; here and there even justice was done but really
    • that Goethe could be clear about this. From his single
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • and for this reason we must speak about these dangers. We
    • such and such a date in Vienna, but rather about fifty years
    • imagination when you reflect about it, how you, from morning to
    • you want to examine yourself, learn to know about yourself
    • about his karma. Planning for the three weeks ahead, he
    • compliant individuals who only talk about it, that a person
    • about it? No, he will not do it. I, myself, delivered this slap
    • equilibrated as a result of how you acted and thought about it.
    • thinking about the self without all-embracing world-knowledge,
    • also none of the “I”-Self. We reach knowledge about the
    • answer to the question about freedom and bondage. Because
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • forwards a few things about our building, so that our friends may find
    • actually brought this state of things about? You see, in everything
    • about these things, but this evening we will begin by making a survey
    • the case that metamorphosis comes about through that which in the one
    • in order to see only the artistic. When this form was about to be made,
    • halting-place, to bring about in him the right frame of mind. Now just
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the chief thing about this Building is that everything is felt to be
    • you the staff of Mercury wound about with snakes but you must not regard
    • notice how certain lines which wind themselves about this Mercury motifs
    • about at the centre, just when you have what is most complicated, this
    • do not concern ourselves with all the rubbish about names, Saturn or
    • marvellous thing about this is that through the harmony between nature
    • (about which I shall speak more fully later on but which I cannot show
    • about, around and in the Building.
    • about the destruction of the ideas of this Movement by personal slander.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • That is to say, Ahriman does not go about without his constant shadow
    • of equilibrium is maintained between that which the blood brings about
    • in short, all that which holds one down, bring about the consciousness
    • which may be imagined about it. That which should fill our thought should
    • about which man can enquire the meaning, but when you — rather,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • should like to link on what I am about to say to the
    • say about this scene? Well, you can rend it; they say:
    • Gretchen about the religious life:
    • men bandy about truth and error when they undertake much a
    • is nothing clear about it. It is not knowledge full of light,
    • magical and mystical wisdom about nature. There are two
    • about a legendary past, and they delight in the use of old
    • devoured the King. ...” It comes about, therefore,
    • fathom this being — are speaking about as logically as
    • you bus always hear said about the figure of Isis. To
    • the feeling behind what is said about the veil.
    • which we live, that has brought about such lamentable
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • like, my dear friends, to make a few remarks about the
    • own satisfaction how it comes about that, two days after the
    • connections, can see that there is nothing dilettante about
    • just thinking out something about spiritual worlds and their
    • about Freemasonry and its potential dangers). He now only
    • who knew something about the matter said: I suggest, your
    • separation of the astral body and ego is brought about. In
    • obtain information about the mixing of the magic ointment any
    • more easily than he can obtain it about the way in which van
    • dead, so long does he bear about with him, on going out with
    • treatise about leeches and spirits, Friedrich Nikolai had
    • Mephistopheles is quite clear about such people, and
    • about it in the Transactions of the Academy of Sciences in
    • blood-red cord is still about her neck. The Imagination has
    • Walpurgis-night's Dream — about which I shall say no
    • “We're just about to begin
    • it, they are silent about it, and that is one of the lies of
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • said about Fichte both in the development of the
    • they are about him how he strove an elemental way to
    • often much about it that is abstract; this is penetrated,
    • about all that was so vividly before their spiritual I people
    • rather heatedly about the people who, as he observes, receive
    • bring about, to a certain degree, Helen's embodiment. To this
    • substantiality he brought about through the kind of being we
    • error is brought about in a roundabout way through Wagner.
    • bring about in conjunction with all Faust is living through
    • looks about him in the gloom and sees all that is there:
    • then, tell me anything else at all you know about Innocent IV
    • to form really clear concepts about all the various
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • going to speak about this evening I should like to link on to
    • often spoken here before about the importance of the
    • that nature, about the exercises for gaining admittance into
    • is consummated. The man who is about to become physical
    • about whichwe cannot speak as of something completed, and
    • known about in the decadence of the sixth and seventh
    • things about which their conservative members will not speak.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • about the fourth — that is, the Graeco-Latin time; and
    • about the fifth, our own time, which began about the year
    • know about these epochs.
    • question about Birth and Death with the same vital intensity
    • There must be added a certain consciousness about the
    • somehow bring it about that Ahriman-Mephistopheles feels
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • on Christian soil about the Birth of Christ! How infinitely
    • in order not to bring about disaster there by killing his
    • Wright speak for many hours about the solving of the Riddle
    • thing that really brings about the social structure in that
    • this politician found occasion to express himself about the
    • described. No age was ever so little enlightened about itself
    • enlightenment about itself. Think only how proud it was of
    • thing that is spoken nowadays about education or questions of
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • the artistic point of view about the scenes from
    • that what I was explaining to you a few days ago about the
    • weeks we know that it is only at about the end of his
    • knowledge, If we wish to learn the truth about these matters,
    • these things has come about in the first half of life we do
    • way in which accurately given information about Spiritual
    • it came to represent all that man knows about man, What can
    • we know about man by collecting together that knowledge which
    • we have about the substances and forces of the earth? How can
    • ideal which Goethe had before him. What can man know about
    • something about Homunculus, not about Homo. The ideas we form
    • thought and felt, or had thought and felt, about the Greeks,
    • “all that our pundits think, write and print about
    • an outstanding Greek about whom so much strife and discord
    • about our surroundings, because, if I may so express it, the
    • separate. That has come about because the water-air,
    • bring this about that when he introduces Homunculus to this
    • this present earth has not come about without a struggle. It
    • Homunculus to Homo in the human head; but what about
    • world. What about philosophy? How would it be if Leibnitz or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • would know far more about their dreams if they exerted
    • themselves to know a little more about waking. If they would
    • make an effort to know something about being awake, they
    • clearer about dream-life, if we tried to perceive the
    • theories about dreams that maintain something like the
    • rule if anyone has evil thoughts about you. On the whole, men
    • conscience about the various things in life about which we
    • about subjective experiences that take place really in the
    • man knows little more about himself — forgive me but
    • this is true — he knows little more about himself than
    • he does about a Homunculus; and about a Homo he knows
    • only give information about what occurs in the world of the
    • presence about Goethe's particular kind of spirituality, you
    • material way and form materialistic ideas about them. Thus,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • about natural phenomena, but traced back one set of natural
    • think about nature in the way that is possible during human
    • is so significant about Goethe, and why I tell you he can
    • world outlook at all — how is this? This comes about
    • certain concepts, ideas, about the spiritual. These are so
    • interpreting herself. Not to weave fantastic ideas about
    • ideas about natural phenomena, these concepts take their
    • himself about some matter; what does he do? He ferrets among
    • old. Let us assume he wishes to be really clear about, let us
    • all the concepts and ideas he can find. If he looks about in
    • plant, or anything else about which he sought enlightenment,
    • discoveries about Goethe when we reconsider the various
    • think, really think, about nature in Goethe's way, in the
    • about our having two hands, and the right one be aided by the
    • the matter today? since about the 16th century very strong
    • evolving the present form of thinking about nature, two quite
    • Bois-Reymond, for instance, spoke of in his lecture about the
    • special I want to say about him — that as you have seen has
    • about man having in his subsconscious much that does not
    • You have, however, the whole world of your subconscious about
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • conception of man? How can it be brought about that in this
    • that the ideas about these Samothracian Mysteries about the
    • held about the Gods, all their ideas concerning the
    • the ideas about the Gods depend on this impulse of the Greeks
    • is, really, to deceive yourself about him. For the human
    • about all that Goethe stands for will, as I said recently,
    • Homunculus advice about becoming Homo, he is expecting his
    • talking, even if it is about the spirit. Follow what is said
    • in the external world. When we wander about among the growing
    • wander about among he growing plants, we are actually in the
    • metamorphosis. He draws on what he feels about Proteus, but
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • Faust for about sixty years. Moreover, we have to do here
    • the main points of what was said yesterday about all that is
    • peoples have seen the impulse in the soul that brings about
    • brought about by the Sirens. Above all they practise their
    • most difficult circumstances about two years before his
    • thought about the Kabiri — I cannot know this for
    • that it may be supposed he knows something about changing
    • wished to do; the moment of waking has to be brought about so
    • about the year 1829. We may trace and experience what Goethe
    • that is good about Goethe's Faust, has found that this
    • after the performance, we will say more about this scene, in
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • beings, were we not to think about things and about
    • features about this thinking and willing. The
    • cutting of teeth at about the seventh year, at the close of
    • brought about a deed of political significance. Whoever
    • about the evolution of humanity.
    • first writs articles of genius about animals, and later, to
    • follow these, a book about the origin of man. Rather is it
    • century. I have given many lectures about it, even before the
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • he can only know about certain things, while other things are
    • above his ability to know about them; and that it is mainly the
    • science and which have also brought about the greatest
    • but we experience uncertainty about this whole spiritual world
    • able to say something, albeit hypothetically, about the present
    • world mist. Hypotheses are also made about the end of our
    • of as working in the world what he brings about out of a
    • everywhere even though people deceive themselves about this.
    • deludes oneself about the deepest questions of civilization.
    • soul, so that we can understand one another about the knowledge
    • However, one must be quite knowledgeable about all the facts
    • a very valid view about the relationship of man to dreams. They
    • symbols about my own body and its processes, I cannot be in my
    • sure knowledge about the self. It can lead us to the way of how
    • that the dream shows us something about this being which is
    • science today. Those who want to gain knowledge about that
    • — The particulars about this you can read up in the above
    • ourselves which gives us certainty about life after death.
    • knowledge, by a knowledge of that which man wants to know about
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • in Sinai. Let's remind ourselves about our contemplation of the
    • successive time intervals. Yesterday we spoke about the Rishis,
    • certainly knew how to speak about the highest spiritual Beings
    • Despite that however they could be taught about the higher
    • planes knew about the higher planes.
    • about the higher worlds, because they could consciously live
    • when he announced the laws, if we only think abstractly about
    • occult image. This has to be thought about or otherwise no real
    • because every error about the “I”-in-you will
    • body. Errors about the ruler of the highest divine in you
    • the Second Commandment: “The error about the
    • about actual outward action which really sprouts from what had
    • men by telling untruths about them. - Not only through deeds
    • untruths about the “I” of another. Whoever states
    • an untruth about the “I” of another, does not
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • things come about, than it is to penetrate behind the sensual
    • acquire the right way of thinking about things around us,
    • about it. It is even understood in our time, from more sensory
    • about these things they come to believe that everything
    • value. When such knowledge for example speaks about the
    • need to think about this knowledge and should allow such
    • experience pain. Just think about it, what a large part of the
    • in a pasture. Whoever has knowledge about this, feels entire
    • be rebuked, but even that changes nothing about the plant soul
    • fact seriously then we no longer argue about dry cerebral
    • about the astral body and the ego (Ich) leaving the physical
    • between sun and earth has come about during many, many millions
    • underlying spiritual. As a result an enormous change came about
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • am about to make may possibly give offence to so-called
    • universe when I speak about Haeckel; for anyone acquainted with
    • you will consider those men who, about the middle of the
    • as to the life of these cells was made by naturalists about the
    • that it was possible to ascertain so much about the lives of
    • see for himself that the case is as I am about to set forth,
    • been made at a time when people still thought as they did about
    • materialistic “thinking mind,” casts about for some
    • in bringing about a working partnership between them. For this
    • had, about this time, its beginning. No one is going to
    • prop for his argument that which brings about this
    • about him, when his senses are wrapped in slumber; but when he
    • course of time, be brought about; an order and a harmony
    • brought about the development of living beings. When our earth
    • theosophy is talking about.
    • The superstition of the one is about as great as that of the other;
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • then have come about?
    • evolution of the Consciousness Soul would not have come about.
    • of this a certain condition came about. For let us now consider
    • about the spiritual life and being.
    • doubts about the validity of intellectualism.
    • living thought. For otherwise it will come about more and more
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • catastrophes. One is tempted to use the word ‘senseless’ about it all,
    • times about disarmament and other ‘luxuries’ of the kind — for
    • to man. Let there be no mistake about it — as long as the
    • the hearts of Asiatics. People may talk as much as they like about
    • disarmament, about the desirability of ending wars... a great war
    • our Earth is placed like a wheel. Fantastic notions are evolved about
    • idea of annihilation at death distasteful to him. Think about all that
    • in the egotistical souls of men arises in response to teaching about
    • The first thing we observe about a human being is his outer, physical
    • there are the forces which do not work directly but by a roundabout
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • the will operates in the organism. We know as little about that as
    • about the conditions prevailing from the time we fall asleep until we
    • great importance to learn about just those experiences which the Ego
    • substance, not merely with thoughts about this or that. Anthroposophy
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • He talks a great deal about the world but he does not know it,
    • your earthly dwelling-place. There is something about it that presents
    • about the tumultuous events going on in the world. These events have
    • perplexed when they thought about these happenings more deeply.
    • 1914-1915 embraced within a brief space of time as much as about ten
    • the highest form of wisdom. A change comes about in this respect, but
    • A.D.— we find that up here in the North, teachings about the Gods
    • think about things instead of trying to know them from inside
    • physical life before him, does not trouble about the life before
    • every reason at the present time to think about these things. It is,
    • spiritual world, souls must be taught about the secrets of the Earth,
    • just as here, on the Earth, they must be taught about the secrets of
    • about the happiness in store for them after death but when they also
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • present were talking amongst themselves about this, somebody
    • about eighteen months, Fichte was able to pursue a fruitful activity in
    • at Zurich, in all those ideas about the aims and ideals of humanity
    • of his own thoughts about human ideals and endeavours with the
    • inevitable conclusions on the ideas about human progress then held
    • first about the real existence of what is only apprehended by the
    • about world mysteries, then, and only then, did he come before his
    • but continually creating anew. For he did not care about imparting
    • the sake of friendly relations to use roundabout methods and facile
    • hold. And so, in 1799, came about that unhappy controversy over the
    • lines about the basis of the belief in the divine governance of the
    • whenever Fichte wrote about matters of this kind he wrote as he spoke. It
    • communication. At any rate that was how it came about that
    • really brought about my downfall, namely — the German
    • about the value of philosophy; this piece of self-revelation from
    • says about the first sheets of the
    • the world what it had to utter about life and the world and the aims
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • this mood of the present time with what can come about in the soul as
    • darkness has come about. Long have the nights become, shortened are
    • infinitely more about the relation of the human soul, even the whole
    • mood brought about something like this, brought about that devotion
    • about Adam, the “old” Adam, and Christ, the “new”
    • what to relate it spiritually. For in those days superstition about
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • IS MORE than a year since I was able to speak here about those
    • world. We shall speak about a subject that will apparently lead us
    • speak about immortality to the pupils he is leaving behind in the
    • have no doubt whatever about it but becomes confused instead with the
    • around him. That is the reason why the battle that raged about him
    • those who belonged together are about to murder each other. He felt
    • what lived in all the souls at that time and is about to kill
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • its aim. All he sees is that blood relations are about to fight
    • Such is his feeling. It is as though the ground were about to sink
    • brother that is actually about to take place. Destiny is hammering at
    • people have the most distorted and unnatural notions about. Western
    • philosophers in particular have most distorted ideas about thought,
    • the only truth about these laws is that they exist in the point of my
    • Science, speaking in it about Saturn, Sun and Moon evolutions, and
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • thinking for a long time about some perplexing problem and has at
    • himself, “I have not been dreaming about this problem, nor was
    • in bringing about all the circumstances that led up to this stroke of
    • circumstances needed to bring about this misfortune. We did not know
    • aroused — and why indeed should we not be curious about this
    • earnest about doing the exercises the effect they can have is seen
    • about the same things they were grumbling about twenty, even thirty
    • misunderstandings about it are possible.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • questions about this ebb and flow of activity. He would be content
    • do not want to buy or sell but simply want to stroll about and watch
    • what is happening and try to learn all about it.
    • people who stroll about in life are really to be judged as idlers.
    • questions about other worlds. For this reason we now have to acquire
    • About Arjuna then we can say that ancient clairvoyance is still
    • call our everyday consciousness the lowest realm. About it lies a
    • outlook can imagine that good beings alone could bring about the
    • that sublime world into which our dreams find their way, and about
    • that they should want to have something to say about the matter from
    • expect them to know anything about it. Yet a healthy human
    • about the two Jesus children, which are to be found in this higher
    • any other object. Even as in the outer world we can think about an
    • object that is simply there before us, so can we think about these
    • would be no sense in asking about these truths that we simply come
    • finding nothing at all about the previous incarnations of some person
    • The best way of finding out nothing at all about him would be to
    • search about for historical personalities you think might possibly
    • possible about the world because then he will most quickly attain the
    • definite feelings and ideas or perhaps views about the Christ —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • activity of man's waking life brings about a continual destruction of
    • say for instance in the 40's or 50's of the nineteenth century, about
    • scientific thought began about the fifteenth century, so the era of
    • was so significant about Bruno's deed in explaining to men how the
    • from a fresh aspect. We can bring about such moments during sleep by
    • does it in such a way that, after all he has said about Newtonism, he
    • brought about self-consciousness in man. The
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • speak intelligently and intelligibly about such a work as the
    • most difficult in our time to gain a true judgment about the great
    • today, “What is the judgment of true mystic wisdom about this
    • the second half of the sublime song — that is to say, about the
    • give about Krishna, because on earth there are all those concerns
    • individualization was prepared and brought about in mankind, and how
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • have described previously about the effects of thinking.
    • our illustration about debt exists also in the universe. All
    • philosophic dicta about “nothing,” however pretentious
    • about them and therefore cannot enter into or appreciate them because
    • realized the unique situation in which he was placed, it came about
    • unseen, worked to bring about the unfolding of man's inner being from
    • found. Someone might ask, in view of the lectures about St. Luke's
    • about the two Jesus-children. From this you may gather that in the
    • truth about the two Jesus-children was not discovered by external
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • I am about to say is extreme heresy from the point of view of our
    • Thus it comes about
    • about the animal kingdom is a tamas-understanding.
    • about by eating meat represents tamas. Notice that we cannot keep the
    • this activity bring about in himself the condition of tamas. Then
    • worlds brings about the condition of tamas in the souls of men.
    • while faith, religious belief resting on authority, brings about the
    • condition of tamas because the same condition is brought about by
    • world. When we are asleep we are in tamas. We have to bring about
    • feeling derived from the concepts sattwa, rajas, and tamas. About
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • about plant food was true for the ancient Indian of that food Krishna
    • For the ancient Indian, to know well about this threefold nature of
    • stars, everything he can see. He does not think about it however. He
    • does not build up concepts and ideas about the world but just lives
    • about them.
    • his surroundings. However, when the world about him becomes so
    • himself.” This therefore is one way of bringing about
    • and intensifying self-consciousness more and more, bringing about
    • people are going about among us who have little understanding left of
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • physical plane he judges things and forms opinions about them. After a
    • or value. But as we are speaking about regions of the soul-life so
    • thoughtless person might leave it lying about, which would be against
    • and again to the thought that knowing about something makes no
    • altered by the fact of knowing about it?
    • meditation on the thought: Things cannot be altered by knowing about
    • cannot be altered by knowing about them, one expels a great part of
    • normal life between waking and sleeping is brought about through the
    • condition that would come about if someone while sleeping were
    • something about the object, when the point of Initiation which has
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • so-called natural death is brought about through an inner conformity
    • about by the spiritual worlds. But everything that happens in the
    • physical world comes about through influences from the spiritual
    • which things come about in the higher worlds is dependent on beings
    • something different when they suddenly heard through Copernicus about
    • There are many theories of political economy. I need not speak about
    • about this, but not so long ago there lived a great and significant
    • about the independence of the ego and astral body from the etheric and
    • spiritual worlds — one must be quite clear about that.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • remain silent when he wants to learn from them about those mysteries
    • worlds, would finally bring about something like despair in his soul.
    • past, a kind of reading in the Akashic Record about long-past
    • super-sensible worlds in order to bring about the processes of the
    • co-operate in bringing about the physical and etheric bodies of human
    • of it all? I know nothing about that being who passes from incarnation
    • to incarnation! I know solely about those beings who in each new
    • through the Hermes Initiation. We have already spoken about all these
    • it as though they went about on physical feet; it was their vision
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • This Standing before the Upper and the Lower Gods comes about when the
    • Let us enter into the tragic mood of one about to be initiated during
    • toward death. We investigate how this has come about, and we find that
    • aspects of the human soul in modern times. Everything brought about by
    • result of thinking — not the other way about. The brain is
    • only about material things will find in later incarnations that they
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • intellect, the period when this transformation took place, lies about
    • The special mission of the period which began about a thousand years
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • whether it is good to eat. And you know nothing about it
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • The disciple must purify and bring about changes in his breathing
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • remain aloof when everything is tumbling about our ears, to say
    • inner will. The disciple brings about the separation by an act of
    • possesses at the same time the inverse power to bring about disease.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • form, a living force. The astral lie brings about an impact between
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • The zenith of the earthly life of man is reached at about the age of
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • they think about them. In addition to this powerful memory, they
    • solidification and are about to re-ascend, through the action of
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • ‘suffers,’ the suffering brings about a change in devachanic
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • own forces. But before this metamorphosis comes about, a cosmic night
    • of nitrogen which brought about the end of the Old Moon period and the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • parts. During the first it came about that our blood is red. What has
    • evil soul of the earth. And these births can in their turn bring about
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • through death; the renewal of his being would not be brought about by
    • about to reach its lowest point of materialisation. In order that the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • a later transformation of the Graeco-Roman culture, brought about by
    • been material. But the transformation can only be brought about by
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • and next time I am going to speak about the Gospel of St.
    • experiences about to be described — though in a
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • time I spoke about the first twelve chapters of the Gospel of
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • have said so far about the Gospel of St. John has taken us
    • this comes about then will He reappear to them.
    • This is about the same length of time as between the birth of
    • group of boys no more than ten years old, and set about
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • this knowledge. Not much was known about the knowledge or the activities
    • of these Initiates, or about the places where they worked. Those whom
    • a man might receive a letter intended to bring about action of some
    • might be about something, perhaps a request, which had nothing to do
    • clearly what they were writing about. This kind of writing may indeed
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • for what we are told about the higher worlds is not mere theory, unrelated
    • worry about the knowledge of higher worlds so long we are good men and
    • basis. To preach morality is like preaching to a stove about its duty
    • bad thoughts about another than to see him inflicting physical harm.
    • a solid foundation for it. If we speak the truth about our neighbour,
    • and lends him strength and vigour. If I speak lies about him, I pour
    • has been written about this saying, but to the pupil its true meaning
    • wants to know something about Caesar: he will take some little incident
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • body extends about two-and-a-half times the length of the head beyond
    • in Kamaloka? For about one-third of the length of his past life. If
    • which have not been transmuted. This corpse continues to hover about
    • difficulties to face if, when he is about to reincarnate, he finds his
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • the Bull; before that in the constellation of the Twins, and about
    • incarnations is in fact about 1,000 years. It is not true that there is
    • physical life on Earth bring about real experiences there. The inwardness
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • know a little about the nature of Devachan; now we have to ask how the
    • bliss of Devachan comes about. Most of the activity there is creative,
    • and a tropical climate prevailed. Who is it that brings all this about?
    • transformation of the Earth. Hence it is man himself who brings about
    • interval of about I,000 years between death and the next incarnation,
    • about, in process of dissolution. The astral corpse of a highly developed
    • Time and space hardly matter to these beings because they can move about
    • why the germinal human beings dart about with such enormous speed is
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • he can convince himself that in Theosophy the truth about life is to
    • absorbed in building up the physical body. At about the seventh year the
    • it is to find the right ones! If a child asks questions about life
    • of karma says we can bring about favourable consequences in our next
    • can do nothing about it. Just as the merchant is not hindered by his
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • about the workings of the law of karma through individual human lives.
    • our destiny come about and why are we born with talents and circumstances
    • we shall have to look back again at what has been said about man's four
    • anything about Theosophy; think of the new ideas you have acquired and
    • himself. He does a lot of thinking, particularly about the way in which
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • does occult science have to say about the origin of conscience?
    • felt that there was something wrong about this, and the fruits of this
    • about evil, illness and pain cannot be answered without knowledge of
    • this change will bring about a condition of moral holiness on Earth. But
    • several particular questions about karma which are often asked. What is
    • see, are thus secretly at work to bring about the complicated patterns
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • recall what has been said about the being of man. Man has seven members:
    • about successive incarnations; the teacher said only, “Learn the
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • men could roam about were embedded like islands in the water; but the
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • Indian culture. No poetry or tradition tells us about this it is known
    • about the form of human society from his own inner life. The Roman went
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • is it for me to hear about occult things from others when I cannot see
    • a whole story. A student, for instance, may dream about a duel and all
    • to progress slowly in the sense of the proverb about drops of water
    • result of the separation I have been talking about, the physical body,
    • is because there is something about thinking which does not apply to
    • way about in the higher worlds. But, as I have said, the teachings of
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • command, Do not lie, if you recall what I said about the astral
    • fact that he knew nothing about it makes no difference to his karma.
    • very elementary ideas about them; a more highly cultured man will have
    • to the nineteenth century a good deal of information about occult
    • Thuringian newspaper printed an article about the Stone of the Wise which
    • This is how it comes about.
    • it comes about man will cease to be a killer with his breath.
    • in the future people will go about looking like negroes. Their bodies
    • Now we will speak about
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • to be deceived: they think too much about themselves. You should get out
    • about anything material,” he entirely fails to understand that
    • it is. The pupil must learn about the evolution of sun and planets,
    • nothing about planetary systems, we show great egoism. True wisdom
    • earthquake? What does the occultist say about the interior of the
    • all epochs says the following about the interior of the Earth. We must
    • investigated. It was found that all those born at about the time of
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • bring it about. But things have come to light that must be corrected
    • for instance, about circumcision and similar matters. For priests
    • hygienic standpoint about asceticism. This is spoken about very
    • purpose of bringing about better sleep, but there the boundary is
    • will bring about a profoundly important result for our culture. The
    • physician. The priest will know as much about being a doctor as is
    • needed to know and the physician as much about the vocation of the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • about them, they seem to be continually vanishing. At the same time
    • body. So experiences are dim and the person goes about in a physical
    • tremendous instability and something must be done about it. Usually
    • normal, they are able to speak in a wonderful way about what they
    • priest gives them instruction about prayer. Then they are entirely
    • about active meditation, for usually they have reached the view that
    • talk about passive prayer, passive meditation, that they must not
    • who learned about the spiritual world from the Pythians, who imparted
    • be spoken about and examined. For those who hold responsibility as
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • illness. I therefore would like to speak further about something that
    • comes about through this situation. In ordinary life, when we see, we
    • being touched comes about in a sensation of the nerves: by the
    • not brought about in the physical world: it takes place in the
    • decisions about their therapy. Moreover if physicians have some
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • brings about a kind of dream condition. But because of the special
    • by letting them tell about their conditions. They talk more
    • also interesting if one lets them talk about themselves. To
    • begin to talk about something quite foreign to what one is asking.
    • But if one catches hold of what they say about themselves — and
    • body draws the ego organization in, there comes about a kind of power
    • comes about. The astral body should only be drawing the ego down
    • medicine would come about. People do not realize that the first
    • in the physical body. With such a person it now comes about, not that
    • — eating food, digesting food, moving about in whatever way
    • related to the child's entire destiny. We will also speak about this
    • an understanding for how these things are brought about.
    • bother about the world, to get free and away from one's surroundings,
    • the kind of life that the Kali Yuga brought about. These things all
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • abnormal relation to animals. It did have an aspect of disease about
    • is about ordinary physical human life into which elemental spiritual
    • One sees clearly how they push in an unhealthy way to bring about
    • Lombroso! What is so disturbing about Lombroso's theory — his
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • then the thoughts about this are continued unchanged when speaking of
    • what natural science says about the immediate present. But when it
    • through other processes that we have yet to learn about, the inner
    • breathing. Then it will be understood how yoga could come about in
    • eye and ear; then it begins to speculate wildly about what happens
    • about.
    • that bring about the shaping of karma.
    • about this tomorrow. You can realize that we are coming more and more
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • etheric body. In clairvoyance one can bring this condition about
    • for instance thoughts about the macrocosm. Thinking becomes wider.
    • whole process. There is nothing particularly amazing about it. But it
    • about the stop for the light, the Jupiter forces in their wisdom
    • bring about the stop for the world chemism, the Mars forces the stop
    • their full strength, they bring about the formation of the embryo,
    • bring about a spiritual birth. The human being is then born
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • can be said from our perspective about these two conditions.
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • physical-etheric body), then a clairvoyance comes about that borders
    • about? The person dreams of the medicinal remedy. Here you have the
    • about, and the temple priest was told the dream that contained the
    • knowledge. These are things we should think about in our time. For
    • scattered about. One thing no longer reveals itself as a healing
    • what I've been telling you about. One sees with one's own eyes that
    • about these things is no longer true; it no longer corresponds to
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • This is all of great importance. The intent of instruction about
    • who talk so glibly about spiritualism, idealism, and the like are
    • about the material world alone, thoughts that indeed have no other
    • capacity than to think about the material world alone. These are the
    • thoughts they use to think about something that is supposed to be
    • thoughts and ideas about the world when these were filled with more
    • I said about the breathing, that in the upper human it becomes a
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world. One way to know about the spiritual world was to
    • sense to subnature. How are we to think about the Father God with
    • are theologians today who do not want to know anything about the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • bring it about. But things have come to light that must be corrected
    • for instance, about circumcision and similar matters. For priests
    • hygienic standpoint about asceticism. This is spoken about very
    • purpose of bringing about better sleep, but there the boundary is
    • will bring about a profoundly important result for our culture. The
    • physician. The priest will know as much about being a doctor as is
    • needed to know and the physician as much about the vocation of the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • about them, they seem to be continually vanishing. At the same time
    • body. So experiences are dim and the person goes about in a physical
    • tremendous instability and something must be done about it. Usually
    • normal, they are able to speak in a wonderful way about what they
    • priest gives them instruction about prayer. Then they are entirely
    • about active meditation, for usually they have reached the view that
    • talk about passive prayer, passive meditation, that they must not
    • who learned about the spiritual world from the Pythians, who imparted
    • be spoken about and examined. For those who hold responsibility as
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • illness. I therefore would like to speak further about something that
    • comes about through this situation. In ordinary life, when we see, we
    • being touched comes about in a sensation of the nerves: by the
    • not brought about in the physical world: it takes place in the
    • decisions about their therapy. Moreover if physicians have some
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • brings about a kind of dream condition. But because of the special
    • by letting them tell about their conditions. They talk more
    • also interesting if one lets them talk about themselves. To
    • begin to talk about something quite foreign to what one is asking.
    • But if one catches hold of what they say about themselves — and
    • body draws the ego organization in, there comes about a kind of power
    • comes about. The astral body should only be drawing the ego down
    • medicine would come about. People do not realize that the first
    • in the physical body. With such a person it now comes about, not that
    • — eating food, digesting food, moving about in whatever way
    • related to the child's entire destiny. We will also speak about this
    • an understanding for how these things are brought about.
    • bother about the world, to get free and away from one's surroundings,
    • the kind of life that the Kali Yuga brought about. These things all
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • abnormal relation to animals. It did have an aspect of disease about
    • is about ordinary physical human life into which elemental spiritual
    • One sees clearly how they push in an unhealthy way to bring about
    • Lombroso! What is so disturbing about Lombroso's theory — his
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • then the thoughts about this are continued unchanged when speaking of
    • what natural science says about the immediate present. But when it
    • through other processes that we have yet to learn about, the inner
    • breathing. Then it will be understood how yoga could come about in
    • eye and ear; then it begins to speculate wildly about what happens
    • about.
    • that bring about the shaping of karma.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • etheric body. In clairvoyance one can bring this condition about
    • for instance thoughts about the macrocosm. Thinking becomes wider.
    • whole process. There is nothing particularly amazing about it. But it
    • about the stop for the light, the Jupiter forces in their wisdom
    • bring about the stop for the world chemism, the Mars forces the stop
    • their full strength, they bring about the formation of the embryo,
    • bring about a spiritual birth. The human being is then born
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • can be said from our perspective about these two conditions.
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • physical-etheric body), then a clairvoyance comes about that borders
    • about? The person dreams of the medicinal remedy. Here you have the
    • about, and the temple priest was told the dream that contained the
    • knowledge. These are things we should think about in our time. For
    • scattered about. One thing no longer reveals itself as a healing
    • what I've been telling you about. One sees with one's own eyes that
    • about these things is no longer true; it no longer corresponds to
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • importance. The intent of instruction about thought power is to give
    • who talk so glibly about spiritualism, idealism, and the like are
    • about the material world alone, thoughts that indeed have no other
    • capacity than to think about the material world alone. These are the
    • thoughts they use to think about something that is supposed to be
    • thoughts and ideas about the world when these were filled with more
    • I said about the breathing, that in the upper human it becomes a
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world. One way to know about the spiritual world was to
    • sense to subnature. How are we to think about the Father God with
    • are theologians today who do not want to know anything about the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Science, and has absorbed something of its teaching about the
    • thought occur, a man who muses about two different kinds of thing.
    • come about through external sight, through perception, but through
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • controversy about every detail, please take it for granted that
    • on the Sun. They remained dark, had nothing sunlike about them; for
    • the ancient Hebrew sage when he thought about this primeval
    • physical tone brings about in the powder also occurs throughout
    • about by the sound-ether is poured a still higher etheric mode. And
    • way I have described. What is so remarkable about this ancient record
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • mineral condition — you can read about it in my
    • prevailed in this planet of warmth, and which brought about and
    • compounded of the three elementary states, a separation came about,
    • musing the Elohim brought it about that a separation took place in
    • “waters” they brought it about that one element had the
    • of saying that a separation has been brought about between the two
    • Elohim, that they all worked together in order to bring about at last
    • form into what had been brought about by a recapitulation of earlier
    • earth existence is about to be achieved, we read: Let us make man.
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • recall what we have learnt from that source about the conditions of
    • way.” But what is actually reported about the moment of creation
    • powder and brings about the Chladni figures. Just as the powder is
    • that these recapitulations cannot come about in an entirely
    • this cosmic meditation brought about our earth existence, was four
    • had to say about the real meaning of the words with which our Bible
    • about. For in the whole range of the literature of the subject there
    • “day”? Only those can form a judgment about this who are
    • order, of harmony, brought about by the work of the first of the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • we recall what we have learnt so far about our
    • with its fantastic nonsense about ether vibrations and so on, is
    • essential nature of the Goethean theory, know too little about
    • earlier existence, it comes about that darkness is interwoven therein
    • order that existence could come about. Thus we have yom and
    • Before an animal nature with an inner life could come about there had
    • came forth all that can be brought about by the life-ether —
    • What then came about
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • life-ether. We try to acquire ideas about the nature of earth, water,
    • which of the hierarchies has brought it about that out of the more
    • themselves who have brought this about! We may describe their
    • would know who it is that brings this about, if we would look beyond
    • the extent that they are brought about by forces lying behind them,
    • talking about. We have been describing what is in the supersensible
    • they begin to speculate about atoms and molecules, as if these were
    • of this immense labour, this devoted industry, is worth just about as
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • the sun, but it was an inner process. The characteristic thing about
    • this earth about were needed — for that purpose man had to be
    • are separated. This did not come about even for the Elohim until the
    • is simply that something new has come about.
    • evolution were only able to come about through the separation of the
    • about through the severing of what was previously a unity.
    • first, the most rarefied state, which constitutes and brings about
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • being has to come about. This soul-spiritual element must gradually
    • things which I have told you in the course of years about the
    • man did not actually walk about the earth on two legs; that is a
    • him come about? Here we come to something described pretty fully in my
    • the human body brought about by the Luciferic influence man became
    • roamed about, mingling with the human beings.” Well, it is easy
    • about the Bible. It would never have occurred to a Schoolman to have
    • such notions about the Bible as are prevalent today. Men could soon
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • were about to separate, but we shall have to go more closely into
    • about that the great majority of human souls had to relinquish their
    • planetary neighbours. This came about at a time preceding (to use our
    • itself withdrawn from the earth. This brought about great changes in
    • came from Mars, or Mercury, or Jupiter and so on. This brought about
    • about through their union with the descendants of that pair.
    • of creation. It did not come about until the time of Atlantis. The
    • only came about after the “days” of creation.
    • planetary bodies, or planetary Beings, brought about by the hardening
    • planets surrounding the earth. Thus the deed which brought about a
    • after the exit of the moon, when those conditions come about which
    • brought about the mighty event of the moon's withdrawal and thereby
    • forces which brought about the cosmic advancement of the Elohim to
    • earth were brought about after the separation of the moon. The
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • at about what time we have placed the Genesis story. In fact we have
    • came about conditions favourable to the formation of the prototype of
    • Elohim set about combining their activities in order to make man
    • often said about the character and nature of the man of today. It is
    • body. How did it come about? This differentiation, this separation into
    • male and female, came about relatively late, after the “days”
    • today in the world as physical man first came about through the deed
    • about the great goal of their activity, which we call man. Let us
    • love, let the truth about the mighty origin of men shine forth from
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • As physical man, Paul was of about the same age as Christ Jesus
    • For about the same length of time that Christ had walked the earth,
    • did Paul continue to live upon earth — that is, until about his
    • the one to bring to mankind true and fitting ideas about Christianity
    • of Golgotha did bring about an absolute separation of one phase in the
    • want to gather together to keep the festival, all their thinking about
    • about what we recognise as the sacred festivals of the year?
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • I SPOKE yesterday about the part played by the figure of Paul at
    • nothing really important about this interval of peace and that the
    • it came about so gradually. When men looked out at nature in olden
    • their own opinion about ancient usages, those usages would be far
    • all mankind. Whereas the heathen people round about worshipped their
    • grasped all at once and it therefore came about that echoes of the old
    • century, which reached its apex in Woodrow Wilson's phrase about the
    • such ideas about the social order issue from what is itself the
    • brought about when the Angel can answer: “He Whom ye seek is here
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • science we say exactly the same about Buddha as a Buddhist says. The
    • said about all that has been associated with the personality of Jesus
    • If we ponder deeply about earthly existence, we find as its
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • Man of Sorrows on the Cross. Casual thoughts and feelings about what
    • those sentimentalities which revelled in hymns and songs about the
    • little Child. Banal hymns about the Jesus Babe gradually became the
    • movements — in other words we make calculations about the corpse
    • that can bring about this ascent. And the moment we truly understand
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    • I WANT to speak to-day about a certain aspect of the Mystery of
    • anthroposophical gatherings. What there is to be said about the
    • about the animal to-day, you will say that the animal is unconcerned
    • his life of soul. Therefore questions about birth and death could not
    • traditional religion to-day, and be clear about the following. The
    • everything that was known in those days about the Risen Christ, the
    • time since the modern Oriental, the Indian — about whom many
    • have false ideas, either about them, or about Intuition and the like,
    • instruction about the Mystery of Golgotha. A faculty was developing in
    • has really no desire to know anything about the reality of the Risen
    • have written a book about the Christianity of modern theology, in
    • about the need for Christ that every individual may experience in his
    • contribute. For it is hardly possible anywhere else to hear about the
    • — and about that Teacher Who appeared to His initiated disciples
    • through cremation or decomposition. It would have come about that at
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • back only to about the middle of the Atlantean epoch, when the
    • about to receive Initiation. And then, when the great moment came, in
    • anything of the spiritual world about him. This is the fate which may
    • alone were real. Now there is about me only a world of illusion. Life
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • The progress of human evolution, however, has brought it about that
    • the past in order to be able to describe to-morrow what is felt about
    • very ground of wisdom, about life overcoming death — this was
    • needed for redemption; for redemption is now brought about by the fire
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    • Kashiapa. Will these two events come about? Will the Maitreya Buddha
    • Mankind must arrive at a similar understanding about the
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner had lectured also in many places about the renewed experience
    • second Mystery Play. At about this time Rudolf Steiner gave lectures
    • through — and has still to go through — since about 1,500
    • The second revelation came about through the Mystery of Golgotha. What
    • can we say about this Mystery? What can be said was indicated
    • about the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • about — the new revelation to men of the Christ.
    • be brought about — either in this life on earth or in a later one
    • compensating deed, which must come about in future. From this fact it
    • It is necessary for our friends to learn about these matters from the
    • few words about man's inner being. You know that if we start from the
    • speak about the human sheaths in another way, and to-day we will take
    • not rest on genuine understanding. We must ask more questions about
    • faith they would be incapacitated for finding their way about in life;
    • and a new birth?” But do we actually know nothing about the
    • come up. We know about the future just as much as we need to know.
    • despondent about what he supposes the future may bring, will go
    • incarnate again; but there would be something very strange about these
    • events, however, came about. There was indeed a catastrophe, but
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • intelligible. The parents were thinking so much about their son that
    • death is not the sudden leap imagined by those knowing nothing about
    • human soul was brought about. From indications given yesterday it can
    • come about for men to be able to acquire the strongest possible forces
    • experience can tell about the need for exploring the riddles of life,
    • on the other hand we must not be unduly grieved or pessimistic about
    • make no effort to learn about the great spiritual truths, for the
    • brought about through quite special circumstances, and we shall come
    • we learn about a tree by studying it not from one direction only but
    • To understand what it is that must come about increasingly in this
    • about only through the individuality who before Christ-Jesus came to
    • personality living about a hundred years before Christ under the name
    • reckoning of time this will be in about 3,000 years, when a sufficient
    • point in full consciousness to what is destined to come about
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual wealth of the cosmos with which man is connected, in about
    • everything about himself and who he was. He traveled, as one might
    • into the spiritual world can immediately give information about
    • that we sleep away about one-third of our life. As you know, there are
    • a third of our life. Therefore this retrospect also lasts about
    • lasts about one-third of one's life. And when we take the above into
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • evening. It is not possible just now to speak about this extremely
    • from the lectures and books, what I am about to say — there now
    • inner experience. That brings about the infinite intimacy of the
    • experience the results brought about by your own deeds. We experience
    • rebirth, in order to bring about in the next incarnation that
    • bring about other things — it is not absolute law, for these are
    • bring about this retrospect. It must be brought about by his own
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • said about the peculiarities of the soul-life in the various epochs,
    • view. By what means does it come about in the general cosmic relations
    • bring about a certain inner relation with our physical body, because
    • by a railway train, that is brought about by the astral body, with
    • he is considered a dreamer. Men go about speaking of
    • which is perceived; one has nothing to do with bringing about the
    • brought about by Spiritual Science. And this can only be done by
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • through ties of blood, or it may be brought about by the preferences
    • trouble oneself about the question relating to the spiritual world,
    • be a combination of circumstances that brings about the breaking of
    • feeling to act as immediate necessity demands and to set about the
    • matter with a certain delicacy, for we know if we set about it roughly
    • comes about because what a man carries in his astral body can be much
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • firm basis. One sees other things in the outer world and moves about
    • a few remarks about a really extraordinary and significant novel of
    • was any possibility of bringing about a conviction on this occasion.
    • thought much about the occurrence or not. Both alternatives appeared
    • the things about Hofrat Eysenhardt had been related to him personally,
    • professional work that he develops a certain anxiety about life. He
    • then philosophises about it in his rejections. But he who wants to get
    • of nature may come about through external experiments.
    • genius which appear in life, and premature death, brought about by
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • are able to think about spiritual things. Our epoch has also
    • who asserts anything about the spiritual world in the sense of
    • Now we can ask ourselves: ‘How does it come about that such a
    • How is this? One does not learn how this comes about by following the
    • remarkable poet, who died many years ago, wrote of his feeling about
    • drew to a close. People grew anxious about them. The whole village set
    • any instruction about the Christmas Festival. They had to pass
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • example. All religions have symbols. We hear much about these today,
    • will be brought about in the future by the teachings of Theosophy. Now
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • When speaking about man, we speak of his astral body as being Karma,
    • sensitive organs of touch, in order to find their way about. The
    • What man physically is and does is brought about from outside by
    • physical body has come about through the karma of other beings; but
    • would be unable to form concepts about the physical world if he did
    • comes into a state of balance, equilibrium is brought about. If one
    • bring about completion determines the duration of his sojourn in
    • But through the coming of Christ into the world, it came about that a
    • Christianity much that is of a communal nature has been brought about,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • form, life and consciousness. Today we will speak about the different
    • rationalisation is brought about during the ascent from animal to man.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • We have spoken about the consciousness of the different kingdoms of
    • brought about by oscillating electricity no longer requiring wires.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • that one should speak less about what is not, than about what is. When
    • It is this ether which brings about the union of oxygen and hydrogen.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • speaks about this, for in earlier times
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • understand it we must be clear about the further development of man.
    • they brought it about that a thinker could develop on the Earth. If
    • eventually a rhythmical condition is brought about.
    • about. In each single incarnation one attains a certain degree of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • of about two thousand years. One can investigate when people who are
    • incarnated, one finds as a rule about 300 to 400 years after the birth
    • Let us for instance imagine ourselves back into the time about 600 to
    • 800 years before Christ; that is about the time of the Iliad and the
    • About 800 years before Christ the sun in spring entered the
    • 12th century onwards and reached its climax about the year 1800. This
    • a period of about two thousand six hundred years.
    • moment of time when the sun entered the sign of the Ram or Lamb, about
    • thousand six hundred years. About the year 1800 we entered the sign of
    • begun to decline. About the year 4,400 mankind enters the sign of
    • incarnations, as man and as woman, are reckoned as one. About one
    • as woman, and about two thousand six hundred years between such double
    • incarnated about twice in a sub-race. Occultly both incarnations are
    • There was a special reason why, for about two thousand years, the
    • about reincarnation. But from 800 years before Christ until about 1800
    • dawning of the materialistic age. In order to bring about the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • brought about by the external light.
    • on Jupiter terrible formations will be brought about. This is why one
    • about by hygienic means. Such external progress is always a karmic
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • grope about and seek his way for himself. Now for the most part he is
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • members and through this, something is brought about which is
    • somewhat as follows: ‘Every day for about six weeks you must spend
    • the physical body which has to be carried about.
    • world, that Kamaloka comes about.
    • died. This seeking can bring about harmful reactions. In such a case
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • Dionysius the Areopagite and his teaching about the Gods. The
    • At the present time it is very difficult to speak about the Gods or
    • materialism or whether he speaks about the Gods in a more or less
    • Instruction about the Gods was first systematised by Dionysius the
    • existence of Dionysius the Areopagite and speak about the writings of
    • foundation of the teaching about the higher spiritual beings and to
    • by word of mouth. The teaching about the Gods was also given in this
    • This teaching about the Gods, as given by Dionysius, encompasses three
    • Dionysius who formulated the teaching about the Gods. The Church
    • The further we go back the more living are the concepts man had about
    • constellation of the Zodiac to the next. For instance, about 800 BC
    • is not brought about from within. One must accustom oneself to speak
    • brings this about is called by natural scientists ‘adaptability’.
    • We can only form definite ideas about the Devas when we take our start
    • who bring this about are the Devas. They also regulate collective
    • The Rosicrucians spoke about Beings who are connected with groups of
    • was brought about by the Devas. At that time he was governed by the
    • application. The angel of the rotation of time brings about the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • We will speak today about man's sojourn in Devachan between two
    • was brought about by a Deva. In earlier times sympathy and antipathy
    • This will come about for the whole of mankind when all the
    • form (Globes), a state of Pralaya that comes about when everything is
    • strongly with what should become slag. This will come about when the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • possible to speak openly about reincarnation and karma. These truths
    • Paracelsus and other mystics did not speak about reincarnation. This
    • was quite natural. They were not able to speak about it. But for all
    • outside, education on the physical plane should bring about in the
    • workers of the future.’ Nothing was said about reincarnation. But the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • Everything which a person usually thinks, he thinks about things,
    • about what has come into being already. He can however turn his
    • about as the result of earlier causes, but that appear in the present.
    • for example in deeds brought about by a relationship based on
    • rudimentary remains, brought about by the deeds of our hands and
    • general human rudimentary remains brought about by words. These
    • deeds brought about through the hands; the second is what is brought
    • about through the spoken word, and the third by what is brought about
    • effects of what is brought about through these three stages. An
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • his hands brings about its karmic results in his next earthly
    • comes about when we act. Then we not only change what exists outside
    • The moment we act we bring about an alteration on the physical plane.
    • but what has life. In the world of life the Imaginations about which
    • perceptions; we think about them. If there were no thoughts in the
    • thoughts about them. Thoughts would then be mere illusions if the
    • have brought about consciousness. What man builds up on the basis of
    • With our thoughts about perceptions we make an impact on the whole
    • disposition lead karmically to the opportunities. Actions bring about
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • If we wish to obtain a more exact knowledge of how Karma comes about,
    • tools. If we go back about a million years we find in the same
    • tales about the winged serpent, about the dragon. Such was man's
    • astral space rushing about with terrific speed. These are the human
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • things about which we must be perfectly clear.
    • has a certain sophisticated cunning — when cold thoughts about
    • around the hollow brought about by the thoughts. Around this hollow,
    • plane in the duality of the sexes. The God who brought about
    • Such feelings bring about a lowering of the human astral body. When a
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • Necessity of a strict schooling for forming judgements about the
    • Yesterday we considered the forms in the astral world brought about by
    • sheath. Such a person wanders about in astral space. As a rule he does
    • person, we think about something, we exercise an influence on his
    • without the sleeper knowing anything about it. During waking life also
    • it is brought about intentionally, produces a quite definite effect on
    • them. It can come about that in his ego someone may have such a strong
    • about in astral space. Our works follow us. Just as a monogram is
    • and it can bring about devastating effects. What corresponds to the
    • go beyond itself. It can therefore come about that we get verses from
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • difference in mind. We must be perfectly clear about the fact that
    • alteration is always brought about on the physical plane.
    • first place we bring about phenomena, but every action does in fact
    • Actually this is brought about by a certain contemplation of Nature.
    • life. In this way we can also bring about definite experiences, only
    • This very frequently brings about an apprehension before incarnation
    • different from those brought about through his feelings and actions.
    • million people hold their own view about it, the problem must find the
    • receive a shock which brings about idiocy. With a further descent the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXII
    Matching lines:
    • brought about on earth a necessary result. For through the fact that
    • astral body in such a way that they bring about in it differentiation
    • From the time when the Monad enters, it brings about peace, to begin
    • relationship. Harmony comes about in the former chaos and an astral
    • is, how the results of the deeds are brought about. If these results
    • have been so brought about that in the worlds in which the Monad now
    • about is again taken up by man as his Karma. Man will always be the
    • our environment. Through this, new reflected images come about; these
    • order selflessly to bring about harmonious relationships in our
    • into us is devastation: if we bring about harmony in the world,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • uncoordinated Earth mass. Now we ask: How did this come about? A plant
    • This would doubtless have come about had not those Adepts, who had
    • new impulse, which was brought about by the turning around of the
    • animal-like human forms. This brought about a degeneration of the
    • We have now reached a time when something happened to bring about the
    • brought this about. It was then that the seed of Karma was planted.
    • about that certain Monads waited before incarnating. Through this the
    • his own further Karma came about. Now he could fall into error.
    • brought about through the original Karma. The Luciferic Principle, the
    • the former case, everything which Lucifer could bring about would be
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • mediums this comes about in an abnormal manner and quite remarkable
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • Today we shall speak about the Fourth Earth Round. In the course of
    • A kind of spiritual darkness came about at a certain moment of
    • He could also do nothing about the lower passions coming over to him
    • bringing about equilibrium would have to be obtained elsewhere. In
    • Mars was introduced. A great advance was brought about through the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • about with a new content of consciousness. It is something which has
    • Here we have three definitions of Beings who bring about, who underlie
    • about waking consciousness. But waking consciousness could also be on
    • order to make their nature comprehensible let us be clear about what
    • alters this astral being. In the same way when one brings about
    • freemasons also bring about definite forms which manifest in
    • our Skandas which bring about our Karma. But also all physical deeds
    • brings about processes in the physical body but continually imparts
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • eyes like the Cyclops. Illumination was brought about through the out
    • individualisation; and in the world outside the opposite came about:
    • Fifth Continent will be brought about through evil. We can observe a
    • Atlantean Age he worked upon the water; this brought about light. (it
    • about. Man will then pour out what he now has within him: his egoism.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • begin with, we shall hear something about the origin of such illnesses
    • in earlier times, are brought about by the god Mammon.
    • hindered, held back by what the god Mammon brings about. We find two
    • But a real improvement will never come about through these external
    • What will come about later always reveals itself in advance through
    • The things that must come about fulfil themselves with an inner
    • about a sharp demarcation between good and evil. This is the danger
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • Let us be clear about the intuition upon which this depends. This
    • separation from the Earth that has brought it about that the power of
    • must ask: How was it originally brought about that milk, as it then
    • who nourish themselves on milk. The Moon brought about milk. It has
    • who knew most about Christianity: St. John. He describes at the very
    • was needed which makes sacred what had to come about on the physical
    • Manas. Now a religion had to come about which led right down onto the
    • only comes about when the plant has been killed. Again, wine comes
    • about when the plant has been killed, but then further treated with
    • with the old Eastern peoples we find all kinds of instructions about
    • not bring it about. For this he must first pass over to the
    • bring about egoism. From the original Semites up to the Fifth
    • future. A kind of break with the past will be brought about by a
    • All these have something Semitic about them. Examples: Lassalle, Marx.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • certain modification brought about by the migrating peoples. Its
    • Nature. So it came about that man directed his gaze to the stars, and
    • about personal attributes in the Jewish patriarchs. Here we have to do
    • but what must of necessity come about. ‘Israel’ means: He who leads
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • we need to know about the temperaments.
    • to his short attention span can be brought about through thoughtful
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • about the things of the outer world, he will not admit that there
    • Goethe was one who reflected deeply about the life of the animals and
    • clarified. But when we think about the inner life of soul we get a
    • talked about in the abstract, it is quite clear that the very way a
    • we take seriously what has been said above about physical body,
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • about objectively within the animal world in the building of their
    • which brings about a looser connection between spirit and bodily
    • of thinking and of the consciousness of self brought about through
    • doubt about this. — So we see in man that the possibilities of
    • brings about in a direct way the intercourse with the spirit through
    • say here about man; namely, that in the blood, and in the
    • may be found information about all the individual human organs.) Thus
    • There it was. But I beg you to keep quiet about it, for this affair
    • before it is wished to find the way in which knowledge about the
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • People may think as they like about such things. They were as I have
    • another form. It is, however, necessary to be quite clear about the
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • would this cosmic element originate? What would have to be said about
    • human organism. And this is brought about through the presence of iron
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • of what I am going to speak about today.
    • more information about matters which, at the beginning, are presented
    • between birth and death, we gain ideas about our planetary universe
    • should cease to see the stars; but he does not cease to know about
    • deny all this, but to do so is about as sensible as to deny the
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • moves about. But the radiations of the lime-formation are connected
    • talk about the “spiritual” and the “material,” but
    • his own. He would, as it were, bring about an objective cleverness in
    • interesting discoveries about the extent to which the mineral element
    • extra-terrestrial existence. The fact that we can know about it we owe
    • known; on the contrary, too little is known about it. What is really
    • known about carbon? That it is to be found in nature as coal, as
    • people today who are already talking about a kind of revival of the
    • about the other metals. Then it will gradually dawn upon them what was
    • before, together with what I have now said about nitrogen. Nitrogen
    • At the next opportunity I will speak about the connection between all
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • speak about all kinds of spiritual matters with the German art
    • Berlin, a good deal was said about the demands of the spiritual life
    • European civilization to work upon us. The historians write about the
    • being. But what we may and can feel about the secrets of the soul
    • world about all manner of things concerning anthroposophy, and some
    • learned about it, until we have gone into it. Otherwise, there can be
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • he may call his sense of orientation. He must not form concepts about
    • body, which in earth life is carried about with me just like the
    • when prolonged thought about things is necessary, and when one must
    • more, thus bringing about a lifeless, deathlike condition. A living
    • anything about these things will at once feel that they really are as
    • appreciated when such words as have just been spoken about the equal
    • some special way. Mistakes may easily arise about such individualities
    • and quite wrong ideas may be formed about them. But in the course of
    • never concerned himself about him. I know people who have entered
    • to bring about initiation — He never, during the whole three
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • a few words today about the transformation and re-molding of man's
    • conceptual life that is necessary if he would arrive at ideas about
    • ideas we form about the natural world, about the forces and laws of
    • reflect quietly about himself, will determine his own value as a human
    • a world where it must have these feelings about beauty and ugliness,
    • world and to know our way about there. From this it will be easy to
    • we should were we living with him, not just by making concepts about
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • right way, we must first ask what man knows about himself in ordinary
    • his conceptions, how he must leave behind all his thoughts about the
    • about death. In ordinary sensory life it is only natural for a man to
    • pictorially, it may really be said that what one talks about in
    • life. Such a memory is indeed possible, and it is brought about
    • feeling what can give us ideas about initiation. Let us assume that a
    • about similar to what I described yesterday. One must practice
    • In order to be clear about this step in initiation, it is necessary to
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in order to bring about the first steps of initiation will see to it
    • Therefore, if you are to find your way about, this should be the kind
    • quite wrong to imagine that there one went about looking at the beings
    • laboriously of some special thing, you set yourself to think about
    • clairvoyant becomes clear about the fundamental mood of his soul in
    • ask, “What does another person feel about something that you
    • around and looking at yourself. So you stand at about the same point
    • what you can only describe as a revolving, about which the words
    • In this kind of experience, it is just the same as when you say about
    • “Why should I bother about eternity that extends itself out in
    • speak about being confronted with a Luciferic being?” When, in
    • fulfilled. The truth about the other initiates, however, you
    • remembers physical man and the shape and form in which he goes about.
    • that if you have not concerned yourself about this matter that is full
    • attention, and to go on thinking about it in life. It is interesting
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Without wishing to give any kind of explanation about what has been
    • knowledge coming from other worlds about man and world existence and
    • investigated by means of the scientific methods recognised today about
    • to convert into evil what Lucifer could give them. The views about
    • Ahriman's power strives to bring about, that all that we have here can
    • questions in the sensory world about unknown paths and so forth, want
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • A good deal about these matters will be found in my book,
    • give their opinion about the riddles and phenomena of the universe,
    • judgement about world phenomena. Why is it that so much harm is done
    • suppose that this relation of a spiritual seer, who is about to be
    • to make investigations about the person toward whom he felt thus
    • him to learn the truth about the super-sensible being of such a
    • historically about the course of the history into which he is placed
    • remarkable thing has become known about him. He once, in the presence
    • It is not science that has led us to this. How has it come about? Let
    • earnest about the evolution of mankind. Those are the things that have
    • strange about the occult nature of thinking. A materialistic science
    • deeply into the soul is all that may be said about the Guardian of the
    • into the future, will have to experience more and more about
    • science tells nothing about such worlds because they cannot be proved.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • about the outer world.
    • our will! The great variety of human action really comes about
    • we did bring it forth, how much more nobly should we feel about the
    • around us with our senses and think about what we see with our
    • intention to learn about the inner life of man and the first thing
    • world had not co-operated in order to bring about the hardening of
    • What can be said in a similar way about our thoughts and our
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • thought about them.
    • we think about the world; we feel in it; through our actions we try
    • life. To feel spiritual life within himself, to know something about
    • much goes on without our knowing anything about it? If we had to do
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • about something that remains unborn; all this we can only use after
    • towards us and brings about in us the sensation of light; but looking
    • existence between birth and death, they would bring about the same
    • about it, a part of this outer world remains hidden from us, and this
    • reflect upon active forces of such a nature may laugh about them and
    • come when mankind ought to acquire ideas about the super-sensible
    • came about when the event of Golgotha drew near.
    • think about this world we are receiving obscuration and darkness into
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • world is not, under all circumstances, what I am now about to
    • that you say about spirit is nonsense; your wisdom is nothing but
    • lie on the physical plane in order to bring about a time in the
    • world. Thus it may come about, that in our life between death and
    • knowledge; the author would have had to know something about the
    • a person is able to know everything, it is all round about him. The
    • the effect is the man B, the son; but the effect need not come about,
    • comes about when we call to mind the fact that the cause need not
    • truths man gains about the world, to which his logic forces him, he
    • create freely through wisdom, to bring about something spiritual as
    • free act, so knowledge about Christ is added to us as soon as we
    • whether it comes about through Spiritual Science or whether we
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • only know about ourselves. In the physical world desire is passive,
    • around us spiritually; we perceive everything in a roundabout way
    • about us. — To one who knows spiritual life it is exactly the
    • everything about us.
    • enabled to perceive spirits and souls about us. This then grows dim
    • spiritual world around thee was indeed there, thou knewest about all
    • anything about any other being except our own. That is the central
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • to bring about one of these possibilities; thou canst change this
    • about this transformation.
    • not compensate what has been brought about through thy lie, here thou
    • about an early death artificially; he would not gain it thus. What
    • happens when an early death is brought about artificially, you will
    • lead us further to our re-embodiment, which we bring about through
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • about “spirit” underlying everything. No, Spiritual
    • Science does not only talk about spiritual reality; its aim is to let
    • put it so — will not merely think about the spirit: he
    • much can be understood about humanity, in this earthly life, through
    • way. We must be clear about this: all that has been generally
    • understood about Christianity, so far, is only a beginning. It
    • about the Spiritual, but to let the living reality of the spirit
    • Spiritual Science is concerned not merely to talk about the Christ,
    • learn about this. From a purely external point of view you can see
    • everywhere that one human being knows very little about another.
    • knows little about another; he does not penetrate into the depths of
    • attain to this unless we do something about it. One thing we can do
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • my dear friends, that people have thought a great deal about this,
    • well-known parsons, pastors, etc., who talk about the Christ. The
    • Nature of Christianity; in it he speaks a great deal about the
    • really speaking about the Christ. They never come to the point of
    • realised the intention of the Pauline saying about Christ: “Not
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • men feel impelled to-day to speak about the present situation of
    • ancient illusion about the reality of our present social existence.
    • — you may object — a great deal is said about the
    • talk about reality in such a way as to grant it only to things which
    • hard to think about social questions in a way that corresponds to
    • preceding lectures I spoke about this foundation; to-day I will add
    • such a way that there is not much to say about it, but a great deal
    • That is why it is so dreadful when people bring about schisms in
    • fact comes out clearly if one asks about something which many people
    • Gottlieb Fichte. You will have heard and learnt a great deal about
    • much about the sort of man Fichte was unless you are familiar with
    • about its foundations, you will come to the following.
    • in talk about how men are to be blessed or redeemed, but penetrates
    • talk habitually about the spirit comes very easily to human beings.
    • light of the spirit, and not merely keep on talking about the
    • constantly confused with all the talking about the spirit which is so
    • attention. Those who speak about the super-sensible have certainly
  • Title: First Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • controversial is all that can be said about the “ether”
    • tries to form ideas about the so-called causes that are supposed to
    • conclusions about the outer processes to which our arithmetic is then
    • Nature. We know what we have to say about a cube without first having
    • when we bring about the necessary conditions, will they call forth
    • shaking the old Newtonian conceptions about Gravitation, and bearing
  • Title: Second Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts about all that, which in the physical processes around us
    • they have about this “ether” which is supposed to bring
    • about the phenomena of light, you will find contradictory and
    • about 1250 grammes. If, when we bear the brain within us, it really
    • upon the base of the skull. The weight it weighs with is only about
    • the brain displaces is about 1230 grammes. To that extent the brain
    • is lightened, leaving only about 20 grammes. What does this signify?
    • underlies it, bring about upon the one hand the submersion of the
    • about by one kind of connection with the material life —
    • relations too, and about one of these — leaping a little ahead
    • which comes about when we open our eyes and are in a light-filled
    • it to begin with by looking for colour in and about the light as
    • we brought this about? The prism is made of two planes of glass, set
    • about the light and we can ask ourselves, what is it due to? Look
    • — this is perceptible. What is it that comes about by the
    • — the dimming of the light, brought about by matter. We can
  • Title: Third Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • one-another, are brought about.
    • a number of statements as to the way colours arise in and about the
    • can have come about, — obviously through the fact that the
    • cylinder of light. The cylinder of light is brought about by the
    • reproducing what is brought about by the light's going through the
    • nature of the outer light is here at work, bringing about that
    • modern Physics has to say about it, — what is already said in
  • Title: Fourth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • There has been ever so much speculation about them; indeed, beginning
    • notion we can of course make calculations about it, but that affords
    • thing comes about when we combine the two experiments. We generate
    • extinguished and a black strip is brought about instead. From this
  • Title: Fifth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • will be explained how it comes about that they appear coloured at
    • velocity. That it has this velocity, is the one real thing about it.
    • many ways — in and about the light itself. In the most manifold
    • ways, colours arise in and about the light; so also they arise, or
    • therefore we behold, in and about the light.
    • way brought about a phenomenon of colour — say, a spectrum. I
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • Nay, the whole way of thinking about the phenomena of Physics,
    • errors that have crept into modern Physics since about the 16th
    • violet. And if you will recall what I said a few days ago about the
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • state-of-warmth, brought about by your own organic process. Far
    • really the out-breathed air which brings about the process. When I
    • breathe and bring about — not of course so crudely but in a
    • water all about, stirring it thoroughly. After a time we shall look
  • Title: Eighth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • speaking about sound and tone which you will find in the customary
    • of modern Physics came about only gradually. What first caught
    • we are now about to demonstrate. You see this disc with its rows of
    • outer we got 80 in the same period of time. The beats bring about
    • enough to entertain a few mathematical notions about wave-movements
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • permeation, brought about with the use of the glass rod, is of one
    • other, imbued with negative electricity, so as to bring about a
    • whatever it may be, is brought about by friction. And — here
    • ß-rays have a velocity, say about nine-tenths the
    • about one-tenth the velocity of light. We have therefore these
    • brings about the most important things that play into the life of
    • to experience in consciousness is our thoughts about them. Likewise
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • which may help you in developing such thoughts about Nature for
    • not say that they were right, but this idea arose. It came about in
    • figure-out about it, there is no guarantee that it really is so.
    • and kinematical thought-forms, is in point of fact a dreaming about
    • uncanny about these new phenomena, in regard to which ordinary
    • instance, starting from certain rigid ideas about the nature of a
    • course not go about it in a fanatical way, for in such matters it
    • service to you in the whole way you speak with the children about
    • phenomena but really thinks about them. If you arrange your lessons
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • — More will be said about this in later lectures.
    • experiences, acquire a certain feeling about their soul-life as a
    • man passes into a state in which he no longer knows anything about the
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • detailed to say about the difference between man's waking life and the
    • practises a little self-observation at the time when he is about to go
    • I avert my gaze and no longer see the flowers but only think about
    • spiritual processes and what we are accustomed to learn about our
    • what really underlies it, with what is learnt by a child about the
    • planets at definite times of the year, we have learnt as much about
    • the heavens as a child has learnt about the clock when from the
    • these conditions are brought about by divine-spiritual Powers, just as
    • have been taught in school about the formation of the planetary
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • What does a man know in ordinary life about the aspects presented by
    • is about to pass into the spiritual world. He must pass this Being who
    • Old Moon conditions. By letting what is there said about Old Saturn
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • brings it about that the soul is attracted by one thing, repelled by
    • enables us to move about, to have mobile limbs. There streams into us
    • inner life and being, he experiences something quite new about his
    • people enthuse about some ideal but are only capable of preaching
    • about it to others. No such impulse is working in those who regard
    • know nothing about the changes that are taking place behind this
    • Discussions about the non-reality of a mirror-image are worthless. If
    • a man wants to know what he really looks like, discussion about this
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • to a deeper descent into the inner being without troubling about any
    • The only possibility of learning about it in greater precision is to
    • Obviously, therefore, there is much more to be said about the etheric
    • only little can be learned from it about the present physical body.
    • about finding the God within. But people who talk in this vein have
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • in sleep is reduced to about one-third. But in the ancient Mysteries
    • give information about those worlds from his own experience. A team or
    • about by twelve Beings. Only in this way is it possible to speak truly
    • put one right about it; but it is really serious to regard a one-sided
    • everything round about us contains the forces which have created us.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • what has been said in the previous lectures about the mystical path,
    • distinguishes a judgment about oneself from a judgment about another?
    • quite possible to form a sound judgment about the findings of
    • ordinary life. It is important to know about them when describing the
    • judgment about the things of normal, everyday life. At the present
    • paid to them. If we reflect about our life and about influences that
    • that opinion expressed about things in the world. Again and again you
    • reached a higher level we shall know more. Anyone who speaks about
    • to continue working at himself must set about acquiring it.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • It comes about by picturing the Rose-Cross. How should we proceed in
    • In order that we may understand one another fully, I will speak about
    • independent. Today we have been learning about a path entirely in
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • comes about in the course of the development of which we spoke
    • feeling about the thinking that becomes possible when we have made a
    • thinking. What there is to say about the higher worlds is directly
    • say about them to ourselves and to others. This is the characteristic
    • evokes the inner experience. If we begin to reflect about what
    • when he has to say something about his experiences in the higher
    • be prone to abandon their original feeling and to reflect about the
    • about these worlds he would only be able to produce commonplace truths
    • decide spontaneously about truth or falsity.
    • way about what is called contradiction or agreement. In the ordinary
    • We listen to him and believe what he says. The other may say about the
    • someone hears a statement in one lecture about a subject, and in
    • possible that just at the moment when a human being is about to
    • right into his subject. This is the only way of bringing about genuine
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • inner side, in connection with what was said yesterday about the
    • was said yesterday about man's possibilities of development, we may
    • Space, our whole being has to move about; we have to be involved in a
    • Reminding ourselves of what has been said about human evolution it may
    • older or younger formations, we shall not understand much about the
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • already present-in other words, that truth about the higher worlds can
    • We reached the point yesterday of speaking about an experience of
    • in man must today come about indirectly, but in order that he may
    • absurd to ask: how does it come about? For no-one can understand how a
    • which is the final thing to be asked about, for nobody can get beyond
    • instructions given so lightheartedly nowadays about this or that mode
    • and of will. We can reflect about the things of the world and remain
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • The science of spirit, about which I have had the honor
    • in formulating a view about the relationship of natural science
    • just the most serious questions about the life of the soul and
    • the spirit, about the eternal nature of the being of man, about
    • who believe they understand a lot about the scientific outlook
    • give any information about even the simplest phenomena of
    • natural science is not able to say anything about the
    • result. If in trying to inform ourselves about such matters we
    • the pressing questions about the life of the human soul and
    • out anything substantial about these questions outside the
    • order to inform ourselves about the questions we are
    • mix-up of the bodily life and soul life which comes about
    • speaking on the one hand about ordinary digestion, which is
    • of a recognized science, and on the other hand about a
    • everyday life know about all the complicated processes, the
    • which is something everyone can know about without bothering
    • about science, with the picture of the human being as shown in
    • with evolving all sorts of logical thoughts about such
    • hypotheses about what could exist in the super-sensible, the
    • himself the capacity to make judgments about the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • However, a fact about the soul-life of present day humanity
    • long to acquire knowledge about the human being that goes
    • about what the core of man's being really is, rather than what
    • to offer some thoughts about this area of the unconscious, and
    • confused with what is said about this border area, more or less
    • science over the whole world has had to say about this region
    • about the unconscious from such a view as
    • — by those who are reasonable about
    • about the other phenomena of the unconscious, which I have so
    • — nothing could be said about it, for
    • formulate ideas about what he has
    • formulate ideas about things, beings and processes in the sense
    • clear about what leads him to real experiences.
    • bring about a repetition of certain experiences, consists
    • about, but by making a decision immediately upon being
    • spirit. If we speak about what has been discovered by the
    • to present concrete examples about this science of
    • to say about the eternal, the spiritual, is different from what
    • essential thing about the method of the science of
    • unconscious. All he talks about is nothing other than the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • When speaking about such a subject as this evening's we
    • spirit, questions about the immortal being of the human
    • soul, about the meaning of the whole world and about the
    • own soul thinks and feels about these questions, to the
    • questions to be answered about social life, about the way in
    • so significantly has to say about the human being, his
    • not acquire any answers about the eternal nature of the human
    • being or about the meaning of the world and of existence; on
    • bother about the great unknown which exists beyond the sea and
    • now about to make is justified. We have to say to ourselves:
    • when he was five. And I have to speak to you about the methods
    • aware of these methods, but this is about as far as it has
    • about the world and its own existence. And because we see this
    • profound knowledge about such old ways of looking at life, many
    • had a quite definite idea about the relationship of the human
    • who knew about it from the past. This is the image of the
    • ordinary knowledge and that which gives us information about
    • told about this by Plutarch. This world picture of Aristarchus
    • from learning about the heliocentric system and many
    • think what we like about it, we can call it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • when mankind in general can remember nothing about them? But from
    • shall have to reply: We can remember only that about which we have
    • the world around us by forming thoughts about our surroundings. In ordinary,
    • about the external world, can be made essentially free and
    • can accustom ourselves to give up thinking about external things.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • etheric plane. This spiritual death by suffocation, which brought about
    • about an awakening of the previously hidden Christ-consciousness
    • is what may be said today about the relation of the Mystery of Golgotha
    • about the Mystery of Golgotha, to grasp this new revelation of Michael,
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • would bring about law and order, though he did want firmness
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of the human soul. The man whom I want to speak about today is not
    • mind lived about 2,000 years prior to the present period (the
    • thing to know about those ancient times.
    • still lived in the mysteries. The man I referred to above heard about
    • knowledge must stop short before it and, if he must write about the
    • About a hundred years after the Docta Ignorantia appeared in
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • and that this is the correct relationship. There are debates about it
    • we speak. Hence, in moving about in the world, we place our inward
    • come about in recent times. In the age in which mathesis,
    • all such moving about, in all such inner geometry. There is always
    • mathematics spoke quite differently about the triangle and the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • stragglers of the old view. He really does not speak about the cosmos
    • absolute necessity that had been brought about by evolution. This
    • about these concepts, we grow no wiser than we were to begin with.
    • It is indeed true that all thinking about these concepts is of no
    • something undefinable about this space, with its arbitrary center of
    • fruitlessly) about whether Descartes’ space if finite or
    • fourteenth century. Thinking geometrically about space, man did not
    • absolutely necessary. The time that we are speaking about was the age
    • uncomfortable about, and that Berkeley completely rejected. Do we
    • in Die Drei about atomism as something that only serves to
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • thinker have formed had he had a microscope and known something about
    • the thought of death. If he had known about unicellular beings and
    • says nothing about the things themselves. Whether we adopt continuity
    • or atomism determines nothing about things themselves. It is only our
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • about the reality of green and yellow, G and C-sharp, warm and cold,
    • clearly how man got away from the correct feeling about himself and
    • primary and secondary qualities. But he had a healthy feeling about
    • Since one no longer knew anything about man, one searched for
    • about nature, all understanding was gradually lost. This is what
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • and the I-organization. I need not go into detail about this
    • I have frequently spoken about recently; namely, the right-left,
    • Man's idea about nature began to change radically; not just the
    • There was a time when one felt differently about this and asked: How
    • about the human being. Through separation from the physical body,
    • notice it if you ask: What about man's self-experience in the
    • simplest and most convenient, one really does not know much about
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • modern conceptions about nature. They were ideas of quite a different
    • understood what he was writing about. One can see that in his
    • person speaks about thinking, that he speaks as if this thinking were
    • he moved about in the heat of the sun (when external influences were
    • impression that nobody knows anything at all anymore about the deeper
    • Therefore, they found themselves able to speak about digestion only
    • was not much science to pour. People had the vague idea about
    • there is to know about man and that he consists of more or less solid
    • and brings about the processes of organic chemistry in man.
    • information about it. So what did Stahl do? He invented something,
    • opinions about man. The development towards freedom, for example,
    • that weighed him down. The experience of freedom came about when man
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • nothing about a body if we merely indicate its change of position,
    • but we do state something about it when we say that it contains
    • person, you know nothing about him. But if you know that he has a
    • strong urge to move quickly, you do know something about him.
    • Likewise, you know something about him, when you know that he has a
    • chemistry has advanced too little. We have to become clear about what
    • say to yourself: The great thing about science is that it has
    • If you know this, you will also want to know something about what
    • statement that when one speaks about matter in the sense of a modern
    • never assert anything about the processes of illness and healing
    • essential point about the spleen is that it is really an excretory
    • feelings about what technology is.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • But man soon learns that there appears to be something vague about
    • had already orientated human thinking about certain processes in a
    • spoken about.
    • People do not bother their heads about these things but in reality
    • When, however, you theorize about the sphere, as to how its atoms and
    • of your logic into your thinking about something which cannot be made
    • From what the physicists have theorized about heat relations and from
    • related things they get certain notions about the sun. They describe
    • impacts there comes about a pressure on the wall of the vessel and
    • reasoning about Achilles and the tortoise. It is simply not as it is
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • it is called, is the same and has a constant value of about
    • people had become unaccustomed to construct concepts about things.
    • It comes about through the fact that water behaves irregularly and
    • Now if we ask ourselves how it can come about that with the passage
    • about the physical processes on the earth in order to come to the
    • had to be ascribed the ability from within to bring about the change
    • narrow-mindedness comes about just because we go from the concrete to
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • subsequently.) Heat must be added in order to bring about melting, but
    • which solid we will melt. You see here a temperature of about 25° C.
    • points in three dimensions by moving about in a single plane. What is
    • thing we cannot bring about. We cannot bring it about that the rod
    • quantity measured in space. I cannot think about the powers of
    • thinking about it is not enough to satisfy your senses, you draw it,
    • connected with the heat state to bring about a condition such that you
    • bring about a change in the heat condition, it is self-evident that
    • against the wall unless we ourselves bring this about. When, however,
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • heat that by means of this we bring about the gaseous condition, and
    • is said, bring about the appearance of heat. Thus mechanical processes
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • concepts and other concepts. This is the distinction about which Kant
    • line the rest of the poem would follow without any thinking about it.
    • person would not speak at all but simply think about it and thus
    • something and thinking about it. Thus it is difficult to find the
    • without thinking about it, if you have undergone an occult training
    • theoretical materialists can describe about it. Therefore, the
    • speak further about it. Just as it is possible for our bodily activity
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • depression is brought about by the pressure of the water vapor, by the
    • shows that fluidity is brought about under the pressure of the wire,
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • taken up) that the properties of the air itself bring about the
    • therefore in a position to say something as a philosopher about
    • people by experiments that what we say about things is correct.
    • particles there comes about the formation of drops, which take on the
    • gaseous also belongs to it. Now there comes about a great distinction
    • we think about these things in the correct way mechanical energy can
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • using a flame, raise the pressure of the vapor, and thus bring about a
    • reasoned somewhat as follows: “In the world about us work is
    • expresses himself about the conditions within which we live. We live
    • of observation that we bring about the solid state from the fluid. We
    • arising in this way: I can by any suitable means bring about this
    • having brought about the disappearance of the upper five colors.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • were, bring about in another sphere the same sort of thing that we did
    • the motion utilized. We will bring about the turning of a wheel simply
    • about. This is strange enough since the paper that Mayer handed the
    • otherwise about physical things than they did before the year 1842.
    • find a picture of what goes on in the heat realm. This comes about in
    • What then, comes about in the realm of solids? In this realm forms
    • darkens. This you can bring about simply by turning one crystal. You
    • condition. But when we bring about in a gas certain orderly
    • conditions where the temperature is very high — about 100°C. We
    • organs. Concepts formed in this way about physical phenomena are
    • about these things that has a root in reality. This way of thinking
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • what we have formerly brought about by expansion. And indeed, in this
    • nothing about the process except the gradual heating of the body?
    • call the conduction, and about which we are striving to get valid
    • of the subject that I have so often spoken to you about. Gradually we
    • If we then construct a similar circle in our thinking about the realm
    • These forces are not something that can be dreamed about. Answers to
    • When I see form in outer nature, what brings about the form is not
    • add: “if I think about its form the matter must be negative, in a
    • from the pressure manifestation of matter to my ideas about form, then
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • more rarefied. When I make matter more and more dense, it comes about
    • carries out a movement in space. When I think about it, something
    • facts. The existence of these limits is a matter about which we, by
    • but only by virtue of a certain habit of thinking about those limits
    • about which we gladly deceive ourselves.
    • yet to show how this being of heat works so as to bring about such
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • theory be substantiated? Recollect what I have said to you about the
    • controversy about these super-imaginary numbers. They are readily
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • field of phenomena and about which we can teach according to Goethe's
    • simply theorizing about it.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • action in fluids. Then there comes about a certain wide independence
    • Now you will see that when we are constructing ideas about the
    • always have to speak about science to a public which while it takes in
    • about an impact and given a name to the phenomenon that we speak of an
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Thus it comes about that the Sciences studied to-day merge into that
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • objective as there is in physical thought about the things of the
    • intuitive knowledge; for these changes bring about a loosening of the
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • about by the concentration of all the powers of the soul on a
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IV: Exercises of Cognition and Will
    Matching lines:
    • about that the pre-terrestrial existence which had in thought died out
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • questionable about them. Primitive man knew a stage between full
    • Those who knew the truth about the mystery of Golgotha always, as in
    • the ancient initiation, about the supernatural worlds, to see in
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • processes. This union brings about a Being of spirit and of body
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • within the region of planetary life. Man cannot himself bring about
    • freedom brought about in earthly life by the ego-consciousness. Man
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture I: Rosicrucian Esotericism
    Matching lines:
    • may be given. People speak so much today about higher or lower degrees of
    • evolution, arguing about whether Buddha or Christ is the greater. But that
    • about Rosicrucianism by what is said about it in public. Nothing of what
    • I have said during this Congress about the event of Damascus indicates
    • What is so wonderful about
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture II: Soul in the World around Us
    Matching lines:
    • about the result obtained by the first clairvoyant. If you were to believe
    • joy and pain in this case. If we are to be clear about what happiness
    • space is void of soul, black, but round about and outside it luminosity
    • be said about the plant were that it is permeated by an etheric body,
    • and playing around it. This is the astral life, which brings about the
    • is about to flower. Happiness and suffering are not seated within the
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture III: The Nature and Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • body. Culmination, therefore, is brought about by astrality. This can
    • Through occult training this can actually be brought about consciously
    • We will now think about
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IV: Man Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • Yesterday we heard about
    • first time at death, it is always present. Later on we shall hear about
    • terrestrial world, we have the solid earth upon which we move about,
    • the space concerned; the space is hollowed out and round-about the mineral
    • round about it. The crystal cube presents itself to the clairvoyant
    • and the Tat twam asi is the boundary sign or signal that one is about to
    • he is about to begin. This is of great importance for him. It takes
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • world. There can never be any doubt in Devachan about one soul recognizing
    • be said about the connection between the spiritual world and the earth.
    • You can now think exhaustively about this and be able to answer many
    • questions yourselves about meeting and being together in Devachan with
    • world is also instrumental in bringing about the meeting of the man
    • embryo. The actual attachment takes place from about the eighteenth,
    • approximate picture of what exists in the spiritual world and is about to
    • should first be developed about the time when what flows from the etheric
    • Further, from about the
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VI: The Configuration and Metamorphoses of Man's Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • in our minds about the character of the basic elements of our outer
    • wrote down with what is said in theosophical books about planets, the
    • about the greatest secret of the Mysteries, namely, that gods were once
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • cloud-body. Certain conditions brought about a densification or hardening
    • of semi-solid, semi-fluid foundation. On the earth today we walk about
    • no such conditions. We may perhaps speak later on about what an occultist
    • rays of warmth. When on Old Moon man was moving about, the function
    • the moon. The dispersal of Old Moon was brought about by the forces
    • the severance of the moon was brought about. The result of this was
    • Spirits of Form or Powers instill the ego, bringing it about that in
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VIII: Stages in the Evolution of our Earth. Lemurian, Atlantean, Post-Atlantean Epochs.
    Matching lines:
    • what they had to say about the primeval wisdom, about the Mysteries,
    • they told those who were living between death and a new birth about
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IX: Man's Experience after Death
    Matching lines:
    • the dead anything about the world this side of the threshold, these
    • physical existence. Let me tell you about an Eastern saga, which indicates
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture X: On Karma, Reincarnation and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • about the the great cosmic laws of karma and reincarnation. On Old Moon
    • brought about by the emergence of the higher members from the physical
    • about effects that lead to genuine spiritual sight and knowledge of
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • 3rd century A.D. — the truth about the human soul
    • spiritually. All that the great Spirits have disclosed about the
    • substances could be brought about.
    • cause of pride to the self-seeking man, when he throws about him and
    • them he spoke about the forces symbolized by him in the “Fairy
    • about the Fairy Tale. I cannot go into them all today, and will only
    • This transmutation is brought about in man by occult knowledge.
    • The union between sense and spirit is brought about by man, when he
    • attack but for defence. Harmony was to be brought about, not
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Wisps scatter their gold about in the meadow. There they meet with
    • the twilight of trance. Schiller also wrote on one occasion about the
    • revolving around the Sun, is brought about by the accomplishment of
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • later at about the time when the first historical documents appeared.
    • Taurus, and still later in the sign of Aries. At about the eighth
    • re-created — a re-creation that can only be brought about by the
    • Men who knew something about the Mysteries saw a deep harmony between
    • at the winter solstice. It will also bring about in man a birth of the
    • about, it will be celebrated in the right sense. In the tolling of the
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • everywhere for Christmas. Clear ideas about this festival are scarce,
    • trouble about individuals. Now she builds and now destroys, and her
    • say, but I have spoken in detail about these things in other lectures.
    • Our scientists know little about these things. To be sure, they see
    • Wherever these come into play, they bring about chaos and cause men to
    • will come about in mankind through this harmony. When from this great
    • “Nature! We are encompassed and enfolded! ...” we may be clear about
    • thinking in order to bring about an experience of the union with the
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 3: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • The Christmas festival, which we are about to celebrate, gains new
    • festival we will speak about today. This sun is a being of much
    • who were ready to bring about the resurrection of the higher self
    • born on the Night of Consecration about the time of deepest darkness
    • bringing about an increase and decrease in light, and its warmth
    • spoke to him from everything about him. From the clouds and waters and
  • Title: Lecture 1: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • requested me to speak about the spiritual beings we find in the realms
    • about that. As belonging to the physical world we reckon all that we
    • this understanding if we intend to speak about the things which are to
    • be spoken about in this course of lectures.
    • it comes about at last that, instead of hearing these dual tones, our
    • become clearer. When we set about making observations such as these,
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • in the kingdoms of nature; the ripening process comes about because
    • world, and bring about their ripening and maturity. In the very way we
    • seasons of the year, and thus bring about the alternations of the
    • earth-planet, expresses itself in day and night, is brought about by
    • astronomer ascertains through calculation about the rotation of the
    • making of us we must first bring about; we must not add that to our
    • could be discovered about the laws of nature by studying the passage
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • simply bring about in themselves just as they are, by means of their
    • to agree with him about the external world to which they both belong,
    • evolution of our planet to a definite point of time, about which we
    • occult vision teaches us that the beings we learnt about yesterday as
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • experienced in the other, the clairvoyant condition. He can talk about
    • spiritual world, or to relate something about it, he must call to mind
    • about these in the next lecture.
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • from it. They do not carry their own creations about with them, these
  • Title: Lecture 6: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • about in their inner being must show itself externally. As we
    • wish to deny their own nature. What did this bring about in these
    • their own nature, to deny it. They had, so to speak, to bring about in
    • Hierarchy, brought about nothing less than the actual independence of
    • from the Sun, centrifugally; he brings about the occult Saturn, which
    • you will ask about our Earth. In the sense of what has been expounded,
    • not hollow. And nevertheless where you walk about on our Earth —
    • walking about on a hollow. Our Earth itself, in so far as it is an
    • forgets conditions without which no experiment can come about does not
    • hierarchies, who through the interplay of their forces, bring about
    • more to say about this; but at the conclusion of this lecture,
  • Title: Lecture 7: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • about the individual spiritual beings at work in cosmic space, in the
    • power within him, drag it about with him. A planetary system actually
    • drags about its own corpse, and indeed a continually changing corpse,
    • planets, which they drag about with them.
    • first trouble about the astral body, for we already have that by means
    • however, as a matter of fact, just about when the comet disappears
    • that he carries his corpse about with him, as the planetary system
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the moon tells us about herself. On the other hand, the present-day
    • his soul could not bring about his present-day self, yet it has to do
    • proceed that we can only learn about conditions before the origin of
    • external vision of normal consciousness does not tell us much about
    • sorts of things about the moon, but external observation in general
    • been brought about by one or several of those spiritual beings, whom,
    • time. I shall perhaps be clearer about the matter if I call to mind
    • one is inspired to an impression about which one wants to know
    • individual planets. This is the first thing I should like to say about
    • our way about, we gain the impression: “We have before us a
    • condition. Thus you see that the inner experiences we may have about
    • even in theosophical books, a great deal said about the expression
    • walk about on solid ground and drive our ploughs into it. In so doing
  • Title: Lecture 9: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • instance and brought about in the still plastic animal substance, one
    • which brought about the multiplicity of our animals; and when we use
    • the plants, but around them, bring about movement in the plants,
    • great Individualities. So it came about that these seven successive
    • finally how cosmic evolution comes about; but we must have the courage
  • Title: Lecture 10: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • about by the activity of what I have designated as the Luciferic
    • about because certain spirits having reached a given stage in their
    • opposite direction. This opposition comes about simply because they do
    • their effects. That could only come about through the etheric stream
    • came about by the moon being separated from the earth; and from the
    • about an adjustment, we must say: “These Spirits of Wisdom upon
    • minerals reveal itself to occult vision? The peculiar thing about the
    • which was brought about by the Spirits of Will. They still work in the
    • tribe arose? This was brought about through the action of other
    • brought about for the mineral kingdom through the formation of the
    • moon was also brought about for humanity; and indeed in such a way
    • course of the processes of civilisation, brings about that which, in
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • Then we will have to say something about the deep significance of such
    • everything false about the “I” in you will corrupt your body.
    • Commandments, what the Jewish people are told about their effect upon
    • can be had for a few pennies, includes in its remarks about the Ten
    • example of how people go about their work these days. Everything else
    • Let us recall what we have been able to say about the history of man's
    • prophesied, had to be told, “Make yourselves aware that all about you
    • apart from themselves. They were the free ones who knew about the
    • realize in what a round about way illness has its origin in the soul.
    • “You shall not speak in error of Me in you, for everything false about
  • Title: Lecture: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • recognize the work of evil spirits. This Little Kali Yuga began about
    • not speak to him about spiritual worlds because man no longer had the
    • them in water. When a person is about to drown, the connection of the
    • Further on, mention is made of what will be brought about in the
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture I: The Path through the Gospels and The Path of Inner Experience
    Matching lines:
    • time, our epoch. We need only look about us in the world and try to
    • enlightenment about Christ, we find on the other side, among numerous
    • trouble ourselves at all about these Gospels; yet it is remarkable
    • to play, and only later, about the 20th or 21st year, (depending on
    • has an opinion, a feeling, about himself which does not correspond to
    • about it; but, because this fact is true, there are numerous
    • our Ego we go an independent path, not troubling ourselves about our
    • evolution which are called the Luciferic forces have brought about a
    • feel what speaks out of the Buddha, can feel all that first came about
    • Had one of the seven holy Rishis been asked about the fundamental mood
    • trouble itself about Him — but the Christ Who is attainable
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture II: The Path of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • this religion are quite clear about the following: That there once
    • brought about what was characterized yesterday. Thus Lucifer was
    • only brings about discords. Not from a personality does the Christian
    • There is no possibility of learning the complete truth about a leading
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • — Savonarola prepared for battle and spoke about the same
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • equilibrium utterly unlike that in which it later moves about in the
    • about speaking through imitation of the surroundings. Language is the
    • usually thought. Connected with it is the bringing about by the ego of
    • vertical nature. What comes about in man, taking place in the ego,
    • there comes about in man a right sense of responsibility in relation
    • freedom comes about through the fact that man is born with his destiny
    • this way there comes about a development for the Angels themselves;
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • until a certain culmination of this condition of deadness came about
    • that man creates his thoughts came about through the fact that
    • about what we associate with the resurrection of Christ: the victory
    • Golgotha has come about, this became in a way the expression for what
    • as its instrumentality, brought about more and more fear of death and
    • were lost to humanity. More and more there came about the abstract
    • first centuries of Christianity. Thus it came about, moreover, that
    • was being lost. In the same degree in which dead thinking came about,
    • arrive in which the human being must bring about a kingdom by means of
    • Mystery of Golgotha. This kingdom came about also in an external way,
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • century. But today, I shall speak about these forces in their more
    • generations. But all that was said then by poets and others about
    • tempted to date it about the twelfth or thirteenth century, in order
    • Poggendorf Annals. Julius Robert Maier was so enthusiastic about his
    • to talk about it, until finally contemporary experts decided that as
    • he was always talking about the same thing, he was suffering from
    • during the last third of the nineteenth century. One can speak about
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • wider outlook. Allow me to say a few words about the inner
    • pictorially. And so this objective science was now going about among
    • non-human was going about among men, calling itself “Objective
    • cannot bring this about. Even if he tries not to be there, he is
    • young and old, could come to an understanding with one another about
    • wandering about on the earth. This state of things came gradually but
    • I no longer dare to show myself. I have to go about bashfully.
    • go about nevertheless, for I still bear something of the sublime
    • the beginning of our era if they spoke much about “education”.
    • about. Education, of course, may be spoken about in different ways,
    • what it means to be old. Nothing is known about it and that is why
    • there is such endless talk about education, because there is a
    • about education. Mostly we do not realize the absurdity of what is
    • said on this subject. Nowadays almost everyone is talking about
    • attributed to this cause. People talk about it because they find that
    • ancient Greece nobody would have known how to speak about objective
    • who went about on the earth, but for all that they were real. Even in
    • with the objective science that goes about as a being among men
    • had come about at the end of the nineteenth or in the twentieth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • the most concrete way about the Spirit in order to lay a foundation
    • about the world is looked upon today as mere phantasy, as not
    • will not argue about the reason why this is so anxiously excluded
    • people do not ask: What has come about in modern mankind from the
    • about certain things, whereas the men of old were altogether naive.
    • there was something ceremonial about it — it drew something out
    • right about thinking as it was before the middle of the fifteenth
    • when they are talking about living things. They merely want to snatch
    • this demand is in his very blood. You must be clear about this. You
    • about the Spirit but that one speaks through the Spirit. One can
    • speak spiritually about the material, that is to say, it is possible
    • to speak about the material in mobile concepts. And that is always
    • much more spiritual than to speak un-spiritually about the Spirit.
    • barren if during the day we ponder about hydrogen, chlorine, bromine,
    • on, and then evolve our theories; as if we ponder about the human
    • way about potassium or calcium, to treat chemistry as really alive,
    • sorts of rubbish and then write voluminous books about it. What they
    • the world says about it.
    • merely to speak about the Spirit, but out of the Spirit, to unfold
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • philosophers write about morality, the condition of morals in
    • thermometer, so we can find out a great deal about the undercurrents
    • moral intuitions, moral axioms, and that we must stop talking about
    • one thought about ethics and moral impulses.
    • a few words about Friedrich Nietzsche. In a certain respect
    • Socrates who established his art of definition, about which Nietzsche
    • at the root of its feeling about the world. He thought the Greeks
    • out of a tragic feeling about life, and he thought that this mission
    • should read who wants to know about the thought of the last third of
    • instinctive judgments about the beneficial and the harmful. It has
    • such as they were in his day, it is impossible to think about Ethics
    • “empty phrase” and to say: “When people talk about
    • enthusiastic about it. And so, Nietzsche comes to the conclusion that
    • and eighties. He said to himself: People talk about all sorts of
    • has not always been emphasized. A great deal that has been said about
    • the mood that came to its climax about the turn of the nineteenth
    • himself in what came from these thoughts about evolution he
    • the Spirit, would stop there and not want to talk about the Spirit,
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • any discussion about moral intuitions must once and for all be
    • said about moral intuitions was no longer quite true. It was said:
    • that actually nothing more was known about them. For centuries
    • anyone during the first centuries of Christianity spoken about proofs
    • about proofs, for that would have seemed absurd. Man began to “prove”
    • talk about moral intuitions must be silenced, it was the final
    • century] who delivered a speech about the boundaries to the
    • have been going about with bald heads, and the fifteen-year-olds with
    • human being. It would be foolish to speak about the human form as if
    • so it came about after the middle of the fifteenth century that human
    • what has had to come about out of the depths of human evolution: a
    • about the world is silenced. People ought to stop talking about the
    • world because Mauthner proves that all talk about the world consists
    • when the desire is almost universal to silence all talk about
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • about the question of education. Not so much, perhaps, about
    • feeling, especially about the growing child.
    • about the world-riddle was expressed in the paradigm: “Man,
    • about the only saying which can hold its own against the objections
    • great many people think thus about the solution of the world-riddle.
    • about the world which can be deciphered, but deciphered only through
    • endless activity. And the name of this book about the world is “Man.”
    • words Kant wrote about duty: “Duty! Sublime and mighty Name,
    • regard to the feeling about Education with which you may have come
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • tired and keeps turning and twisting about without knowing why. I do
    • he turns and twists about in bed because he is not tired, are
    • antiquated, in steeping oneself in what is moral, writing about it,
    • speaking about it, or only studying it, it is not a matter of
    • took the line of speaking about everything under the sun except his
    • means in the face of life itself to speak about actual realities. We
    • invisible children about the teacher of the thirty visible ones who
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • about the turn of the nineteenth century, by considering the trend of
    • little about thoughts; for them it was quite evident that thoughts
    • why did those souls who, up to the fifteenth century thought about
    • many centuries before, arose the impulse to dispute about the reality
    • again about the turn of the nineteenth century.
    • thinking about Nature has become an impossibility for later science.
    • science and that of Goethe. But I do not want to speak about this.
    • speaking of what was experienced in science. And about that one can
    • is characteristic of the generation growing up about the turn of the
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • yesterday about the course of historical evolution, you will have
    • nineteenth century. It has been brought about by circumstances
    • onwards the human being can know something about the connections in
    • information about external things. Naturally even at the age of nine
    • between about the eighteenth and nineteenth years. Just as it is
    • really to know about those things that are not just under our nose,
    • cannot know anything about it. Before this we cannot unfold that
    • about this or that which does not lie in a region accessible to mere
    • again, one must speak about such things, and treat them in a
    • is no possibility of knowing anything about the human being beyond
    • yet grandly — about physiology or biology so long as it is a
    • question of the physical body. True, people talk about psychology. It
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • about the course of history, with regard to the intercourse between
    • changes at about the change of teeth, during the sixth, seventh or
    • thus about the time when he was changing his teeth, and how puzzling
    • so on till you piece together this whole life out of parts of about
    • evolution of humanity; we should be clear about the following
    • speaks to the children about botany in a way that is not scientific.
    • intellectual theory about education. The aim is to create an artistic
    • about, something happens which must occur if young people are to grow
    • growing up about the turn of the nineteenth century. Try to feel that
    • were feeling about it in the right way. And if you sense this you
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • through its dense layers that could bring about a relation with the
    • that man still knows something about the world. But he has all the
    • himself. But because of this there can come about an individual,
    • This absurdity will be apparent to you if you think about the
    • without knowing much about one another. Yet it is about themselves
    • instinctively make of their experiences? Suppose they go about among
    • ourselves about him any longer. And as most men are not the same as
    • some kind. So now we know something about this man. In another case
    • “Professor of English.” And now we know something about
    • about chemistry, how do we set about it? We have no other means than
    • among human beings. We trouble ourselves very little about human
    • to speak in poetical fashion about his incurable fear in regard to
    • when only balls, balls which are heads, would be rolling about over
    • rolling about on the earth. Physical heads will not do this. But to a
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • this covering. They would have felt as we do today about a scalped
    • the material world comprehensible to the human soul by the roundabout
    • into the ground during the winter. But nobody thinks about the fate
    • dance of atoms for his calculations about Nature.” Yes, that is
    • make calculations about Nature. Calculations in those days meant
    • learn all the teachings about the ego. It is not a question of
    • learning theories about the ego. No matter whether you are a peasant
    • goes without saying that books about Goethe written in the nineteenth
    • such things in speaking about cultural phenomena. Read the first
    • about the diploma; they were concerned about the exterior. And anyone
    • certain bashfulness about speaking about it at all, when we feel
    • abashed at the idea of talking about education. This is astonishing
    • but it is true. The way in which education is being talked about will
    • be regarded as shameless in future. Today everyone talks about it and
    • about what he considers right. But education does not allow itself to
    • suggestions about education today seemed to me no different from the
    • Therefore what I have said and written about education, and what is
    • much as possible about the characteristics of the human being, in
    • ashamed to talk about education. But under the cultural conditions of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • When Rudolf Steiner gave these lectures to about a hundred German youth
    • universal death through warmth brings about complete annihilation.
    • and slays the heart. Why is this so? It comes about because man can
    • modern science tells us about the origin of life, about the
    • transformation of living beings, about the human soul, or even in the
    • and this library is out there in the human beings walking about.
    • teach the child about the mysteries of earthly existence. Only when
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • about the water. In this image—of course it is only an
    • themselves. From various things I have said about them you can gather
    • triad and become clear about the fact that human life is the
    • about the state of equilibrium between the Ahrimanic and Luciferic
    • and philosophers who still knew a great deal about the true facts had
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • about that the Luciferic element was shifted to the side of the Good;
    • about through the fact that the human head had already entered a
    • about that which takes place simultaneously in his organism; this
    • from former discussion). Those who helped in bringing about the Old
    • time were asked about the way in which they received the divine calls
    • delusion about the origin of the whole human being. Because they
    • truth about man appears to consist of anatomical and physiological
    • must bring it about that we do not consider on the one hand abstract
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • THE DAY before yesterday I spoke to you about the fact that we, as
    • men of earlier periods spoke about subjects like the air in the way
    • modern mankind speaks about them. This, however, was not the case. We
    • reality. If he were to succeed he would bring it about that we as
    • The fact that we have to become clear about the effects of Ahriman and
    • reason in our thinking about the being of man.
    • that I have often spoken to you with great enthusiasm about Greek
    • bath, discovered that he became lighter, and he was so pleased about
    • themselves about man himself, as long as they consider man to be
    • collect all kinds of scrap that is lying about there and through
    • automatically. Everywhere there is talk about human ideals. But these
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • about four and one half centuries elapsed from the time when the
    • human beings did not attain to any factual clarity about their own
    • earth life. For we must first have thought about that which we are to
    • different constitution. I have talked to you about this subject
    • thoughts about nature — and not all of Hegel's thoughts are
    • really forces me to form a picture about nature. But this does not
    • awake also in our will because we have thoughts about that which the
    • present-day human existence we can only speak clearly about that which
    • two inner spheres mentioned above. He would be unable to bring about the
    • state of equilibrium. We can only bring about this state of equilibrium
    • of its various members will bring it about that we ourselves sense our
    • way. Remember what I have told you today about the three kinds of
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • curious work about “Monarchy.” If you read such a thing, not
    • In this book, which was intended as a serious treatise about the legal
    • natural-scientific thinking. If we think about the being of man in the
    • thinking with the thinking about human freedom. Some people take it
    • concepts still held sway. In thinking about the Divine Being, people
    • Wisdom was considered the fundamental attribute of the Divine Being. The concept of Omnipotence only gradually penetrated the idea of the Divine Being, from the fourth century onward. It continued to develop. The concept of personality was abandoned and the predicate was transmitted to the mere order of nature, which is conceived of more and more mechanically. And the modern concept of the necessity of nature, the omnipotence of nature, is nothing but the result of the evolution of the concept of God from the fourth to the sixteenth century. Only, the qualities of personality were abandoned and that which constituted the concept of God was taken over into the structure of thinking about nature.
    • they are thinking without prejudice about man by considering him as
    • a conscious spiritual life must enter mankind. We must be clear about
    • friends about it in one or another form — I was confronted with
    • Well, my dear friends, we have asked about the origin of human
    • intelligence, about the origin of human intelligent behavior which,
    • to think at all about man, not to take him into consideration at all.
    • And it is not without danger to speak about these things in complete
    • I talked to you about the Michael influence. I have characterized this
    • is true that the Michael influence has brought about the Luciferic
    • about it, but jumble up Ahriman and Lucifer. Then discrimination is
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • Now, if we speak spiritual-scientifically about the human being by
    • time about that which we call today the order of nature, he would not
    • the year 1413, really only about the middle of the fifteenth century.
    • significant for us. We can help ourselves to bring this about.
    • bringing about the crossing of cosmic thoughts and humanity's will. We
    • It is an objective world process. If you think something good about your
    • about the world. You seemingly carry them on in your own being, but
    • clear about the fact that the soul element penetrates through cosmic
    • future age of mankind, to speak in abstractions about the spiritual,
    • fluid,” but the fluid physiology speaks about today is not a
    • takes. Today we smile about such a document as that of the Bavarian
    • inform themselves about anthroposophically-oriented spiritual science
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- I
    Matching lines:
    • organism? We know what we think about willing, but willing
    • know what they are talking about. Physiologists who really
    • shall have to speak about this in our next lecture.) Today the human
    • has brought about such great catastrophes. In regard to this I should
    • want to say more about this. People consider and write history with
    • How often today do we hear people say: we must think thus and so about
    • about them or one is inculcated in him. The phrase: “history
    • his world-famous inaugural speech about the study of history. This was
    • nothing about the world in which he lives, through which he passes
    • will see from this why we know nothing in ordinary life about this
    • about one eighth of the page. It advertised the wide-spread Memory
    • people. No other method would do. I am not speaking now about whether
    • This is what I wanted to tell you about the intercourse, constantly
    • After having thus spoken about mourning our departed ones and the way
    • then speak about the conditions of our present age from a truly
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- II
    Matching lines:
    • to be only material. This has brought about the fact that human beings
    • clear-cut concepts about nature. One does not dare to acknowledge that
    • epochs. This change in the spiritual life has been brought about
    • peoples; to bring about all those differences that are connected with
    • Now I beg you to remember that I have for many years spoken about the
    • present day about these deeper relationships, because they violently
    • in 1910 I delivered a number of lectures in Kristiania (Oslo) about
    • about the relations of the European folk souls. {Rudolf Steiner, the
    • And in the spring of 1914, in my Vienna lecture cycle about the life
    • an instance, death is brought about in a way which is very different
    • about what ought to happen in the social sphere or any other field. We
    • have the most beautiful ideas about what ought to happen, but nothing
    • that which must take place will be brought about by catastrophes,
    • brought about just these angles and contours! Indeed, even in regard
    • Mystery of Golgotha. From the time Lessing began to speak about the
    • impossible to think about soul-pathology as modern psychiatrist do and
    • his peculiar views about the theory of radiation and the theory of the
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • details, and really succeeded in bringing about a marked
    • house, who had become nervous and was about to leave for a
    • that she loved him best; but she was not quite clear about
    • float about subconsciously within him. And from this
    • experienced this but, since he was told about it, he
    • believed in fire demons, had visions of them, knew about them.
    • taught nothing about them, cannot take possession of them in
    • a change in the attitude of the individual can bring about a
    • broader horizon. Then we shall see that one must set about it
    • — all words for abstractions, but nothing about
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • take mysticism to mean a desire to swim about in all sorts of
    • brought about that need not be avowed, and we shall reach the
    • Throughout the entire evening she had wanted to bring about a
    • foolish to inquire about its real existence. Well, it is this
    • about the usual procedure, and could easily show, according to
    • About five lines further on I say that the sixth century was a
    • said about the culture period with what had been stated
    • further back about the fourth, fifth, and sixth
    • about animals, for example, they usually have for a foundation
    • about as much material as Professor Dessoir extracted from my
    • middle and right). An opposite condition may be brought about
    • easily see how it comes about. Take the case of the girl
    • listens to lectures, or reads about them — but if they
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture III: Reflections in the Mirror of Consciousness, Superconsciousness and Subconsciousness
    Matching lines:
    • her subconscious mind, but she knows nothing about that, so it
    • can, if we go about it properly, learn in a comparatively
    • will. This resolution may be brought about in the following
    • to others which we know we have brought about.
    • about all our successes whose cause we do not understand. If
    • reason, but we conceive someone who brought it about by running
    • have not been brought about by us in any ordinary way, and
    • about. In short, we construct for ourselves a human being who
    • a discovery about ourselves, in fact everyone will who
    • just what has, so to speak, brought about the apparently
    • which even a child can grasp, but about which you simply have
    • built up about us as an objective world, all our wishes,
    • fertilizing forces that bring about their forward progress in
    • further development of this personality is brought about in
    • deed?” We do not need to worry about that. Such a
    • untruthful, vain, or ambitious in this life will wander about
    • before venturing to give out even a little about world
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture IV: Hidden Soul Powers
    Matching lines:
    • this must come about in the 20th century. It may, however,
    • either about the past or future, which are inaccessible to
    • — this being the normal feeling about lies — if
    • feels about it is sent down into his subconscious. This injures
    • less consciously by the soul and something may be known about
    • the ability to bring about the conditions necessary for sight
    • been explained — how his feeling about the rose
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • as a result of this rigidity, reflection was brought about in
    • and he was furious about the idea that the heart should not be
    • brought about. The ego between death and rebirth goes first
    • — everything premature in the world is brought about by
    • pointing out to you an idea, asking you to think about it
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual world. And thereby it is brought about that when through
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • said about the Gospels, with various applications to the personal life
    • ascended higher and higher through each incarnation, he appeared about
    • external world could say nothing to them about the spiritual world.
    • solely to what was within, and then the great inspirations about the
    • knew about the stars and their movements, about the laws of the starry
    • world, about the spiritual worlds, was not acquired by them through
    • atavistic relics of the earlier appear in all, and so it came about
    • know about the characteristics of the spiritual worlds. They even
    • Matthew Gospel described what he knew about the law of 3 (2 x 7),
    • about the preparation of the body for the great Ego of Jesus through
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • being, however, when he sought illumination about the world, employed
    • by quite another being than man is, just to bring about something
    • been able to bring about. In John lived an angel, an angel who had to
    • force necessary to bring about this mission in the world, also, under
    • stands there before us, man is — nothing. He is about as much as
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • now, even that we acquire as ever such advanced knowledge about
    • But one has to things differently about these things to-day, if
    • mankind, because one has to think differently about these
    • swing of the pendulum which came about with the Mysteries of
    • the metaphysical explanation given about the orderings of
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • true certainty about the world. I told you in yesterday's
    • Arch-Angela, who bring this about, stand further away from us
    • various epochs of time, alterations brought about by the
    • feel them as something which he carries consciously about with
    • physical and etheric bodies, so to speak, and they bring about
    • if the physical body brought about our personality. Anyone who
    • thinks that his physical body brings about his personality is
    • considered the phenomena of nature as brought about by this or
    • before me.” If man could have this consciousness about
    • regard a Nation as something special, would bring about the
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture I - The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • In the middle of Lemuria there came about for the first time what we
    • that of fire. You must be quite clear about this, you must be quite
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture II - The Argonaut Saga and the Odyssey
    Matching lines:
    • To-day I should like to speak about a very important myth, also Greek,
    • Thus it came about that a phase of human evolution now set in which we
    • About the eighth century B.C., a very important epoch sets in as
    • the dawn of the fourth culture-epoch, which one can place in about the
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture III - The Sigfried Saga
    Matching lines:
    • earlier Druid stream. Hagen therefore is sent for to bring about
    • her revenge but she herself must perish. How is this brought about?
    • earlier culture avenges itself on the culture which has brought about
    • will naturally ask how it comes about that, right at the end, at the
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture IV - The Trojan War
    Matching lines:
    • Before I begin to speak about this saga, I should like to refer to
    • before you comes about gradually in the fifth root-race. The Manus so
    • only intuitions from above, and they could be trusted to bring about
    • Christendom has come about through the word “pontoi” having
    • about. The earlier leaders of the world were free from kama, for they
    • descends to the level of the physical. But something comes about
    • Thereby is brought about the full union between the principles of
    • happen in five hundred years time. In order for this to come about
    • bring about an event straightway, years before it was due. Then
    • actually happen. But those who knew something about the matter from
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • clarity. If you should now ask about the meaning of such things, then
    • occultist says about the pentagram, we must at first call to mind the
    • a long development behind it that has come about during the course of
    • itself from the air, our present kind of perception came about. Man
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • with the indication about Noah's Ark, stating that in the proportions
    • unconscious. He cannot be rationally clear about what is happening in
    • these things, but only indications about facts. All this pours a
    • these human bodies and bring about effects such as were described by
    • to mention here a parallelism about which ordinary science has little
    • you find it to be about the same temperature as that of human blood.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • harmony of the spheres that comes about through these different
    • To think about numbers
    • this absorption should rightfully come about, and it will be far more
    • duality in life about which men might well reflect. Yesterday, we
    • about a rose, this thought first arises in the moment you make a
    • quite new has come about. This is also the case in other spheres of
    • pedantic thoughts about it, but we must look for the duality and
    • about preparing a good old age for himself. He can thus bring about
    • what is now to be said about one will appear in the right light. The
    • and again unite separated parts into a unity, you have brought about
    • about this math thing. There were a lot of answers: I will
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • understand, perhaps, but when you think about it, you will grasp its
    • on earth, but there was a time when what wandered about here on earth
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • nineteenth century or thereabouts one can speak of this world wisdom
    • Impulse. Therefore much of what we have to say about the spiritual
    • assert about the so-called truths of Buddha, that I had said that the
    • Buddha had taught and revealed the truths about life and life's pain
    • the holy truths of the Buddha about the pain of life have no more
    • great truths about pain and life is exactly true, it is true to its
    • remains as it was, because all is true of what the Buddha said about
    • given us by which the facts, about which those truths have been said,
    • ancient inhabitants of Europe said in their myths about gods and
    • know where their ideas about the outer world of the senses come from,
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • may call the Eastern teaching about fire, which was of such
    • objects has no inclination whatever to think about those objects, no
    • day and night could come about. All that takes place is the result of
    • can come about as they do with all the influences they bring with
    • to be in order to bring about the orderly courses of the moon, then
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday's lecture about the so-called lowest realm of the
    • Misunderstandings often arise about the sayings of the ancients, for
    • ‘But warmth can only come about, only be perceived by means of
    • life. Thus it came about that when the life of Saturn had run its
    • moved about as men on the Sun. We have now the spiritual idea of a
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • liberation or imprisonment of certain beings can be brought about
    • thoughts. They brought about the formation of these eggs of warmth,
    • the child is helpless, it must receive the help of those about it. It
    • Spirits of Personality who awaken and bring about the ‘I’
    • Sun-ball. Round about it were the Cherubim sending down their
    • animal circle or Zodiac? We shall say a word about this during the
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • differentiate the internal mass, who bring about what we had in our
    • about between the single globe which is originating — between
    • become like honey or tar, I will willingly allow to wander about in
    • Beings have to bring about this process of condensation.
    • Beings brought this about, whom we call Mights, Virtutes, or Spirits
    • Kyriotetes brought about the formation of the ancient Sun, up to the
    • which also brought about the severing of the Moon from the Sun.
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • himself know anything about his past incarnations, to ask his Angel
    • about them. This is quite possible for certain lower degrees of
    • We must now make a certain disclosure about the Cosmic position of
    • said — and it is correct — that from about the year 270
    • which is said about Venus has to be applied to the Mercury of to-day,
    • and what is said about Mercury to Venus. For those two designations
    • the correct one; because Man will again know about the Spiritual
    • observe, then it is found in the Copernican system. If one asks about
    • what has been just said about the spacial distribution of each sphere
    • of influence, with that which has been said about the task and
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • clearly in our minds all that has been repeatedly said about the
    • (6) and Atma (7). If you want to be clear about the nature of an
    • Personality. Because that man of ancient Lemuria moved about with a
    • place to another, those masses simply followed without thinking about
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • the men of the present day who have received their ideas about the
    • theories, but about the facts of clairvoyant consciousness, and
    • in the abstract about purely material metamorphoses in relation to
    • of different sizes moving about out there in universal space; and in
    • stand-still on primeval Saturn. About this the sages of primeval
    • process taken from the dreary Kant-Laplace theory about the world's
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • representation of such universal all-embracing truths about the
    • it is brought about by the action of those Beings of the higher
    • of conception, about which people speculate so erroneously to-day,
    • been brought about, so Karma accrues to a nation during the time its
    • world, not without its having brought about considerable mischief if
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • is to be said about our worlds. Therefore, I beg you to allow me to
    • masked sages. To bring about the necessary temptations and ordeals,
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of never being confused about an idea when once we have recognised
    • about which may be called the birth of the Eternal out of the
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • about the nature of the higher worlds. Not only in olden times were
    • teachings about the higher worlds from any special physical place.
    • quite unknown about these higher worlds, and then to ask ourselves
    • what the people of older and of ancient times had to say about these
    • already has been said about these things at different times and
    • clairvoyance is to be brought about; or in other words, all the
    • brought about. The etheric body must be liberated from the condition
    • normal human life. But this cannot be brought about by external,
    • that such things can be brought about by physical methods would
    • energetic life of the soul, are alone competent to bring about this
    • the present that the most essential thing for bringing about such a
    • intensity of these interests, to bring about moments in his life in
    • body and which therefore comes about as an effect of meditation,
    • understand and to grasp what is related about the higher worlds. And
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • thinking about the nature of conscience; they recognise as a kind of
    • Gradually it came about that the higher world withdrew from human
    • Man felt that an evil deed brought about a terrible result in the
    • positive act bring about the metamorphosis. His actions then were in
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • that the withdrawal of the Sun was brought about by the Sun spirits,
    • the course of the Earth evolution were able to bring about the
    • lectures upon the Gospel of St. John, I have spoken about another
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • being. For this reason it came about that in every age a distinction
    • more suffice to bring about what is to come to pass, than would the
    • of cosmic reflection, but exist in order to bring about the progress
    • were never tired of giving warning about the dangers awaiting weak
    • mankind, and bring about what the future has in store for the healing
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • come about; let us enquire into mediaeval mystical development, into
    • come about in the right way, we find an inner Christ Being there. The
    • of our work to bring to man the joyful message about the substance of
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • say about sense-perception; it will suffice to hold in our mind the
    • you meet a man today who has an evil thought about you (let us say
    • someone else felt about him. Through sympathetic comprehension of
    • reversed. What we have said about Christ and Lucifer crossing each
    • something could be experienced about the world which was possible in
    • curiosity, that men would fain know something about the hidden
    • light of his assertions. If what I have said about the re-incarnation
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • again say a few words about the nature of the Lucifer.
    • in order to bring about the separation of the moon; and if we think
    • about the separation of the moon could approach the human Ego from
    • higher benefactors who had brought about the separation of the moon.
    • quite differently about what underlay the spiritual realms than was
    • Mazdao. For in the sixth epoch there will come about in a great
    • this subject to those about to be initiated into the Apollonian
    • spiritual life, the Indian knew nothing about what we today call
    • thought things out intellectually, or reasoned about them; he rose
    • Hardly anyone can say that he has heard as much about spiritual
    • knowledge as had Bharavadscha about the Vedas; but everyone can make
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • descent? Whose son is he? Therefore in speaking about the Luciferic
    • Christ principle. We might speak at great length about the relation
    • Him and speak about Him, so that He is the object and not the subject
    • received from Him Himself, but that others have written about His
    • fourth or Graeco-Latin epoch — the truth about Christ and about
    • directly on the Christ-manifestation the whole truth about the Christ
    • teacher of the first Christian centuries could tell him no more about
    • Christians could understand but little about the Christ Being.
    • West, was incarnated in Gautama Buddha about six hundred years before
    • things were prophesied about this child when he was born. His father
    • elementary beginnings compared to what must come about in the future
    • cultivating right feeling about the spiritual world and all that is
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • do so by going about from village to village, through streets and
    • While the ordinary search for human knowledge goes about
    • understanding man. This science is based on moving about among
    • about this harmony is not enough. In order to effect it one must
    • the list, but as yet doesn't seem to know what to do about them. We
    • the sense of touch. What about it? Well, a method of observation
    • between hearing and sight. Scientists talk about light waves in the
    • same way they do about sound waves, without taking into account that
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • must be brought about by means other than through the sense of
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • order to understand how this sense comes about we must glance back
    • the spoken sound is meant.] come about?
    • the perception of visualization come about? How does it happen that
    • come about, attention must be still further diverted; the whole
    • it, and we form thoughts about it.
    • come about? We can give but brief intimations, but such as we find
    • sentient body. Perception comes about through other activities of the
    • This image of the sentient body comes about as follows.
    • A perfect illusion is brought about. From the left comes the current
    • What is brought about by the two vertical currents? We
    • reasoning comes about, and a judgment must be localized in the head
    • Conscious thought activity comes about only in the brain. Well, how
    • pass over into the vertical, can the upright position come about and
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • that altered the whole previous development and brought about a
    • turnabout, so to speak, a reversal of the direction. If the physical
    • about? By the separation of the old Sun from the old Moon. The Sun
    • about the outer world cannot be correct without an inner tendency to
    • thinking about those objects to err, does not apply to the ego. When
    • kind, which is occupied with outer objects and roves about in an
    • let concepts of things, thoughts about things, rise up in us.
    • The next question is how it came about that at one time
    • organs needed to give the impulse for bringing about speech, but the
    • what we had built up on the other. We must face about and proceed in
    • visualization. The old Atlanteans had to face about and migrate
    • If memory is to come about, the ego must seize a conception and
    • higher activity is to be brought about, the ego must oppose the
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • either version. Since Frau Marie Steiner was herself in doubt about
    • close the circle that takes us in a roundabout way back to our
    • accustomed to call the outer world, all that we see before and about
    • good one; the verdict must come about within ourselves, but
    • Now, how about love and hate? A little introspection
    • hand or leg is brought about by the fact that we have two kinds of
    • of sense experiences. These are the various experiences brought about
    • We can now ask about those impressions in the soul that
    • about with us in our soul. We now ask if it could be that these
    • something occurs. A visualization comes about through love and hate,
    • sensation is brought about by this flowing to the boundary and there
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • It is brought about when the old conceptions persist not merely as
    • brought about by the fact that in man's environment something like
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • A ware word-mongers hawk about and chaffer,
    • if an imprint is to come about. You must therefore think of it so
    • about only when the withdrawal is effected from without through a
    • bringing about a decision. That would be a feeling of doubt.
    • brought about by your feeling of dissatisfaction.
    • desire exactly corresponds to reasoning. The verdict is brought about
    • desires must constantly capitulate, would eventually bring about
    • when it has simply been added to the soul life. When you reason about
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday and what still remains to be said will be brought about by
    • damming up that comes about here, you will see that the soul takes
    • from the research of clairvoyant consciousness about the etheric and
    • what brings about the damming up, the intersection of the two
    • really assimilated because it is at about the same time, according to
    • What about this ego during the first three years of a
    • What can bring about this inner reflection? The inner
    • something peculiar about this ego perception, something in a certain
    • A reflection, and this must come about in such a way that the ego has
    • comes to us out of the future (astral body), can we do anything about
    • A strengthening of the ego can be brought about in two
    • etheric life but, if you systematically set about to experience the
    • that we could learn nothing about the ego. What we did learn,
    • is” can, as such, come about only within the soul life through
    • tangle of concepts. It contains nothing about the real soul life,
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual science there is naturally nothing startling about this. In
    • have to say here in an introductory way about Brentano's psychology,
    • emotion and brought about by a conclusion concerning something
    • and “red” have met. Nothing has been said about anything
    • They are not objects; something is told about the experiences of the
    • it was possible for Aristotle to think scientifically about the
    • be considered in studying Brentano's conclusions about Aristotle,
    • what unprejudiced thinking will have to say about such a doctrine of
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • include a consideration of what contemporary science has to say about
    • often enough that the real facts about the spiritual world are
    • external-physical as such. One then cites ideas produced by man about
    • material objects bring about the image by means of the mirror. You
    • Aristotle does not go about it right when he cites the objectivity of
    • say about this, not in order to prove anything, but to illuminate the
    • matter. What does it tell us about the peculiar position of error in
    • Is there any particular point in talking about just
    • occidental peoples, whatever their theories about a spiritual world,
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • constituted, cannot bring about through outer perception. Nor can a
    • you've thought about it you have to admit that the situation actually
    • hand, walk about, strike the table with some instrument or do
    • about in this single soul? In imagination we have primarily a
    • really said that. Instead, there simply came about a contact in the
    • arrived among the beings who bring about spiritual events.
    • speak, the thoughts we frame about objects. The objects are given,
    • and we think about them. Here it is the event, the “object,”
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • with general, vague ideas about repeated earth lives. We could ask
    • serious note of these attributes that we carry about with us but
    • for working out what has been offered. You will need to look about in
    • sections actually stand after ten years of work. We would be about as
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • Our scholars know remarkably little about these things. They are aware
    • will then be as unnecessary to vote about what is held to be good,
    • ideal and right as it is to vote about what has been recognised as
    • brought about in humanity itself by this harmony: peace among men of
    • course of the Sun. And when we think about the victory of the Sun over
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • Thou girdest me about with gladness, priming
    • A very Paradise about me lightens!
    • About us twines, till we the dazed beholders
    • dating no further back than about a hundred years or so. Although,
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • about that to the same extent to which the outer power of Christianity
  • Title: Lecture: Christmas at a Time of Grievous Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • there has been much conflict, much conflict of dogma, about the
    • Not only has there been much strife, much conflict of dogma, about the
    • At the time when Christ was about to enter the evolution of humanity,
    • And Rome, sinking into decline, was destined to bring about the final
    • trivialities about the ‘dear little Jesus’ contained in many poems and
    • But we have to go very far back — to about three thousand years
    • follows about the Nertus or Hertha cult:
    • woman who was about to give a citizen to the earth. The woman
    • ancient times in the true Hertha cult was advanced about four weeks, it
    • Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid."
    • old Northern Mystery-cult had proclaimed to the woman about to
  • Title: Lecture: The Proclamations to the Magi and the Shepherds
    Matching lines:
    • in the course of the ages. In times of antiquity, let us say about six
    • speech. They realised that what the movements of the stars bring about
    • You may read to-day about the ‘Philosopher's Stone’ for which men
    • very different from what it is today. And again, those who write about
    • alchemy assert that nothing is known about the Philosopher's Stone.
    • not think deeply and fundamentally enough about the phenomena and
    • About 300 B.C.
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • I want to speak to-day about a Festival to which in modern times less
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • say, should we trouble about whence we have come? Out of their egotism
    • men want to know about a Hereafter. But when once again they unfold a
    • about from the sensible and material to the super-sensible. And that is
    • brings about the transition from the super-sensible to the material —
    • ‘Out of God we are born’ — and the Son Who brings about the transition
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • nature, but have no single word to say about the forces that have
    • taught and practised, so long as He went about on earth."
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • impossible in any part of the earth to speak about the Ego in this
    • hardly more than when we ring a bell as a sign that something is about
    • been brought about at that time by any advanced stage of development.
    • as a great directing force. This came about through the event which
    • faculties, he could not quite descend. For, in order to bring about
    • at all events it would bring about a loss of what he formerly was and
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • about the warming of the water. An event occurred which was the result
    • not expect anything worthy of note to be brought about by the
    • about to play, thus driving his ball in quite a different direction
    • lectures about the ‘noble’ anger which appears in youth. I
    • how every five years or thereabouts the doctors have a different
    • effect, for what is actually brought about can only be observed by the
    • persons desire to learn about a spiritual Movement like Anthroposophy
    • so as to be able to write objectively about it. Those who wish to
    • That is the way people talk to-day about Education and all other
    • quality, we must set to work in a roundabout way. We must not try to
    • other words, we must do all in our power to bring about a cure,
    • We cannot hope that this should come about from one day to the next.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • luciferic influence brought about in the evolution of man; it is all
    • had come about man would have been obliged to wait till then for his
    • knowledge, but even that only came about slowly and gradually. Man did
    • about the year 3101 B.C. In Eastern philosophy it is known as
    • satisfied. ‘They will be able to bring about conditions all over
    • brings about to a still greater extent the consideration of one man
    • A most important event was brought about through the Christ-Impulse.
    • come about and pass unobserved if people do not cultivate the
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 4: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • progress in the mission of humanity brought about by the descent of
    • Divine-Spiritual kingdom. That could only come about through Christ
    • Kingdom of Heaven with his ego; when he now sought or brought about
    • Anthroposophy has the task of bringing about an understanding of the
    • about the same time another new Messiah appeared in North Africa;
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • any means signify that we know the last truth about it; rather must we
    • us that, as regards what we have known about the world, the fact that
    • a trivial natural scientist will tell about the resemblance between
    • the course of the ages have brought about the whole form and movement
    • is about to be said were to be applied to the human being as such, it
    • Woman? This cause came about because, when the unity became a duality,
    • with it — they would sing psalms about the misery of having to
    • forward about the Comet and the Moon, as utterly wild and absurd. That
    • swoop, and may bring about changes in the day's course. Take the case
    • cosmos, something is actually brought about in the life of humanity
    • brings about a new birth in human inner life and culture. I can only
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • inner convictions and perhaps even certain opinions about the
    • about five hundred years before the Christian era, we come to the
    • brought about in the physical world by its wrong-doing. The soul of
    • enabling him to see the disorder brought about in the spiritual world
    • soul was in a clairvoyant condition and could see what came about in
    • about by ourselves in the spiritual world. It is a purely
    • perfectly clean room; but if food is left about or dirt of any kind,
    • we see that conscience entered the human soul at about the same time
    • of Spirit-Self. That will come about in the sixth epoch of
    • those who in a deeper sense have not all their wits about them can
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • or would like to feel about it, was bound to come, for it already lay
    • about the demands of their own souls. In themselves they feel:
    • A man who thinks about humanity and its needs and of how the souls of
    • about, the stimulus thereto had to be given by the Theosophical
    • be instigated by her, but do not let us ferret about in her private
    • individuals, but in the living spirit; who do not merely talk about H.
    • Only when we think about her in that way will the Theosophical
    • of what had been brought about by his evil actions; he was compelled
    • bringing about an untrue reality. Thou must thyself go through an
  • Title: Life Between ... I: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • begin with one can only learn certain things about oneself from these
    • information about the nature of the spiritual world. In fact, the
    • Once we have gained ideas and feelings about the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • given here about the importance of the Mystery of Golgotha have
    • here given about the Mystery of Golgotha come from a preference for
  • Title: Life Between ... II: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • about a more rapid condition of sleep between death and rebirth. It
  • Title: Life Between ... III: Mans Journey Through the Planetary Spheres
    Matching lines:
    • about the age of three, when a child begins to have the experience,
    • If we ponder deeply about the implications of this, occultism can
    • have acquired knowledge of something but have forgotten all about it,
    • between death and rebirth, and I want to tell you now about the
    • world, and the same question can be asked about our etheric body.
    • fact we know most about those religions that were able to serve their
    • science has to say about the Christ impulse in relation to the
    • what we have to say about the nature of the Christ impulse and its
    • One who truly grasps what occultism can reveal to him about man's
  • Title: Life Between ... IV: Recent Results of Occult Investigation Into Life
    Matching lines:
    • speak about more intimate matters that can only be dealt with in
    • repeatedly investigated, and about which one has spoken, for they are
    • mentioned we make no effort to bring them about. They come about of
    • until we meet those who inwardly need to hear about the spirit, who
    • bring about a change in a person. Since the year 1899, however, such
    • understood by the intellect but what the poet seeks to convey about
    • held about the heavenly bodies from those adhered to by astronomy
    • about it, although it is of course possible that such people draw
    • Mystery of Golgotha for Mars and brought about the extraordinary
    • and “Dusk.” One easily speaks about a cold allegory, but
    • Chapel she would stand up and walk about. As she represents the
  • Title: Life Between ... V: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • statements about a subject without having had the patience to allow
    • Something can be communicated about these matters because, as you
    • communicate something about this realm.
    • organs. To perceive objects we must move about in the world. To
    • the sense world we must move about to perceive things. The opposite
    • religious creed bring it about that in the Venus sphere a man has
    • this is unintelligible, it is even more so to speak about an abstract
    • Whereas the other creeds essentially have something egoistical about
    • that we ask ourselves about each person we meet, “How much has
    • words about the region where things are no longer subject to change.
    • placed them originally. But I want to speak mainly about the four
    • about them. Let us start with the figures of “Night.”
    • man. We can readily understand the once widespread legend about the
    • alone with this figure it became alive, rose up and walked about.
    • appears to rise up, and one knows that it could walk about were it
    • there, then nothing would prevent it from moving about.
  • Title: Life Between ... VI: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • that the karmic adjustment may come about. The forces necessary for
    • To begin with, the dead one can hardly bring about any change in his
    • about such matters.
    • comes to anthroposophy and is enthusiastic about it, the other does
    • about spiritual science. Now because spiritual science is in his
    • discussion and strife in the world about spiritual theories. We
    • consciousness. Man knows the merest trifle about existing
    • Among the many things that can be said about the life between death
    • maintain it beyond a certain point. His obtuseness will bring about a
  • Title: Life Between ... VII: The Working of Karma in Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • to say a few introductory words about the significance of such forms.
    • do so, whether in thinking about the things of the physical plan or
    • about spiritual things, we shall commit the error of not reaching the
    • everywhere today. But a real warmth of soul can only come about in
    •  Much that will be considered today has been spoken about
    • death. It is during our experience of this that we bring about the
    • Above all, we should be clear about one thing. During the early
    • through the gate of death is unable to bring about any change in his
    • although in our time the living do little to bring about such
    • starting point. What does man know about the world? Remarkably little
    •  One might insert here a beautiful Estonian legend about group
    • to be kindled and the different languages were to come about by
    • understanding of the Christ impulse, of what we have heard about
    • knowing about the etheric body and imagining it in its full activity,
    • blood. We shall often speak further about these matters in the
  • Title: Life Between ... VIII: Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • clear about the fact that the forces we need for life do not only
    • Those who go through the daily routine without thinking about the
    • wife come to me and say, “I never used to think about death,
    • never concerned myself about what might happen afterwards, but since
    • cooperation between both worlds will come about. The dead can also
    • People know remarkably little about the world. At most, only what
    • yet able to see with super-sensible perception nevertheless know about
    • has come about through the deed on Golgatha. We have learned to know the
    • In speaking about life between death and rebirth we open up a
  • Title: Life Between ... IX: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • more about the starry heavens, for instance, than what is common
    • are there in our time who go about in the world totally oblivious of
    • and ideas about the spiritual world in a childlike manner. As a
    • To know about karma in life between death and rebirth alleviates the
    • bring about premature deaths and great misfortune. That is the
    • also follows it who merely feels a longing to hear something about
  • Title: Life Between ... X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Souls who remain behind and have acquired thoughts about the
    • to speak to his fellow men about spiritual wisdom. He sees the sorrow
    • Those whose mission to speak about the super-sensible stems from the
    • revelations about the super-sensible worlds.
    • yet but it will come about. In order to grasp how the living will
    • Man knows little about the physical world. How does he gain knowledge
    • constantly preserved, we would go about the world in a totally
    • number of possibilities. Ultimately this feeling will bring about a
    • be brought about for the whole of humanity by the spreading of
    • in his unconscious he harbors an urge, a longing, to hear about
    • the task of bringing about untimely death. We cannot discuss now how
    • epidemics about, one also realizes the virtues that have to be
    • It is important, therefore, that man should learn about such things
    • essential to bring about a new sense or orientation by spreading
    • complete network of relationships may come about.
    • spiritual science. Whenever one speaks about matters such as these,
    • these matters. But to speak precisely about these matters in this way
  • Title: Life Between ... XI: The Mission of Earthly Life as a Transitional Stage for the Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • simply wait and see whether other forms of existence do come about
    • little consequence to gather abstractly certain thoughts about the
    • astronomy weave about Mars inhabitants appear most comical, for the
    • could be instructed about the super-sensible in the spiritual world in
    • This need not plunge us into despair about the many people who are
    • still refusing to know anything about anthroposophy. They will return
    • what has to be known about the super-sensible worlds in accordance
    • who had a connection with spiritual science. This is a round-about
    • anything about spiritual science, so it becomes again the case in the
  • Title: Life Between ... XII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • him to bring about precisely what lies in his karma. This indicates
    • Such souls are usually too easy-going to learn to know anything about
    • they never inquire about. Is it not so that many people today adhere
    • can be perceived by super-sensible perception — is brought about
    • — this comes about by means of forces directed from the
    • seed has been formed for the next plant. Such a death comes about
    • are brought about by certain beings of the higher hierarchies who, to
    • world that bring about premature deaths, disease and karmic
    • beings who bring about illness and death and an evil karma in human
    • to conditions of illness and premature deaths brought about from the
    • much of what meets a person, is brought about in a variety of ways by
    • forces, about which we have heard is among the noblest that can be
  • Title: Life Between ... XIII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • last visit here I spoke about man's life between death and
    • someone who has died by relieving him, for example, of anxiety about
    • It is not really incongruous to speak about the dead in words taken
    • about life after death tallies only in a pictorial sense, it need not
    • Let us now consider what comes about mainly when the period of
    • When I was here last I said certain things about the passage through
    • to speak about certain aspects of the passage through the Mars
    • possessed by humanity, about the several bodies composing the
    • The fantastic theories advanced by physical astronomy today about a
    • the man and bring about what this combined influence is able to
    • lead far off the mark when speaking about successive incarnations. To
    • lecture about him in Berlin and a particular observation made in
  • Title: Life Between ... XIV: Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture XIV: Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    • Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    • together in our group meetings we can speak more precisely about
    • with thoughts or feelings about the spiritual world. He went through
    • them into sleep. The more thoughts about the spiritual world we carry
  • Title: Life Between ... XV: Intercourse With the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • something about the structure of external sense perceptible reality.
    • tell us certain facts about the physical and chemical laws operating
    • Ever more knowledge is accumulated about chemical laws and so forth,
    • but nothing about life itself. The investigation of life is for the
    • know about oneself.
    • connections only determine whether we know about one another or not.
    • those who have died about the same time as ourselves. Here the
    • Him. That is the remarkable fact about Christianity. It contains the
    • about the new understanding of Christianity that is needed. In this
  • Title: Life Between ... XVI: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings about the super-sensible. They add that if they perform
    • It is exceedingly difficult to speak about life after death in words
    • am about to describe never quite come into effect. Let us assume that
    • again one forgets about it.
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Meeting, I should like to speak from a particular standpoint about
    • to admit: “There is something strange about it; without going
    • about their work in a certain realm, the realm of the Spirits of
    • much nonsense talked about him. Turn to what Goethe wrote in his
    • about such ideas except in so far as language preserves them.
    • We can see from this that there must be something peculiar about the
    • that the way in which Kant spoke about God could occur only at a time
    • Kantian thought about the hundred possible and the hundred actual
    • altogether believe what you tell me about the force of gravity, nor
    • They were brought about by similar ones during the last third of the
    • able to say about it from the standpoint we have gained? If anyone
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • entirely clear about many things that we discussed in the last
    • the very persons whose profession it is to think about such
    • in due course he arrived at his sublime thoughts about the world.
    • first sketched, but there was another one who knew how to set about
    • difference between day and night comes about through the soiling of
    • about the whole world. The point is that one should go to the root of
    • ideas people have about the world. When one concerns oneself with
    • another is convinced about the right path by what is taught here or
    • faith, the question about the three “Divine Persons” —
    • come about? It is grievous that things are so, and if one reflects
    • confused about the whole question of intelligence! It is distressing
    • we begin to understand why there are so many disputes about
    • will always be hard. They stick to something they know about, in
    • external world; that is something I see and can think about. I have
    • as one can be clever about Spiritism and yet say the most foolish
    • have said in this lecture about number — that with regard to
    • about an explanation of the universe as thoroughly as we have tried
    • to say more about it.” There you have again a difference. One
    • them. If one wishes to learn about the web and woof of the world,
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • about world-outlooks, and why, on the other hand, they ought not to
    • “ideal”, on his lips, but does not know much about
    • enables them to say much, very much, to others about the world. They
    • a picture-gallery and understand nothing about it, whereas others who
    • the world; in his soul he experiences something about the world that
    • does the world unveil its secrets. One may look all round about and
    • express itself. What help is there in speculations about the will? It
    • about truth would have to be able to represent the twelve shades of
    • have an example of the outlook that comes about through someone
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • brought about by the soul being unable to proceed further along an
    • through things, this is about as true as to say when one looks into a
    • certain activity in your brain, this brings about a reflection such
    • one-sidedness is brought about through a quite definite
    • decision as this he would come. But he refuses to know anything about
    • introduction to every textbook of psychology and teaching about the
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Meeting, I should like to speak from a particular standpoint about
    • to admit: “There is something strange about it; without going
    • about their work in a certain realm, the realm of the Spirits of
    • much nonsense talked about him. Turn to what Goethe wrote in his
    • about such ideas except in so far as language preserves them.
    • We can see from this that there must be something peculiar about the
    • that the way in which Kant spoke about God could occur only at a time
    • Kantian thought about the hundred possible and the hundred actual
    • altogether believe what you tell me about the force of gravity, nor
    • They were brought about by similar ones during the last third of the
    • able to say about it from the standpoint we have gained? If anyone
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • entirely clear about many things that we discussed in the last
    • the very persons whose profession it is to think about such
    • in due course he arrived at his sublime thoughts about the world.
    • first sketched, but there was another one who knew how to set about
    • difference between day and night comes about through the soiling of
    • about the whole world. The point is that one should go to the root of
    • ideas people have about the world. When one concerns oneself with
    • another is convinced about the right path by what is taught here or
    • faith, the question about the three “Divine Persons” —
    • come about? It is grievous that things are so, and if one reflects
    • confused about the whole question of intelligence! It is distressing
    • we begin to understand why there are so many disputes about
    • will always be hard. They stick to something they know about, in
    • external world; that is something I see and can think about. I have
    • as one can be clever about Spiritism and yet say the most foolish
    • have said in this lecture about number — that with regard to
    • about an explanation of the universe as thoroughly as we have tried
    • to say more about it.” There you have again a difference. One
    • them. If one wishes to learn about the web and woof of the world,
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • about world-outlooks, and why, on the other hand, they ought not to
    • “ideal”, on his lips, but does not know much about
    • enables them to say much, very much, to others about the world. They
    • a picture-gallery and understand nothing about it, whereas others who
    • the world; in his soul he experiences something about the world that
    • does the world unveil its secrets. One may look all round about and
    • express itself. What help is there in speculations about the will? It
    • about truth would have to be able to represent the twelve shades of
    • have an example of the outlook that comes about through someone
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • brought about by the soul being unable to proceed further along an
    • through things, this is about as true as to say when one looks into a
    • certain activity in your brain, this brings about a reflection such
    • one-sidedness is brought about through a quite definite
    • decision as this he would come. But he refuses to know anything about
    • introduction to every textbook of psychology and teaching about the
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • light to the spiritually born. Yet this can come about only if the
    • man's deeper nature. What we brought about in the external world in
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • Remarkable fabulous beings wandered about — errors of nature
  • Title: Lecture: What Do We Understand by Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • cannot contribute anything of consequence about the question. One of
    • say about the causes of death and illness. In so doing, however, one
    • definite manner about every subject. The modern scientist would not
    • essentials we shall be speaking about men, and other things will be
    • support man and give him a form sufficiently firm to move about
    • takes place in spiritual life at the changing of the teeth. At about
    • etheric body of the human being, and about the seventh year these
    • physical body, and about the time the teeth are changed what happens
    • fully accepted the matter it will bring about in man a deep,
    • questions about life and death in a most beautiful way when saying
  • Title: The Rishis
    Matching lines:
    • high spiritual being called Manu. They moved about in separate
    • force of the then Indian world; they narrated about the wonders
    • realms about life on earth. People on this side had no interest
    • world they couldn't say anything about the Other Side.
    • lovely things of this world were spoken about in the Realm of
    • image-free gods. More about this
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Nature and Significance of Karma in the Personal and Individual, and in Humanity, the Earth and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • shall see more clearly that nothing must be spared to bring about the
    • will not only be a number of facts about karma, but with every hour
    • the Law of Cause and Effect. Let us be clear about what we understand
    • whom the effect proceeded would have actually intended to bring about
    • bring about certain results, and who then obtains the desired result
    • experienced something in our life about which we could say. ‘This
    • few years would pass quietly, though about his twenty-fourth year it
    • phenomenon are generally to be sought for at about the same period of
    • to follow a cause. He has willed the cause and has brought it about.
    • intervene and bring about something which takes the place of the
    • such a case in which a person has quite consciously brought about a
    • consciousness, and he has himself, in a certain way brought about the
    • about the life of man in his different reincarnations upon earth. The
    • present-day natural science has brought about certain results, it has
    • Egyptian temple priests had not learned in Egyptian astrology about
    • results came about because there were despotic rulers who only wanted
    • analogous was also brought about. As we now see our solar system, we
    • The next appearance of the comet will be [was] in 1986. Its periodic visitations occur at intervals of about 76 years, and have been recorded since 240 BC. During its last visit, it passed directly between the Earth and the Sun, the Earth actually passing through the tail of the cornet. It is interesting to note that this series of lectures were being given as the comet was at its closest to the Earth, May 1910. (Ed.)
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma and the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • about karma and the animal kingdom.
    • these occasions also we can acquire the ability to speak about the
    • questions about one thing or another, or who may question the whole
    • that world, easily arrive at an idea about the animal kingdom which
    • with us the power of changing our teeth at about seven years of age.
    • The question may now arise: How does it come about that when a human
    • could only come about by regulating our Earth evolution in a very
    • This could only be brought about by the withdrawal of the violent and
    • And it is this which brings about such great complexities in life,
    • Sun and Moon from the Earth really came about in order that during the
    • came about that the spiritual and soul part of many of our human
    • came about that side by side with those organisations which were able
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma in Relation to Disease and Health
    Matching lines:
    • with various questions about disease and health from the standpoint of
    • be said that if anyone may rejoice at all about what medicine has
    • out, the person will be well again.’ Others talk about a
    • quarrel with him about it.
    • about the processes of disease?’ The answer to this question may
    • allegorical and symbolic language to talk about diseases of minerals
    • or metals. Let them talk about rust as disease of the iron. We must be
    • and the increasing activity of the astral body brings it about that
    • imprints itself on his physical body also. How does this come about?
    • today, and you even looked at me!’ And yet you know nothing about
    • Now remember what I have often said about the life during the kamaloca
    • possesses his astral body, what he has gone through brings about the
    • bring about later a depression of spirits, we shall understand that
    • about that our actions and the whole nature of our previous life
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Curability and Incurability of Diseases in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • times, about the sixteenth to the seventeenth century, when the idea
    • school of medicine’ which was started in Vienna about the middle
    • and self-healing came about.
    • the vision of his own life he acquires the tendency to bring about the
    • Here you have a case of disease brought about by karma which explains
    • actions which have also come about under such an influence. This will
    • does it come about that one succeeds in overcoming the disease and
    • principle, and so it came about that in his first incarnation on earth
    • against what has been brought about by external materiality, in order
    • to himself and others, then healing comes about and he recovers.
    • it comes about that his deeper subconsciousness says: —
    • a cure may come about, we must do it. And if the question should arise
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Natural and Accidental Illness in Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • brought about? Or better, why does it take place? And why in some
    • thinking continually about the sickly part of our organism, we bring
    • appertain to the etheric body and the physical body bring about in the
    • what I have said about a case of measles can lead to an explanation
    • clear about what is so readily termed ‘chance,’ we shall not
    • ‘child of God.’ This desire had been brought about by a
    • immediately fabricate a theory about the difference between the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Relationships Between Karma and Accidents
    Matching lines:
    • ‘accidents,’ come about.
    • bodies, it would act upon them most powerfully, bringing about a
    • We must make ourselves quite clear about this process of the partial
    • astral body and induce it to bring about disorders in the human
    • organism. What happens when such disorders are brought about? When the
    • than it normally should, it brings about something similar to what
    • have brought about not only that disorder which comes into our
    • how it comes about that a movement follows the external stimulus. When
    • the physical body comes about, it produces a consciousness which is
    • his circumstances; he will do this without knowing anything about it.
    • knowing anything about it. Let us now take the case of a person who
    • come about. This consciousness which penetrates into the physical body
    • order to bring about what we called yesterday the process of illness.
    • this is brought about by an abnormal, deeper condition of
    • nothing about it? Because in normal cases his consciousness sleeps so
    • about in detail, how those forces which are in the deeper layers of
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Forces of Nature, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes and Epidemics in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • This would bring about an illness, but if nothing else co-operated,
    • brought about by the beneficial forces to counteract our
    • deeds, inclinations, and greeds that brought about the illness.
    • there came about the relation of the four elements constituting man
    • inner conceit, and the other to illusions about the external world.
    • and the illusions which we engender about ourselves, prepare us to
    • Prometheus brought about something which could entangle men more
    • we realise how profound these records are. Before we can speak about
    • brought it about that the seasons of the year succeed each other in
    • which would intervene in the normal cosmic phenomena and bring about
    • these cases brought about which on the whole works beneficially —
    • the old Moon in order that they should bring about the correction in
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma of the Higher Beings
    Matching lines:
    • great deal about the physical world and yet be a gross egotist,
    • about without being carried by certain people. At a certain moment
    • come about through human agency and that these individual agents have
    • being brought about, these too are subject to certain great karmic
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karmic Effects Of Our Experiences As Men and Women. Death and Birth In Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • the case today and yet go about with such stagnant and empty souls.
    • about.
    • higher spheres of existence. Thus there came about a far stronger
    • fantasy which has come about through combinations of external facts,
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Free Will and Karma in the Future of Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • about the deeper foundations of the earth's existence which I shall
    • about, and health should be re-established. What then is the relation
    • evolution, that even the ideas may alter which a being may have about
    • One could distinguish about seventy such elements. You will doubtless
    • it came about that certain physicists saw in matter certain entities
    • about conditions which show that ‘if you take gold and rarefy it
    • bring about a cure, we may nevertheless help on the cure by specific
    • From what I have said about diphtheria, for instance, you may gather
    • might be given about the relation of the purple foxglove to certain
    • healing. Everything which can be done is brought about either by inner
    • knowledge has in many respects brought about conditions preventing us
    • spiritual world into the physical. It is this which brings about in
    • to know nothing about the spiritual world, there are, on the other
    • deliberately to bring them about on the physical plane and they occur
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Individual and Human Karma. Karma of the Higher Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • THERE is much still to be said about the various manifestations of
    • civilisation. Various legends about heroes who from Greece passed over
    • ‘How did it come about, for instance, that just Xerxes or
    • powers which bring about the continuous stream of civilisation just
    • in and, bit by bit, spoils that which Lucifer has brought about on
    • himself to the heels of Lucifer. That which came about in the course
    • action may be brought about.
    • have enlightened ourselves about Lucifer and Ahriman, we can gain a
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • calmness can perceive thoughts approaching, thoughts about earlier
    • not the self-knowledge so bandied about in Theosophical ranks but the
    • piece of writing about Lucifer and Ahriman, and other things as well,
    • about the ahrimanic element in the world may be able to think of
    • presented in the drama; it comes about then that the forces flowing
    • thought-forms, grasping them pretty well and even lecturing about
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that we've been speaking about, it is necessary to know how to
    • about as sensible as if someone, in order to restore the balance to a
    • about the true activity of any of the various forces by removing it
    • bring about in the physical sense world what this world has to have,
    • relationship of the human being to the sense world. To bring about
    • to know nothing about spiritual matters. It is Ahriman who has
    • about to pass into the stream wherein man himself will journey
    • order; they are creations that Ahriman brings about in the way just
    • We can form an idea about how Lucifer can get at human
    • phenomenon in human life that we will speak about later in more
    • — come about necessarily for our own sake. We are beings whose
    • hand, one can say — all sorts of ideas about the universe. How
    • has the greatest difficulty in becoming clear about certain of its
    • look into ourselves, we are usually deceived about just those
    • truths. He may tell people about all sorts of incarnations of this
    • In order that the right relationship should come about
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • speaking about the spiritual worlds as we are doing in these
    • transformation I've been speaking about is a peculiarity of the human
    • can even bring it about through its elasticity that in certain
    • earnest about gaining knowledge in the higher worlds will therefore
    • can bring about the most terrible vices. It is the same with the
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • did not come about in just this way because something or other of an
    • will come about.
    • Steiner, you describe the clairvoyant consciousness and talk about
    • they hear about the spiritual world; therefore they reject it.
    • someone thinks about it who is quite well-intentioned. A book
    • the spiritual world and facts about it. It is of course reasonable to
    • about reincarnation, that is, the truly genuine remembrances of
    • of relationship with him. But that may only come about in a second or
    • When we want to learn something about another person in
    • who don't want to know anything about it with the words, “One's
    • “Any experience of the psyche brings about a secret resistance
    • theorizing; we bring about a life in the realm of spirit by means of
    • objections about the spiritual world are really of no importance at
    • materialism, to reach an understanding for such words about the
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • inwardly quite disturbed and puzzled. It came about in the following
    • about in successive epochs by the varying character of peoples,
    • about the philosophy of Haeckel. Up to then he had not paid much
    • one would like to acquire about spirit and spiritual beings or about
    • about them. But we have to understand that atoms, in order somehow to
    • one or two; in this way the substances of earth came about.”
    • nothing we can do about the atoms themselves but that within them we
    • rest of the world. Round about, far and wide, there were no other
    • speak about the luciferic and ahrimanic elements, but though Capesius
    • Benedictus began therefore to speak about these things
    • Benedictus spoke about luciferic and ahrimanic elements, but now it
    • effect of the printed word on spoken language. This comes about when
    • almost began to slumber; then when Father Felix was talking about the
    • listening. Some people are more likely to ponder about everything
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • a judgment about European culture. Although such things seem
    • about only when they overstep their boundaries. The ahrimanic
    • always the place where we have to bring about, in the very strictest
    • itself on the physical plane and brings about your destiny in large
    • Inspirations! They are brought about by a conversation in the
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • have talked during these lectures about the way the clairvoyant
    • New developments come about in
    • A higher ascent is brought about by
    • existence off by itself. The remarkable thing about growing up into
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • about the so-called “culture” of the present day may well
    • and their work. One thing we have to be clear about: the phenomena of
    • until we are clear about this, we will not be able to form a sound
    • everything about the meeting with the Guardian, I would indeed have
    • All of us walking about on the physical plane have this
    • all move about in the spiritual world in the form of our other self,
    • easily deceived about as ourselves, if we fail to watch continually
    • an effort will bring about a great change in the disposition and mood
    • that should be taken into account when we speak about the kinds of
    • Here I must say a few words about something
    • about in it by what we have been, lasts one or two or three decades.
    • to bring about somewhat less naturally, as we have discussed earlier.
    • have about us after death, after this loosening, consists of the
    • can be brought about voluntarily for the clairvoyant consciousness;
    • and what I have said here about Ahriman as the Lord
    • has to come about.” The Manager hears in these few words
    • connect this with the repetition of Benedictus's speech about his
    • what has been said about Ahriman as the Lord of Death, you will enter
    • present so-called culture. Clear, awakened thinking about this
  • Title: Lecture 1: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • within us anxious questionings about life. The most important thing
    • runs as follows: — When the Elohim were about to create man
    • something quite different about the picture of the Madonna. The
    • picture. Everything which we hear about the picture at the present
  • Title: Lecture 2: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • who is faint-hearted and sad about life and existence because in this
    • reach their goal?” Is it possible for us to be sad about these
    • is no further advanced than the first, that his visions about the
    • the mere visionary world even give different statements about one and
    • of created beings; thus does he bring about his own ascent together
    • is has come about through his whole nature. He must exist, and
    • Thus there must always be a doubt about these intellectual problems
    • empty consciousness is continually bringing about adjustment it
    • was contained in the Divine consciousness. This is brought about
    • Thus what we have learned about polarity is also proved true in this
    • spiritual or occult works which really spring from truth, truth about
    • when we know that what we bring about are living germs — not
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • chapter, which speaks about an infinite treasure of human experiences,
    • characteristically Roman egoism. That says enough about the soul's
    • the Greek heroes of the spirit lasted until about 333 A.D.; their
    • school but through our whole spiritual life. People do not think about
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • This condition did not come about because, mingled with the
    • that a certain hardening would arise on earth brought about by an
    • its central point in 333 A.D. It ended about 1413 A.D. and it began
    • about 747 B.C. These are of course, approximate dates. I have just
    • evolution of humanity as it was due to the events brought about by the
    • actually came about. These opposing forces are always such that they
    • that is being made from Asia to bring about a visionary European
    • priest was intended to bring about a kind of buoyancy and lightness in
    • Please do not go about saying that I have presented the discovery of
    • slowly. We shall have more to say about this tomorrow. Here, as
    • about in the course of evolution.
    • possible to say much about the external life of today, owing to the
    • saying about the forces at work in this fifth post-Atlantean epoch. We
    • understanding of Christ that culminates in what Soloviev wrote about
    • Owing to the national impulse, a gradual change came about in the
    • Palestinian landscape with its people. Wandering about this
    • He examines what is said about His miraculous entry into the world,
    • men since their beginning, and who has brought it about that myths are
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • otherwise only moved about in spirit form and could only be perceived
    • who went about on earth as I have described. Such a gifted personality
    • necessary. With the same warmth with which I spoke here about eight
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • unchanged and just about the same. Such a view does not hold good for
    • inner process in man, to know something about the spiritual worlds.
    • world. Take all that has come about on this path, go through all that
    • scholars have brought about in this sphere — go through all this
    • about of the spiritual world that, at the present time, surrounds us
    • materialistic paths, least of all has been learned about the living
    • that belongs to modern times, one learns about the lifeless. Through
    • one does not know about the living but the dead. Thus, all these
    • opinion about the conditions of our age. The greater part of what is
    • that things had to come about as they have. In its one sided
    • spiritual science to bring about the fructification of European
    • culture because that is actually the only way it can be brought about.
    • about these earnest matters today. Those who have heard my last
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • be merely repeated during the Greco-Roman age. (You can read about
    • the bodies still to be born on the earth would have gone about without
    • therefore, still knew something about the activity in sight. This
    • saved himself from this fate by bringing it about that, as a result of
    • Thought about happiness and prosperity is, of course, quite justified.
    • sin and evil. But we find everywhere contemplation about knowledge
    • balance we must bring about in life by learning to be master of the
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • since the fifteenth century, and that will be at work for about two
    • little about such cultural impulses in connection with yesterday's
    • earliest impulses were given. We learned about these first impulses of
    • earlier ages yesterday. Today, we will learn about a similar impetus
    • one can read about it in any encyclopedia.
    • arose in Philip of what can be brought about by taking life in the
    • about, and particularly because the luciferic forces had stood close
    • torture to speak in the way described. Thus it came about that Philip
    • agonies that were brought about under the influence of the visionary
    • about the culture of the East and of Russia, you will not consider it
    • writing about Faust, for example, has opened Grimm's or some
    • enthusiastic about it. One can see at once on reading his novel,
    • must come about before Goethe and similar spirits will be understood!
    • development, as he stands there, as he moves about and comes into
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • king's divorce could only be brought about through his creating this
    • order to bring about a divorce. As already stated, that need not have
    • extraordinary has been brought about. In order to understand this, we
    • anything about him, but the influences of such men nevertheless go
    • generations, centuries. This way of thinking about religious matters
    • could only have come about through such an historical event standing
    • It streamed into the other spiritual atmosphere I described about
    • mentioned had not come about before, is not considered at all. In
    • Thus, mankind has to be obliged for a time to think in this way about
    • centuries. They had to give themselves up to fantastic ideas about
    • about when the earth turns back again toward the other side. The first
    • materialists who say, “Good gracious, why must I think about the
    • arrived. Why need I bother now in the physical body about this life
    • about the super-sensible life. But this is not the case; it was so only
    • will not think about the super-sensible is like a farmer who says to
    • know about the action here of the spiritual will not recur; much more
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture I: The Three Streams in the Life of Civilization. The Mysteries of Light, of Man, and of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • about the super-sensible worlds; he surmises that in all that he calls
    • same time man surmises something else about this thought-world. He
    • position not merely to say lovely things about the good and the true,
    • others, meaningless. No one thinks any more about the meaning, because
    • about a transformation of our life, but it was merely the expression
    • Golgotha is a fact. What mankind knows about it is in process
    • of evolving. What people first had to say about the Mystery of
    • Spirit, and the triumph of the Spirit is not brought about by the
    • We must express ourselves unreservedly about these things. If we show
    • about a healing.
    • relationships with William II. Once about 1897, I was sitting in a
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture II: The Michael Path to Christ: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • about a new ascent?” For it must have been very clear to you in
    • the unusual thing about his answer is that it comes from a mind
    • when I asked myself the question: “About what period in the
    • made plain to me that men thought in this manner about the time of the
    • a man when we look into his face, just as we draw conclusions about
    • about his character from the way he looks at us, so the priesthood of
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture III: The Mystery of the Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • The healing of mankind can only be brought about if a sufficiently
    • use of keeping silence about such matters? It is readily admitted that
    • us not delude ourselves about this matter. We have ideas about what we
    • especially that which has come about since the fifteenth century
    • the destruction, in the bringing about of death conditions.
    • the Science of Initiation. I have spoken recently about these facts,
    • the eighth pre-Christian century. We see, about two hundred years
    • about what has happened. Even now we may not yield to any deception.
    • about such people. All that is possible has been done so that they can
    • tell how such harm is brought about. The attempt to come to an
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture IV: The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations Since the Last Third of the Nineteenth Century. Thoughts on New Years Eve.
    Matching lines:
    • to this ego-perception, brought about by interruptions in the course
    • owns about twenty-five lodges, one-fifth of which are certainly
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture V: The Dogma of Revelation and the Dogma of Experience. The Spiritual Mark of the Present Time. A New Year Contemplation.
    Matching lines:
    • Let us reconsider this spiritual mark of the present day, about to
    • and phrases about spirit and soul, there the talk is mere abstraction.
    • that way about Nature or about mankind himself. Men deliver themselves
    • in connection with subjects about which all possible things can be
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • observation of our ordinary life about thinking, feeling and willing,
    • from hearing about it, but as one who has attained to and experienced
    • have dim conceptions through faith, about immortality, but in this
    • we go about our life with those qualities and faculties and
  • Title: Lecture: Cognition of the Christ Through Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday about the path of spiritual development for modern times
    • initiate or non-initiate, in ancient times. Much is said today about
    • understand about the Mystery of Golgotha. It not only concerns man but
    • doubts arising from it, it is able to bring about, in the fullest
    • enliven us and to bring about the resurrection of religious experience
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • many misstatements made about it is that it is intellectualistic, that
    • deal. I should like to talk to you about that image with which you are
    • writhing — even coiling about the heart; but then — behind
    • present disaster: to add something real to all the talk about ideals,
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • must inevitably be brought about, and it is the anthroposophical
    • this can only come about if the substance of its teaching — if I
    • about them, possibly derives real pleasure from a lovely blossom or a
    • part. To talk incessantly about spirit, spirit, and again spirit is
    • shall be broken by human eyes comes about by the first human glance
    • the lily when he first lets his gaze rest upon it. — All about
    • creep about, frightening plants and minerals in order to gorge himself
    • being knocked and jerked about, but they do not avoid coming in
    • This ability to rise to the point at which thoughts about spirit can
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • impulse may and really must be brought about. But now, before
    • autumn, I should like today to speak about several prerequisites
    • him, so he set about making himself into a sort of medium. He dreamt
    • about all sorts of things that concerned himself, and once they went
    • about gradually. Today there are no longer such men as were still to
    • physiologist refused to be clarified as long as he thought about it in
    • way from anything we can learn about earth matters in the
    • about these matters instead of reflecting on them with our intellect.
    • are to be found lying about in fragments. Today these relics, these
    • physicist would be exactly the same as talking about a man's muscles,
    • profoundly moving about this — as that of the Goetheanum in
    • think how people go about it today when they want to determine the
    • bothering about it: it lives and has its being in tradition and seeks
    • the Gods were perpetually creating and bringing about in the world:
    • something about the heart-science of the old Mithras pupils; for what
    • the earth. They do not bother very much about any of the effects of
    • circles about the great 19th Century botanists Schleiden
    • and the new moon periods. What Fechner had to say about the moon's
    • bother about what sort of an influence the moon phases have on the
    • women knew all about rain from practical experience, though the men on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • would be more useful; or read about How to Become a Good Business
    • indeed be brought about in the soul, in the Gemüt, through
    • about spirit underlying all matter. That would be just as abstract as
    • certain arrangements that bring about nothing but abstract
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • schemes about all imaginable things in the world, and so on. Another
    • such groups in order to exchange thought for instance, about all the
    • about through thinking as an inner experience; this inner experience
    • through this experience of thinking, instead of wandering about on
    • begin with he has only feelings) about the spiritual foundations of
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • spiritual world he can come to no conclusion about such things. We
    • We must here say something about this form which can be
    • himself about earthly incarnations but wish to live solely as a being
    • to trouble at all about the soul and spirit of man; but that which is
    • worked so as to bring about different results for the Spartans and
    • brought about between man and his environment. Men from southern
    • humanity there came about a regulating of the influences of the
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • means to about the seventh year of life — the soul-element
    • about seven years all the material substance is thrown off; it falls
    • to think about nature. Before that time more important thoughts arise
    • is able to tell them about children; for in this very way the most
    • concerning which they are curious. Their favourite stories are about
    • Eurhythmy of bringing to expression what I am now about to say. It is
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • This is the marvelous, the majestic fact about the
    • covering of snow, and even more about the falling snow-flakes, that
    • which I carry about on me is a finger only as long as it is a part of
    • of the earth arises only from the fact that he can move about freely
    • on the surface of the earth, whereas the finger cannot move about on
    • the rest of his organism. If the finger could walk about on the rest
    • earth, I should have to add many details to what I have written about
    • certain time, about the middle of this Saturn period these beings
    • able to think about our sense-perceptions, nor should we be able to
    • the world is harmful and brings about disease, on another niveau is
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • the evolution of the earth, and which have brought about its present
    • Then the peculiar configuration came about that the
    • happened. Everything I have hitherto described was brought about
    • would indeed not occur if they were not brought about by cosmic
    • everything about these limbs is like a snail which can extend and
    • about that this chalk is specially attracted by the gelatinous, the
    • about it, because it offers to the visitors of today a kind of odour,
    • mud of the soft earth. In this morass too we find moving about as
    • rock about from side to side.
    • may read about these events in more detail in my
    • merely in a general abstract way about this relationship with that
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • which the science of anatomy has to say about these forms is very
    • John Gospel could read in the Akashic Record about Ephesus that for
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VII: The Mysteries of Hibernia
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • indefinite about the head.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • numbness. This numbness brought about an alteration of his
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • preparatory exercises which those about to be initiated had to go
    • Imaginations that he was about to penetrate further by means of these
    • conditions are brought about. You may of course be blind, and yet
    • o it in a somewhat roundabout way. Think then, as man of the present
    • roundabout way), this sensation when the pupil experienced that inner
    • followed that migration. Very little is known about this period. Very
    • which in a roundabout way came from the East through Greece and Rome.
    • about reason and the senses only, and founded philosophies which
    • Then there came about
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • a long time, but it could only come about because a very great deal
    • riddle was reached in the question: How does it come about that man
    • Let us look for a moment into the mind of a man about to
    • still find traces that this was taught to those about to be initiated
    • would not be able to think about what he had seen. He would be unable
    • about to be initiated, who were taught to look towards the end,
    • That which came about in the way I described in the last
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • authentic way about nature, people did not understand by the word
    • to bring about this transformation of man's nature by causing to work
    • lead told him about Saturn, tin about Jupiter, iron about Mars, gold
    • about the Sun, copper about Venus, quicksilver about Mercury, and
    • again silver about the Moon, in so far as she does not stand in close
    • think about these things as intellectually as we do today, conceived
    • I think about the metals;
    • characteristic in the liver, which, for instance brings about a
    • disposition to melancholy in the life of the soul is brought about
    • enthusiasm for this can indeed only come about when a really warm
    • I think about the Metals; they reveal their relationship
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • have experiences in this cosmos, they it is who bring about the
    • spoke about the Hibernian Mysteries. There begins that epoch when man
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • simply by knowing the historical records which relate about it —
    • speaking now of that epoch which culminated in Rosicrucianism about
    • and find it out, or would think about it in order to discover it. As
    • through their laboratory experiments about the great world of nature
    • about the most manifold conditions and causes of diseases, but with
    • formic acid. He has somehow become too weak to bring about this
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • abundant knowledge about the methods and stages of the spiritual guidance
    • bring about any change in his organism. Man's thinking has become
    • about that thoughts can actually be maintained in all their power in
    • today. Today we observe or think about things, but alchemy could not
    • conflict there came about catastrophes and crises. In that interval
    • when the Spirits of Nature came to them and told them about the
    • must say here that anyone who knows about the carbon-silver secret,
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • called anthroposophy with older traditional ideas about
    • humanity. I have no wish to waste words about the value of
    • anthroposophy about the most varied branches of human knowledge
    • organs and of human functions, were thoughts about the
    • times, and on the basis of this he set about his cure. The
    • clear about this. What we are able to do, however, is to work
    • judgments about various things in relation to them. At three
    • be the correct one. All controversies about materialism,
    • natural science to spout hot air about something that has been
    • Theodor Ziehen speaks about the structure of the brain. In this
    • doctor was lecturing about the life of soul in connection with
    • about the structure of the brain. It has been proven in ever
    • adequately about the human brain unless he sees in its
    • bring about something in the brain cells, for instance, cannot,
    • speak about the will at all. Why? Of course they say nothing!
    • objects, a great deal can be said about them, but it is not the
    • follows is merely a matter of conjecture. All ideas about the
    • said about the processes of elimination. The kidneys are organs
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • a few hints about this wide and all embracing domain. A great
    • laboratory. We encompass all this when we speak about the
    • to enter into hypotheses about the nature of life but merely to
    • about the various differentiations of the warmth. In these
    • time we cannot speak of the scientific theories about how the
    • The system of heart and lungs therefore brings about a
    • to say about the functions of the kidneys, but if you penetrate
    • excretions, and examine them again when he is thinking about
    • that has been learned in this way about the human being must
    • organization, as it is brought about by the system of heart and
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • second dentition at about the age of seven represents a contact
    • ready for the emergence of the second teeth, at about the
    • particularly striking example that I spoke about at the
    • a mantle of warmth. This brings about a radical change in the
    • unless you bring about a real reaction. This reaction comes to
    • allow myself to speak about therapeutic matters, and then
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • world of sensation, we are speaking about a process of
    • about the initial plant — for the seed in the ovary
    • particularly what is brought about by what I have described to
    • fanatical about medicine that is “free from
    • on its base with a weight of only about 20 grams instead of
    • about an essential regularization of the blood circulation,
    • nerve-sense system. Physiology really speaks nonsense about
    • you want to be clear about this it is best to realize that the
    • brings about a certain relation to the vitalizing process. That
    • exert itself to a very high level to bring about the opposite
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • I will make the effort to say something to you about physiology and its
    • exceptional extent with medical questions. How did this come about?
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • were already a sage and were able to express himself not about outer
    • nature but rather about what goes on within him, if the child were
    • below in the physical organization. Then what I spoke to you about
    • formations, carcinomatous formations, about which I spoke yesterday.
    • physiology, you will see that everything known about the physiology of
    • organism should really stay quiet about these matters. Only with
    • throughout the organism. Little will be learned about these things,
    • rare enough! Spiritual science does not incessantly speak about
    • has led away from materialism. This is what is so remarkable about
    • will speak about infection tomorrow — with the aristocratic-bourgeois
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • about specific therapeutic measures. On the other hand, it is always
    • questionable whether one should speak in detail about specifics,
    • actually speaking about, attack nearly everything they call academic
    • with an anthroposophical purpose about the nerve-sense system, it is
    • discredit them to the world, spoke about the “belly-system” in
    • being — about which many lectures could be given to describe it in
    • essential role is to bring about the balance between the two other
    • roundabout route of the rhythm in the cerebral fluid, pulsating
    • are able to present about the physical processes in the nervous
    • first elements that are to be studied about the nature of the plant in
    • gouty conditions. If we study what is brought about in the human
    • the human being, by means of which we can bring about a healing,
    • more about this tonight — you will really be able to say that this
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • a spiritual scientific study of medicine, bringing about a certain
    • about the plant world and its connection with the human being can be
    • through certain processes that we bring about in it. The physical
    • This can be brought about by introducing too much phosphorus into the
    • system, bringing about illness, is just what induces health in the
    • I would have to present a very complicated exposition about human
    • precisely this attempt to bring about a union of pathology,
    • that broadening one's knowledge about all of human nature leads into
    • examples. What I have just been speaking about could be illustrated by
    • massage an improvement can be brought about of an inadequate
    • known what it means to bring about a partial consciousness in the arms
    • within the human being in a constructive way, bringing about
    • degree of consciousness brought about by means of the massage.
    • inward against the forces that bring about diabetes. We will be able
    • blood, working in accordance with the ego-activity, is brought about by
    • independence of the germ, about which I have just spoken. It points us
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • words about the value of these old conceptions, or to criticise them
    • on the basis of this he set about his cure.
    • there side by side. I look at them and form certain ideas about them.
    • particular view is correct.’ All controversies about
    • science to talk hot air about something that has been observed under
    • eminent doctor was speaking about the structure of the brain. He
    • about the structure of the brain. It has been proved in ever greater
    • that anyone can speak adequately about the human brain unless he sees
    • they bring about something in the brain cells, for instance, cannot,
    • objects, a great deal can be said about them. But it is not the same
    • matter of conjecture. All ideas about the subsequent processes in the
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • only a few hints about this wide and all-embracing domain. A
    • etheric body. It is not necessary to enter into hypotheses about the
    • The Ego-organisation is a super-sensible principle and brings about
    • organisation. The system of heart and lungs brings about a vitalising
    • to say about the functions of the kidneys, but if you will apply a
    • thinking about the same thing and cold compresses have been put on
    • learned in this way about the human being must now be investigated in
    • brought about by the system of heart and lungs, will be influenced by
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • metabolic system into the head, but the point about this meeting
    • will make this clear to you. The second dentition at about the age of
    • for the coming of the second teeth, at about the seventh year of
    • in enveloping the tumour with warmth. This brings about a radical
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • brought about by the activity of the kidneys which I described to
    • in the nature of things it is nonsense to be fanatical about medicine
    • presses on its base with a weight of only about 20 grammes, instead
    • brought about a fundamental regularisation of the blood
    • formations which have been brought about by the astral organism —
    • really talks nonsense about the nerves and senses. Forgive me for
    • That is the better way to set about restoring the balance.
    • structure, for this brings about a certain relation to the
    • organism must exert itself up to a very high level to bring about the
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture I: The Social Question as a Cultural Question, a Question of Equity, and a Question of Economics
    Matching lines:
    • which, they believe, would bring about desirable social conditions in
    • that about.’ In short, an absolute unbelief has arisen in the
    • about in the old world conception. The new conception of the world
    • existence? Natural science tells us much about the interdependence of
    • anything about man's innermost being, science overreaches itself. It
    • answer. Modern industrialism is like a mechanical network spun about
    • forms of human social life had been brought about by economic
    • look more deeply into history we shall see that about the time when
    • is expressed by the price. We shall have more to say later about
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture II: The Organization of a Practical Economic Life on the Associative Basis
    Matching lines:
    • such independence will bring about precisely what is now believed,
    • political reformers of the economic system want to bring about? They
    • bring about the conditions we see only too plainly in Eastern Europe
    • to yourself that the earth has a working population of about 1500
    • yesterday. I said then that at about the time of the Renaissance, of
    • especially when one has learnt not to think and feel about the
    • under the influence of such a theory, the workman should fight about
    • paradoxical, to say what I am about to say, but many things now seem
    • without all the rambling talk about demand and supply, which we find
    • present state of affairs. They can never be authoritative about the
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture III: The Task and Limitations of of Democracy, Public and Criminal Law
    Matching lines:
    • the cause of those forces in human nature which bring about the
    • change of teeth in the child about the seventh year? It is not
    • downfall of Austria was brought about by purely military events. But
    • great landowners about anything that benefited them economically, a
    • manufacturer sells? What does he know about it? Often not even to
    • of the screw, but it must come about that he can carry into his
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture IV: Cultural Questions, Spiritual Science, Art, Science, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • which I speak. You will hear and read all kinds of assertions about
    • that the gossip about these things is the very opposite of the truth;
    • about a renewal of our whole civilization, as it is expressed in art,
    • a longing to know something also about modern art a request was made
    • cultural untruth to tell them about the luxury art of the later
    • Read what is said about the will in one of the newer books on
    • to bring about a social future in accordance with certain
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture V: The Cooperation of the Spiritual, Political and Economic Departments of Life
    Matching lines:
    • could a splitting-up, a dismemberment, bring about any improvement?
    • that brings about intellectual and spiritual enslavement, even if a
    • an abstract endeavor to bring about unity has had just the effect of
    • to establish the threefold social organism is not to bring about the
    • fulfilled what so many try to bring about in other ways, but always
    • about. Some conqueror, with his train of followers, settled in some
    • social relationship was brought about between his power and that of
    • be possible to bring about a sound future unless what is thought in
    • themselves to ask about the reality of soul-development, of
    • life of the community will be brought about. Then those persons who
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture VI: National and International Life in the Threefold Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • work together within that social organism, in order to bring about
    • governed by two impulses, about which it is of the highest importance
    • Today this is brought about through the rise and fall of the market,
    • come about, where would the real difference lie between such a
    • chances of the market are the means of bringing about the
    • they will be obliged to renounce all hope of bringing about any
    • could have been known, if their thoughts about their enemies, their
    • for by each one personally. There is much talk nowadays about the
    • abstract knowledge about the number of Bulgarians, Serbians, and
    • appropriately at that time, about democracy. Again and again
    • democracy was the theme. Now I have read a good deal about this
    • speech, about the enthusiasm with which it was received by the
    • that untrue talk about the spirit, the spirit. Then will these
    • falsehoods about the difference between right and might be no longer
    • the spirit must govern the world will bring about, as by enchantment,
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • said: “One does not trouble to think about such things.”
    • England talked about these things (to mention even a man like
    • think once more today about these questions, especially if, being
    • time when men first began to think about Political Economy at all. If
    • which men felt it necessary to think about these things.
    • You see, the time when men had to begin to think about Political
    • do very little in our human body, we could at most go about the world
    • alone, weighs about 1,400 grammes. If you let the weight of these
    • economic. I have often characterised how this came about. The
    • that we can really think about with the intellect which we have grown
    • picture. I think it had been lying up in a loft for about fifty years.
    • So long as it lay there, and no one was there who knew any more about
    • different thoughts about it. And so in no case does it depend on what
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • considered in the economic process? The thing that a man cares about
    • You only bring about a redistribution: and it is no true economic
    • hop about to find his food. Sometimes he has to hop about a very great
    • healthy if they had no opportunity to move about in this way. It is
    • dances about on this wheel. How much is done in the human being is not
    • For this reason you cannot think truly about Price if you have in mind
    • point in talking round and round about Value and Price. The important
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • said about the way a man should work!” Only now did Labour
    • about that one man always works for the rest — for the community
    • division of labour had already brought about its appreciation in the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • fructifying what has thus been brought about by the Spirit. The nature
    • two human beings. The same relationship will also come about if the
    • Capital to the individual, so that a higher synthesis is brought about
    • put it in this way: What is it that is brought about through this
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • nothing about consumption in our discussions hitherto. I have been
    • equilibrium is brought about. If you do not take into account these
    • positively must be brought about.
    • It can only be brought about if the whole economic process from
    • to be brought about that only just enough Capital arrives at this
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • that the rise in the value of farm-products is brought about. At the
    • products, the more difficult does it become to bring about their
    • are thus brought about in economic relationships. Altogether the
    • is now being brought about in society.
    • valuing of Nature-products does not come about through purely economic
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • such a concept about from one domain of reality to another, and as we
    • means of consumption in the very least. You merely bring about a
    • Yet this very idea, ladies and gentlemen, often brings about the very
    • about it. Theories may be interesting, but theories are Natural
    • district. The point is not that we should know about things in
    • can be no doubt about it, during recent times it has clearly emerged
    • Science still fumbles about within the economics of barter. It
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • — the doctor did; there can be no doubt about it.
    • were brought about in the first place by very real forces afterwards
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • about it and in a certain way to verify things.
    • not at a disadvantage; there can be no doubt about that. Thus,
    • situations. The increase of value can only come about through that
    • thinking about Physics. The physicist does this by developing a
    • process consists in movement and everything must be brought about in
    • process as a whole we see it come about that all these different
    • judgment come about. Thus we are impelled to rise from the economic
    • the people like Professor Förster and his kind, who go about
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • evolved about “Political Economy,” as they called it. It
    • a national economy. Yet even in their ideas about this latter process
    • joining together is, as a rule, not brought about by conscious
    • about a century ago no longer hold good to-day. What we need is an
    • anomaly, as an injustice. Indeed, gigantic changes are brought about
    • rather vague about it if I merely describe empirically, as I did just
    • economic realm of this kind, we must bring about what I explained a
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • But this again can only be brought about by some act of recognition.
    • buying and selling? It comes about by this means: He who makes use of
    • “smell.” And yet, when we see circumstances bring it about
    • value. When a bank-note is lent to a man who is about to undertake
    • nothing. Finally, between the two, the transition is brought about
    • should assign a peculiar property to the money which I carry about on
    • Economic State spreads everywhere. The Economic State brings about a
    • thing is to bring about sensibly and in accordance with reason the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • future, say within 20 years, they will make still more fuss about him
    • now. It occurred in fact. And, you perceive, it brought about a very
    • single man — the fact that he kept his own counsel about it, did
    • proper valuation come about in this simple economic circuit?
    • valuation brought about.
    • is that this problem, which should really underlie our thinking about
    • find the amoebae crawling about free in external Nature and do we not
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • time, you may find various ways in which this can be brought about.
    • always find that, though you can think about them rightly enough, you
    • of money will bring it about in the natural course — if they are
    • possible to bring about an economic paradise anywhere on earth. Let
    • would bring about feasible prices? The moment you begin to lead over
    • about the result I have stated. It all depends on that. We shall find
    • connection with Nature is no longer there. If we can bring it about
    • be brought about.
    • engage in economic activity at all is to bring about the exchange of
    • relationship of value which is brought about by the very fact of work
    • given land. Everyone needs what this Labour brings about and, as to
  • Title: Lecture I: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • seen the Mystery of the Earth and can now bring it about that this
    • was a wonderful warmth and glow about the whole way in which this
    • Christianised. We talk a great deal about our civilisation and
    • speak on the ground of initiation knowledge about practical matters
  • Title: Lecture II: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • anathematized all thoughts about repeated lives. Yet you should
    • holds to the ancient dogmas about the Trinity? He believes in
    • are the things I wished to say to you today, my dear friends, about
  • Title: Lecture III: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • all about it; but he hardly can unless he has received, with the
    • Golgotha, if in our ordinary waking life we have thought about the
    • etheric bodies, a certain tincture or quality which brings it about
    • knowledge to his fellowmen, about the region of soul and spirit where
    • and about man's experiences there before he descends to the earthly
    • penetrate again into the spiritual world, that can speak again about
    • birth and death, about the life between birth and death and the life
    • also between death and a new birth, and about the life of the soul in
    • initiation knowledge has to learn about the other side of man. What I
    • because statements about the spiritual worlds seem paradoxical. They
  • Title: Lecture IV: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • comes about that when we look out through our eyes on to the world,
    • course of the centuries it has gradually come about that men are so
    • is very much concerned about what he must eat to keep his body in
    • gives his advice about man's body. That is quite understandable, and
    • force, and so it will come about that Saturn has less power over him.
  • Title: Lecture V: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • human relationships, about the nature and activities of these
    • about the use of such expressions — has his seat in the Moon.
    • nerves too, have come about through a ‘turning outside in’
  • Title: Lecture VI: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • about him he has his I, his astral body and his ether-body. From
    • and new birth. If I am now to tell you more about this state, in the
    • the midnight hour in the spiritual life of man. It is about the
    • appear on Earth in such a way that we of ourselves bring about the
    • about to happen in our epoch. I will say more of it in the third part
    • bring about a change in our decision, — namely to give to the
    • achieve on Earth will thus bring about Karmic compensation in quite
    • about in the spiritual world through the leadership of Michael.
    • and into it mankind is now about to enter.
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • seen the Mystery of the Earth and can now bring it about that this
    • was a wonderful warmth and glow about the whole way in which this
    • Christianised. We talk a great deal about our civilisation and
    • speak on the ground of initiation knowledge about practical matters
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • anathematized all thoughts about repeated lives. Yet you should
    • holds to the ancient dogmas about the Trinity? He believes in
    • are the things I wished to say to you today, my dear friends, about
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • all about it; but he hardly can unless he has received, with the
    • Golgotha, if in our ordinary waking life we have thought about the
    • etheric bodies, a certain tincture or quality which brings it about
    • knowledge to his fellowmen, about the region of soul and spirit where
    • and about man's experiences there before he descends to the earthly
    • penetrate again into the spiritual world, that can speak again about
    • birth and death, about the life between birth and death and the life
    • also between death and a new birth, and about the life of the soul in
    • initiation knowledge has to learn about the other side of man. What I
    • because statements about the spiritual worlds seem paradoxical. They
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • comes about that when we look out through our eyes on to the world,
    • course of the centuries it has gradually come about that men are so
    • is very much concerned about what he must eat to keep his body in
    • gives his advice about man's body. That is quite understandable, and
    • force, and so it will come about that Saturn has less power over him.
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • human relationships, about the nature and activities of these
    • about the use of such expressions — has his seat in the Moon.
    • nerves too, have come about through a ‘turning outside in’
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • about him he has his I, his astral body and his ether-body. From
    • and new birth. If I am now to tell you more about this state, in the
    • the midnight hour in the spiritual life of man. It is about the
    • appear on Earth in such a way that we of ourselves bring about the
    • about to happen in our epoch. I will say more of it in the third part
    • bring about a change in our decision, — namely to give to the
    • achieve on Earth will thus bring about Karmic compensation in quite
    • about in the spiritual world through the leadership of Michael.
    • and into it mankind is now about to enter.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture I: The Event of the Appearance of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • their influence, we learn to look differently at the world about us.
    • world. This is the lowest means by which something about the
    • Him in some such way about a hundred years after the events in
    • however, only to spiritual vision. There is much talk about periods
    • Such transformations will come about in human soul
    • everything, however, and so it will come about that this sort of mind
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture II: Spiritual Science as Preparation for a New Etheric Vision
    Matching lines:
    • to our progress if we could not occasionally speak about the more
    • opportunity to learn something new about the earth and to unite this
    • at the time when Christ was walking about on earth, you will find the
    • about certain facts that are already familiar to you, but I shall
    • the spiritual beings and spiritual facts about which we hear through
    • also such beings as I see about me during my clairvoyant states.”
    • Treta Yuga by the wisdom that knows about such things. Later on, it
    • I-consciousness. This age began at a comparatively late date, about
    • about 3,000 years before the Christ event, an age that has gradually
    • knew nothing about Christianity except that it was a disturbing sect
    • place about you, that there is a spiritual world. You must learn to
    • about which it will be necessary to speak, whether one understands it
    • He is with us and hovers about the earth in spirit form. Previous to
    • Christ in the flesh. False Christs, false messiahs, will walk about
    • Humanity will be granted a period of about 2,500 years
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IV: Mysteries of the Universe: Comets and the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • science says about the kinship of man with the apes is undoubtedly
    • constellation of sun and earth had to be brought about for the sake
    • about, as a kind of mirror-image on earth, the contrast between man
    • their underlying, inner, spiritual forces. Let us be clear about
    • In contrast to these events, there are things that always bring about
    • continue, a new appearance of it might bring about a great
    • therefore good to say something about the mysterious relationship of
    • will speak tomorrow about the great spiritual meaning of our time.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture V: The Reappearance of Christ in the Etheric
    Matching lines:
    • various things about the past in the evolution of humanity. Today,
    • something will be said about the connection in the evolution of
    • faculty is trampled to death, so to speak, if one who talks about
    • of initiation yield as the great spiritual teachings about the
    • the cross, about Whom His disciples said that He had risen from the
    • dead, was really the one about Whom the ancient Hebraic esoteric
    • is the one about whom the ancient Hebraic esoteric doctrine speaks!
    • and truth about the Christ event.
    • know about Christianity through the documents, they destroy
    • traditions something like a record handed down about an ancient
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VI: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • This lesser Kali Yuga began in about the year 3000 BC and is
    • directly about spiritual worlds, because the receptivity no longer
    • person is about to drown, the connection of the etheric body to the
    • about in the future, but it will encounter in ever-increasing measure
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VII: The Return of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • counterpart, of a deed one is about to perform. Certain persons
    • twentieth century from the following. Paul could learn about
    • the Ram. The sun began to enter this sign in about 800 BC and was
    • One can speak about these things only in a circle where
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VIII: The Etheric Vision of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • about and why may these secrets now be brought to the public?
    • hallucinations; others will be afraid to speak about them, dreading
    • for instance, is spoken and written about the similarity between
    • about our usual tasks — so it is also in the far reaches of
    • space. There, too, everything goes about its usual course; the rising
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IX: The Etherization of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • ask what there is to be said about contemplation of the world,
    • that we know nothing about it, becomes comprehensible if we consider
    • What is already within us can bring about the further
    • in a more external way about the life of the soul and how this life
    • what was said about turning our attention to the corresponding
    • Jesus. A union of these two streams can come about, however, only if
    • about to descend into a physical body. The evolution of humanity
    • about within the physical world, but they will know that this is the
    • one; they will merge into unity. This will come about because in the
    • in us under the aegis of Christ, it will come about that the deeds of
    • strongly about that future condition when the earth will be bathed in
    • Light to move about the moral atmosphere of the earth, not in
    • people about the Christ impulse.
    • flows into this speaking. This is the phenomenon about which St. Paul
    • spoke. Goethe spoke about it in the same sense; he has written two
    • most interesting treatises about this phenomenon.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture X: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • there are people who under certain hysterical conditions walk about
    • twentieth century is one that should bring about in the evolution of
    • Christ will come about in the course of the twentieth century, and
    • process of increasing and will continue to increase for about four or
    • previous lectures about what people of the fifth post-Atlantean
    • Those who deal with these matters in a wrongful way know about the
    • This attitude is about as clever as the pledge that someone makes,
    • atheist!” It is just about that intelligent, but it is the
    • here in life are still wandering about on earth and, though dead,
    • know nothing at all about spiritual concepts and experiences. They
    • spun. We must be clear about this: the spiritual threads between the
    • be guided in the most diverse ways, with which one can bring about a
    • about the spiritual world; led astray by materialism, they are unsure
    • brings about the procreation of souls who remain in the earthly
    • the course of the second half of the nineteenth century, about which
    • knowledge of it. When one knows about it, one is already protected.
    • are speaking already about spirit, but all of them speak about spirit
    • lead, in the course of the twentieth century, to the appearance about
    • These brotherhoods about which I have just spoken, which
    • conquer it for another being, about which we shall speak later in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • seances, at times rightfully, there could be talk about
    • about the dead. They expected that the universal elementary world
    • about such brothers of the left, who felt disappointed because they
    • is not possible to speak about actualities in the spiritual world; it
    • speaks about these things, to speak about realities if one does not
    • speak about individual facts. It is these with which we are
    • justified in a completely different way, about which we will speak
    • We will speak next time about other ways of justifying monotheism,
    • one is no longer in a position to speak about nature as an undivided
    • widespread today, and philosophers such as Wilhelm Wundt (about whom
    • of the angeloi, wander about within the human kingdom, because they
    • lecturing about truths, is most important. After that, people should
    • devoutness. It gives new meaning to the legend about which I just
    • This is connected with the fact that these territorial forces, about
    • account. What I have just said about Ireland is a factor, and one
    • earth. Until this comes about no true healing can come into the
    • about the philosophy of Thales. Thales came from the
    • the esoteric legend about which I have spoken to you. They knew that
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • that people who know about these things in the right sense do not
    • than to talk about these things, until people have enough
    • centuries. There is much talk today about the ancient alchemy. The
    • informed about these things, because what is essential is that, from
    • humanity likes to use it in speaking about these things, even
    • immortality. One speculates about what could be immortal in man. I
    • spoke about this in my first Basel lecture, saying that the science
    • that occupies itself today philosophically with questions about
    • or freedom, and immortality are also talked about in an abstract way.
    • In the same schools about which we are speaking, virtue
    • does not need to speak about these things at all; one need only
    • bring about what is necessary, if these things are comprehended
    • about these things. From the same direction that wishes to put gold,
    • about something very significant of a group-egotistical nature in
    • knowledgeable ones in the cosmos. Some will bring about the use of
    • Pisces and Virgo one will not be able to bring about anything
    • of forces confronting one another, the sorts of things about which
    • he would definitely not have said this about Woodrow Wilson —
    • able above all to reflect today about the significance of
    • the question, for example, about the brain. Does it have value
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XIII: The Three Realms of the Dead: Life Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • Today I wish to say more about this.
    • in which I spoke about life between death and a new birth
    • If you wish to know more about these will forces, refer to the
    • experiences beyond B. Later it comes about that B becomes a
    • mystics dream and thrill about. Really, if we look at what we
    • abstractions about the higher worlds and not merely speak of a kind
    • about it in the course of time and will continue to do so. I would
    • truth. What one must perceive is that it is impossible to speak about
    • someone will think, if he picks up one or two concepts about the
    • mental pictures about the Christ and His activity, but one must also
    • In all that can be said about the matter, however, from the
    • described. Think how often, for instance, you are about to leave your
    • about the daimon of Socrates and what Socrates, that wise Greek, said
    • about it, that everything he did, he did under the influence of his
    • Dessoir, and you can see what he had to say about such things. I drew
    • were to offer all the people who now talk about wishing to establish
    • peace around the world — and who does not talk about it! —
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • various lectures I have spoken about particular living phenomena of
    • our being and work on in it, it comes about that the influences
    • with the salting element in the organism, and this brings about the
    • nation-spirit brings about the national character of the American
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • about it. In an essay written in 1858 he said that one could imagine
    • when it is freed from the body, could move freely in the cosmos about
    • is not possible to speak with the dead about the earth, as one speaks
    • about it with geologists; for the dead do not understand geological
    • can lead to significant conclusions about the way in which the human
    • about the spiritual worlds; and it is necessary too that such
    • in the world, as man has succeeded in calculating about the
    • The blue which shows brings this about. You can explain the
    • speak today not only in general abstract ideas about the world in
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • something, by way of introduction, about the whole manner of forming
    • ideas which had become customary round about the ninth, tenth, and
    • airy, the warm or fiery. And so it came about that just as hitherto
    • say about a watch that it consisted of glass and silver. He would be
    • saying nothing at all about the watch. And nothing at all is said
    • about Air as a cosmic phenomenon when we say that it consists of
    • this? The further evolution comes about through the working of the
    • There is no doubt about it:
    • Hierarchy was not meant the two-legged being that goes about the
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • was about to receive Initiation could verily meet with the Gods. And
    • said about Johannes Tauler in my book
    • There is no need for me to speak about that here. I
    • took place is round about the year 1200 A.D.
    • it could only come about in an entirely personal way. And often it
    • as it is in that time — it is about the twelfth century —
    • a deepening of the soul was brought about in those times — it
    • was about the year 1200 A.D. — this is how
    • made the resolve to use all his power to bring about a renewal in his
    • is that the sound A, which comes about through the forming and
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • was with those persons who strove after knowledge about the year 1200
    • had guided the pupil about the year 1200. He was now in the
    • went about unrecognised, appearing here and there in the world,
    • century, being born about 1430. Raimund of Sabunda is a remarkable
    • revelation that was communicated in full consciousness about the year
    • out your hand to me. Ultimately everything that is brought about has
    • century. He says: “What is on Earth has undoubtedly come about
    • moral teachings; nor is there anything sentimental about his way of
    • approached them in the right way. When however they spoke about these
    • really meant, and asked about them. But they received from these wise
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture IV: The Relationship of Earthly Man to the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • modern man imagines, to walk about on the Earth, or to travel about
    • this, we must acquaint ourselves with the way men thought about the
    • interworking of Sun and Earth, and only afterwards, going about the
    • brought about by human sin. This knowledge was entrusted to the pupil
    • About the end of the
    • the great change that has come about in the last centuries in the way
    • noticed today has about it as it were a magic breath — the
    • in the Christmas Meeting and since, about the evolution of
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture V: Occult Schools in the 18th and First Half of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • shall have to deal, I should like today to speak further about some
    • say to him: “Now you are about to experience something that was
    • symbols is really nonsense; so too is all theorising about symbols.
    • knowledge and insight that came about in this way.
    • materialistic streams that began to work so forcibly about the middle
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture VI: The Tasks of the Michael Age
    Matching lines:
    • himself real knowledge about the spiritual world. In doing the
    • reflected. Now men could find ideas about Nature, the Copernican
    • Then it came about
    • brought about as follows. Other conditions of consciousness —
    • themselves acquainted with all that could be discovered about Nature
    • be learned about it by outer Natural Science, and carry it towards
    • the Gods. You will get what is related about evolution in my
    • civilisation. Only thereby will it come about that man, here on the
    • co-operator in that which is about to be instilled into the evolution
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas III: The Michael Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • This I wanted to say about the attitude to be adopted in what I shall
    • us, bringing about the same process as is effected outside in the
    • science that cannot grasp much about it. This meteoric iron, however,
    • come about to which the Michael Festival may be linked. But it must
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas IV: A Michael Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • draw forth from himself real knowledge about the spiritual world. In
    • all was reflected. Now men could find ideas about Nature; the
    • So then it came about
    • brought about as follows. Other conditions of consciousness —
    • about Nature in this epoch. They received it into themselves and
    • nevertheless; learn all that can be learned about it by outer Natural
    • related about evolution in my
    • the principles of civilisation. Only in this way will it come about:
    • himself becomes a co-operator in that which is about to be instilled
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Va: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part I)
    Matching lines:
    • epochs the period which began about the 15th'16th century and which
    • gradually implanted into the reproductive system. Thus it came about
    • merely know he is called Miller, so we know very little about Gabriel
    • cannot remember something one has not thought about. If at night you
    • thought about them. If you had taken care to impress upon yourself a
    • troubled in the earlier incarnation to have thoughts about the nature
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Vb: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part II)
    Matching lines:
    • length about the reasons why certain people are not prepared to accept
    • era, did not want to trouble himself about what we call the Mystery of
    • My dear friends, what I have said to you about the spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VII: The Creation of A Michael Festival Out Of The Spirit (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • life. Then came a time about the sixth, fifth and fourth centuries
    • falls each year on a different date, a frightful confusion comes about
    • about all these spiritual processes. The old Hebrew period spoke of
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VIII: The Michael Path to the Christ (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • his face, just as we draw conclusions about the gentleness of his soul
    • from the gentleness of his countenance, and about his character from
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 1: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • reasons why it would seem a somewhat risky enterprise to speak about
    • to feel strongly about fairy tales; studying them or trying to
    • in speaking about it all; nothing else will do to describe these
    • remarkable. If I were to talk about fairy tales as much as I'd like
    • tale expresses is not about one person in a particular situation in
    • comprehensive truth of all mankind. It is not about some special
    • experiences from those today. In earlier lectures we spoke about
    • early mankind's primitive clairvoyance; we will speak further about
    • reach a kind of stammering about such experiences. This is how the
    • “intelligent” person, who hears about this invisible
    • about the chemistry of our food and still take pleasure in something
    • about these deep inner soul experiences in us that are felt but not
    • speak about it now — possibly on another occasion. During this
    • reasons, we speak about the earth — before its “earth”
    • there was no change of night and day. Quatl heard about an island
    • perception: You can slip into your body but what can you do about
    • met the giants and began to boast about how strong he was. One of
    • And these inner processes — however much one knows about them,
    • however much as spiritual science itself can know about them —
    • forming itself, bringing about the growth of its body, unfolding its
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 2: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • will be given, to let us picture what it is all about. The first
    • He was just about to put his hoof on her, when the buzzing bluebottle
    • glass king related how it had all come about:
    • everything was formed and brought about; through
    • state of consciousness. Man wishes to gain a clear insight about
    • daughters. When he was about to die, he said to his three sons, “Give
    • said nothing about this to his brothers, and in the morning they went
    • buried it, but said nothing about it, and the others thought nothing
    • surprise, so he set about finding a light. He saw a little light
    • also put on her golden ring. Then he looked about him and discovered
    • twelve-headed dragon was called in, and asked about the White
    • must set about this much more cleverly.” She again made him a
    • thoughtful person who travels about can even now find the last
    • personal experience. Such a person in traveling about the world will
    • come most people who know anything of the matter will say about what
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • which were held about the time of the Spring Equinox (which still
    • corresponding Heathen festival, taking place about the same time of
    • every human being who was about to reach initiation. For within the
    • death. The candidate was treated like one who is about to die. He was
    • for the spiritual world. To unveil the truth about death was the
    • could not fail to know about the Being of the Christ. For they knew
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • today. The inner change that takes place in the human being about the
    • those epochs man developed until about the thirtieth year of his life
    • therefore undergo this metamorphosis about the age of thirty, a little
    • learn over again what they had experienced in life until about the
    • moment: what does the spiritual Sun force bring about? We owe it to
    • about that I must not remain subject to the iron Necessity with which
    • Eye of the Sun — bring it about that I, during my earthly life,
    • about it? We are led to see the things of Nature, to describe them and
    • long time; now I am about to see him again, and someone lays on me the
    • if on some occasion when they are about to meet again, they were
    • man had experienced as a matter of course his second birth, about the
  • Title: Lecture: The Moon-secret Spring and Autumn mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • has come about that of these far spaces of the Cosmos whose spiritual
    • about three days. This event of resurrection truly belongs to the
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • about this subject, and as time goes on, there will be opportunities
    • remarkably enough it was written at about the same time — is
    • about finding a new Dalai-Lama, and then every young boy must be
    • made the nostrils and upper lip of the god about a millimeter too far
    • the most atrocious way. We learn a great deal about the Tibetan canon
    • about Art except what is laid down by the canon for the making of
    • his madness, he talks about principles of art. For one who
    • said about the aberrations of the human soul towards the one abyss or
    • want to say something about the Polish drama by Zigmunt Krasinski,
    • about its basic idea and intention, but I can say nothing about it as
    • however, to speak about the drama in this way, for Mickiewicz
    • Saint-Simon, mocks at angels and teachings about God. Christ Jesus
    • about through what is higher than the two streams which are presented
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • primitive stages of life. This development will come about of itself
    • it must be realised that foolish chatter about avoiding Ahriman and
    • and brought about the destruction of Atlantis. What was it that was
    • about this earlier knowledge of nature. Just think what kind of
    • for the most part brought about by the higher Hierarchies. And it was
    • one begins to reflect about the perceptions, to speculate about them
    • bodies, because we ask them about the sustenance they provide for
    • life, not about what knowledge they possess. Religious communities
    • think rightly about this conflict and to realize that as a matter of
    • did not know much about anything that differed from the Christianity
    • The same could be said about our spiritual science! And
    • but talk about “distorted, fantastic forms,” one must
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • Schleiden, the botanist, about the influence of the moon upon various
    • to do this from what I have said about Gustav Theodor Fechner in my
    • following: — Recalling what we have heard about ancient
    • Atlantis — what is to be said about the world of the animals
    • and the world of men round about us? Everything was entirely
    • something about it that enables it to be metamorphosed; but
    • have described will certainly come about. But this world-view must
    • spiritual-scientific view of the world should know something about
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of the human being, it becomes clear that our way of feeling about the
    • about the ego, the self. To be sure, the human beings of that ancient
    • ocean of divinity. And when he wanted to speak about his ego (I say
    • which dwells in the physical body and has an impulse to move about on
    • fancy that we feel as the Greeks felt about the human shape, but actually
    • somebody demanded that we speculate philosophically about the connection
    • between a watch and the hand that seizes it. He did not speculate about
    • our things fell to the ground; or as though, worried about what to do
    • with then, we lugged them about in our hands. In other words, we are
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feel